VOLUME2 NO.

1 The Only Magazine Of

Improvised Weaponry
Published By
: THE POOR MAN'S ARMORER Compiled and Edited By
P.O. BOX 586, EUREKA, CAL 95501
©Copyright 1979 Bonnie&Clyde Barrow

Introducing the PMA not

Foreign orders
responsible
are
for and
welcome
will
but we
not refund
are

money on issues seized by foreign customs

The Poor Man's Armorer is orien- agents. :
ted to responsible adults who wish Several readers have requested that we
to make,modify,and use all types of include legal comments with weapons arti-
weapons. Conventional hunting/sur- cles. Any weapon you can name is illegal
vival tools and exotic special somewhere in this country. As responsible
purpose weapons will be covered.Al1l journalists, we would never suggest,infer,
procedures described will be as prac- or recommend that you break the law. All
tical and inexpensive as possible. weapons in the PMA can be legally built
Volume Two of PMA will continue and owned. Many of them do require special
to feature weapons articles simi- federal, state or local licenses/permits.
lar to those that appeared in Vol- This publication is read in several coun-
ume One. The major difference in tries and by every type of individual from
projects for this volume will be anti-gun watchdogs to professional machine
the assumption that the reader has gun manufacturers and dealers. It's point-
access to welding equipment and less for us to belabor every possible
facilities for melting aluminum.A legal aspect of every weapon covered,
standard oxy-acetylene torch will If you plan to build weapons,you should
be sufficient for both of the a- obtain copies of federal,state,and local
bove. weapons laws from the appropriate agen-
Also required will be some type cies,the local library or your attorney.
of lathe setup,preferably a metal It is the sole responsibility of
cutting lathe,although a hobby the reader to determine legality
type wood lathe can be used. A before building.
metal cutting lathe is indispensa- The following should go without saying,
ble in the home workshop. John but here it is once for the record:
Matlock has a number of excellent Improvised weaponry is a dangerous
models available for as little as business. Please wear safety glasses and
$75, so there is no reason for not hearing protection when building or testing
having one of your own. (see Popu- any improvised design.Use double safeguards
lar Machining Magazine review in to offset unforeseen disasters. You are
this issue.) CONTINUED ON PAGE 40 responsible for anyone and anything you
May damage.

Editorial and all contributors will not be re-

Statement of Policy sponsible for any injuries or prop-
erty damage that may result from the
We at the Poor Man's Armorer Magazine use of information
or ideas found
research, write, buy and sell information in PMA.
only. We do not buy, sell or manufacture ata is obtaine rom sources
weapons. All info in PMA is legal to pos- lieved to be correct. The accuracy of any
sess, print, sell and send through the US and all of the material in PMA cannot be
mails. guaranteed.
PMA 1
Article Submissions
Display Ads:
Readers are encouraged to submit arti- Print page size-7% in.x 9-3/4 in.
cles, designs, and related material.Please Column width-3s in.
submit only material which is yours to ‘Column length-9 3/4 in.
sell. Material is subject to our editing.
We pay five cents (5¢) per word used, with
Black and White only, no color.
Please submit copy camera ready,
ed
B & W
payment upon publication. If you have some-— No ads larger than 4 page will be accepted.
thing really unique that you wish to sell The following display rates and sizes will
for more than our standard rate, contact us apply to Volume 2 PMA.
and we'll discuss it. Submitted articles
should be typed and double spaced. col. col, same ad
PMA will gladly pay contributors $5-10 length width l-time 3-times
for drawings we're able to use with their 1 inch x 3% inches $ 25 $ 20
articles, as long as we don't have to re- 2 inches x 3% inches 50 75
draw them. Black ink or fine line black 3 inches x 345 inches 75 65
felt pen are fine, but ballpoint and col- 4 inches x 3 inches 100 85
ored felt pens all have to be reinked. If 4, page display ads:
you will label drawings in light pencil,we
5 inches x 34s
inches 120 100
can type up labels,no problem. Drawings 24 inches x 7% inches 120 100
hand labeled in ink have to be retouched : page display ads:
before we can retitle them and this takes inches x 74; inches 200 150
alot of time. o inches x 3's inches 200 150
~
We also will pay $10 for each photo we.
use with the article. Photos must be black
and white only. Submit matte finish prints
only. No glossies,please. Please include a sample of products to be
Unused articles, photos, and drawings advertised with your ad copy. This is an
cannot be returned unless they are accompa~ inconvenience for you, but because of the
nied by a prepaid mailer. rash of survival and "mercenary" garbage
currently on the market, we can accept ads w
Subscription Rates only for those products which we can per-
sonally endorse to our readers. We feel
Poor Man's Armorer Magazine~Volume 2 they deserve the best. Product samples will
4 issues-l year be returned if you wish. Please include
Bulk Rate subscription US $20.00 sufficient funds for return shipment via
Ist Class subscription US $23.00 UPS. All samples sent for review which re-
Canada-Ist Class Only $23.00 quire an FFL# before shipping will be re-
Foreign-Air Only $25.00 ceived by our local gun dealer. Please ccu-
PMA Vol.1 Bound Edition $14.95 tact us first for shipping instructions.
PMA Vol.1l-all Foreign $20.00 (NO Class Three weapons, please.)
Foreign subscriptions should be remitted
by International Money Order in U.S.funds.
Please allow us four weeks prior notice
when changing address. Send old and new The PMA is your newspaper. We wish to
addresses when notifying us. Note: Bulk publish articles and information that you
rate 3rd class mail is not forwarded to have not been able to find in other publi-
new addresses, it is thrown out by the cations. Sources for raw materials are a
post office. big problem so each issue will contain a
list of hard-to-find parts, chemicals,etc.
If you cannot find a particular item, drop
Advertising Rates us a postcard and we'll try to include a
source for you in the following issue.
Classified Ads: We appreciate the letters and comments
$1.00 per word, $10.00 minimum, Weapons submitted by readers but we are unable to
oriented ads only. No employment ads from answer individual letters. Questions of
Mercs, Foreign govts, or their agents will general interest will be answered in arti- wa
be accepted. No other restrictions on copy. cles or the letter column.
2 PMA
 Letters to the Editor
1. Break the file off to proper length lst
while it is brittle.
2. Heat the file to an orange-yellow color
and let cool slowly.
3. The proper way to shape the blade is by
forging, but now is the time for grinding
the shape. Grind following the instructions
in the drawing.
4. Reheat knife to a bright cherry red
color, let cool to an even dull red and
Mr. Barrow,
quench (edge first) in used motor oil. This
Enclosed for your information is a fly-
makes the blade hard but brittle.
er from Charter Arms concerning the scope
5. Heat a block of iron to a bright cherry
mount that they have available for the AR7.
red and polish one side of knife blade with
I have ordered one for my rifle and will
sandpaper.
see how it works out. I am curious to see
6. Hold back of knife blade against the hot
how it fits into the stock, or if it will.
block and watch for the rainbow of temper
Price is $10.00.
colors on the polished part of the blade.
The price of a barrel assembly is now
When the cutting edge reaches a bronze col-
$18.50 and includes front sight, barrel
or, hold a wet rag on the edge until the
nut and lock washer, Order part #2316 from back of the knife reaches a blue color,
Charter Arms for this unit.
then quench entire blade (edge first) in

Le
I would like to see an article on full
water.
auto conversion for this rifle if that is
7. Sharpen
possible. Regards, A Reader
Smokey Adams
Dear Clyde, Colo
When you printed my article "Flashbulbs
as Detonators", a minor error was made on
the drawing for the test. Apparently, you
rearranged the match on my drawing, and in
doing so, added an extra wire.
Figure 1 is wrong, and the test will not
work. The correct illustration should be
like Figure 2. Thanks, Fred Bilello
Ed. Reply - Oops!

Ed Note: Thanks, interesting design! I

havn't had a chance to test one yet.Readers
interested in further info should write:
Charter Arms Corp.
430 Sniffins Lane
Statford, CT 06497

Dear Clyde,
In reference to the article on "How to
Convert a File Into a Hunting Knife" on
page 61 of Vol. I.
As a practicing blacksmith, I shudder to
think of what a piece of junk will be
turned out by following those directions.
If a file (high carbon content steel) is
brought to a white heat, the carbon will touch wire to
have started to burn and render the steel
useless. I could go on, but if I may, I battery
will list the proper directions for knife- RU
Fig.2
making from a file.
 Letters to the Editor
hew you carry this thing so you don’t stick
Dear Clyde, of sheath can
7-12 and enjoyed them. yourself! Perhaps some kind
Received issues
to Vol.IT. be made.
Am looking forward
As far as bullet, arrow, and dart poi-
When are you going to show us how to
sons are concerned, why not use the venom
make the long silenced barrel for the AR-7,
from various snakes and spiders? There are
and make the thing full auto?
too many of these icky creatures around any
Your guided missile looks very capable,
way, so you may as well use what they've
indeed. What type of 'D' engines did you
got to offer. How you get the stuff out of
use? Booster, upper stage, or what? This
them is another story, but at least it's a
info was left out. E.L.
thought.
You need an electric blasting cap for
Dear E.L.,
the explosive, and these are not the easi-
Maybe you could get a good recipe for
est things to get hold of. An article on extracting cobra venom or shell fish toxin
their manufacture would be good.
how to improvise through the Freedom of Information Act.
(Anyone out there know
There are so many other variables in
blasting caps? ED)
Here's a modification for your chlorine the missile design that any of the D ser-
ies motors would probably be fine. Pick
gas generator. Put hydrochloric acid in the
bleach bottle, and some cyanide in the pan one and stick with it during all tests for
instead of sani-flush. Slick, huh? Instant consistant results,
hold that accept
San Quentin all over the place. Better Buy the broadhead arrows
your hole in the snap-in cross blades. Cuts a nice X
your nose when you punch
bleach bottle, or do it remotely somehow. shaped hole that tends to stay open. Pull-
ing out the arrow head usually causes the
insert to snap off inside the body. See
AR-7 article elsewhere in this issue. Clyde
Dear Clyde,
I just received Vol.1 #6 of PMA. I felt
I must let you know of a very dangerous
condition in regard to modification of the
disconnector on the .45 auto Colt, as de-
scribed on page #84 of that issue.
I know this following condition does ex-
ist on the .45 ACP, and would naturally
suspect it would also exist on other semi-
auto pistols if you were to try to modify
them to full auto.
I worked on many .45 auto pistols as an
ordnance petty officer in the navy. ist
off, the slide operates the disconnector &
the sear together. If the disconnector does
not engage/disengage the sear upon pulling
Here's an idea for a nifty little push the trigger you will have a ‘run away gun".
dagger: Get a broadhead hunting arrow and In other words, once you pull the trigger,
cut off the point and about 5 inches of even when released, the gun will continue
shaft. Get a wooden or metal rod and drill to fire until the ammo supply is exhausted
(imagine a long 40 round mag.). Of course,
a hole in the side of it so the arrow shaft
fits in rather loosely. The shaft should be any other dangerous malfunction could wipe
metal. Hold it so the arrow portion sticks you out or anybody near by. In the service,
out. between the fingers of your fist, and after replacing either or both sear & dis-
connector, only two (2) rounds would be
punch. The arrow will stay inside the vic-
loaded in the mag. so if "run away" were to
tim, and the handle part will still be in
happen, it would let us know of the condi-
your hand to be used like a yawara stick if
needed, Of course you can smear cyanide all tion but only for a safe two (2) rounds. I
over the broadhead point, and this will in- would discourage any body trying this only
for safety reasons: Best, Big Bird
sure getting the job done right. Watch out
4 PMA
 Letters to the Editor
Dear Clyde,
Wow!! This is just what I have been doesnt give very much,so I'd wonder about
looking for in a do-it-yourself publication. damaging the gun. If the idea is safe and
I have always been interested in fire- would work in my Remington 870, I'll easily
arms, conversions, and such, both legal and Save several years in PMA subscription
illegal. Since receiving the 5 issues this costs in not having to buy expensive rifled
week a lot of questions have been answered slugs. The narrow muzzle constriction and
that have bugged me thru the years. the wideness of the 12 gauge shell going
Very truly, D.V. through it, by all logic should tear it a-
Mich part or explode it. Thank you for your fine
Dear Clyde,
getting informa tion publication and for considering this letter
I am interested in
on making a fully automatic shotgun. The
Cincinnat
penne
Dear Clyde,
only one I have ever seen was in the book Just a few ideas of mine: One of the
Improvised Modified Firearms Vol.1 by John easiest ways to carry a .25 ACP or .22 auto
Minnery. If you have any idea where T is to make a camouflaged holder.I started
might be able to get information on making with a 100 mm cigarette pack. First I o-
a shotgun fully automatic, I would appre- pened the pack from the bottom, being care
ciate it very much if you would let me know. ful not to rip or tear the cellophane.After
Thank you very much. A.W.
removing the cigarettes and foil, I made a
ED: Does anyone know of a source for this cardboard box the same size as the inside
material? It would make an interesting of the pack. After gluing the box in,I cut
article. one side out far enough for the handgun to
Dear Mr. Barrow, fit. I earry my Colt .25 Jr. in my shirt
I'm very glad that I bought Volume I of pocket, upside down, ready for action, even
PMA. Your publication fills an important in places where a handgun is frowned on.
gap in the firearms area. Too many gun A large pen can be used to hide a knife.
magazines have $1000 "fantasy guns" or are I took a large size felt point pen, gutted
afraid of offending the gun manufacturers it, then made a blade from a three cornered
(who advertise heavily in them) so they file. Then I set the blade in the cap. You
don't tell the readers the serious draw- can have a three inch blade with you at all
backs of many weapons. Knowing what to a~ times. Use epoxy to set the blade if the
void can save you much money. (In Vol.1#4, cap is metal, use a glue that's safe on
page 62, I thought Mr. Chnical's article plastic for non metal caps.
on the .223 Bushmaster very well written & To deliver non-caustic chemicals,try an
helpful.) ordinary balloon. A balloon full of ordin-
I appreciate your printing of the leters ary alcohol will make a nice hemisphere of
to the editor. Your readers often have ex- Fire when it pops. For semi-caustic liquids
cellent ideas or know where to secure parts perhaps a rubber glove might work, being
Do you or they know where to get: stronger.
1. Extended clips for Ruger .22 auto pistol A three-cornered file, with a handle
2. Are there any .22 magnum clip-magazine makes a fairly good stabbing weapon, espe-
rifles, semi-auto made in the US. cially if you choose one that almost has a
3. What readers think of the 25 shot clips point on it. The teeth don't slow it down
for the 10/22's. much when in use.
4. Their experiences with the Marlin 99 A large knitting needle lends itself to
Ml (clip version), and where to buy ex— stabbing quite well, if you buy a steel one
tended clips for it. instead of plastic or aluminum.
Although I was very impressed by Martin Would you be interested in a pet project
Kruse's article (pg-122, Voll) on ringed of mine? It is a .22 rifle of bull pup de-
shotgun slugs, I felt a bit apprehensive sign, which shortens it to a manageable
when I thought of all the cardboard-crimp— length if a silencer is installed. More to
ing-lead and everything trying to rush come. J.J.
Kentucky
through a full choke. Will it compress ade-
quately and keep flying forward, or will it Dear JJ,
"stick' in there, bunch up and blow the Yes, I'd like to see the plans for your
barrel apart? What about steel shot, that bullpup. Clyde
Continued on page 30
PMA 5
 CONVERSION CHART
INCHES/MM
Meters .......,....---5- 3.2809 = Feet Millimeters ............. .03937 = Inches
3048 =X Feet Millimeters. .= 25.400 X Inches
Decimal Inch Decimal mm Inch Decimal mm
Fraction Equiv. Equiv. Fraction Equiv. Equiv. Fraction Equiv. Equiv.

-0156 -3594 9.128 = %e......- A 17.462

Yap - ee eae 0312 794 Ypwcdncnes 375 9.525 "Se... 7034 17.859
0469 1.191 2eg.... 3906 9.922 SS 7187 18.256
0625 1.587 LC eS 4062 10.319 “hee.... .73A4 18.653
0781 1.984 2a... 4219 10.716 Maes evasiiny 75 19.050
0937 2.381 The serene 4375 11.112 1%q.... 7656 19.447
1094 2.778 7%q.-.. 4831 11.509 Bo eee ee 7812 19.844
125 3.175 Wha... ---e -4687 11.906 SYeq.... 7969 20.241
1406 3,572 3Yeq.... 4844 12.303 LS an 8125 20.637
1862 3,969 Wo weane ves 5 12.700 S¥q.... 8281 21,034
1719 4,366 3%q.... 5156 13.097 c/n 8437 21.431
1875 4.762 / 5312 13.494 S3q.... 8594 21.828
-2031 5.159 3%q.... 6469 13.891 arvarcinssslija B75 22.225
2187 5.556 %ee.-- eee 5625 14.288 Shy... 8906 22.622
2344 §.953 eq... -5781 14.684 Bp... ese 9062 23.019
25 6.350 1a... 5937 15,081 5%... 9219 23.416
2656 6.747 3%q..-. .6094 15,478 ger cceee 9375 23.812
2812 7.144 eae 625 15.875 8%4.... 9531 24.209
.2969 7,540 4Yeq.... .6406 16,272 MMe secs 9687 24.606
3125 7.937 2a eee nee 6562 16.669 834... 9844 25.003
6719 W065 Dace eae ‘ 25.400

M10/M11 parts —— Anyone can buy!

Special Parts Ltd.
INGRAM SMG'S & ALL NEW SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS & CARBINES
/sear stud & stock block $ 18.00 * EACH SMG PARTS PACK CONTAINS:
/backplate w rear sight 8.00 manual ,used mag.,assembled bolt,
/trigger guardémag housing 30.00 stock & upper receiver assem~
TTEM# /demilled lower receivers 30.00 blies,trigger guard,mag.housing,
1. Ingram M10 .45 SMG Parts Pack 160.00 * sear stud & stock block.
2. Ingram M10 9MM SMG Parts Pack 180.00 *
3. Ingram Mll .380 SMG Parts Pack * 195.00 **ALL SILENCER PACKS CONTAIN:
5. Mill .380 Silencer Parts Pack #k 135.00 manual, new wipe assembly,
6. MIO 9MM or #7. MIO .45 Silencer Packs **110.00 spirals & baffles.
10. Alternate Stock (flat butt) M10 25.00 YOU GET EVERYTHING EXCEPT THE
ll. Barrel Extensions (threaded) 36.00 LOWER RECEIVER & THE 2 SILENCER
14, Upper Receiver w/carbine barrel (M10) 168.00 |
TUBES .
17. Sear Pin (semi-automatic only) 10.00
35. 43 M109MM Silencer-great paperweight 70.00 Special Parts Ltd.
TERMS: shipments
UPS3§ require street address.U.S. PO Box7652 pma
Postal Money Orders get shipped within 3 days; Atlanta,GA. 30357
ehecks take 3 weeks to clear before shipping. SEND A STAMPED, SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE FOR FREE PRICE LIST.

PMA 7
 to be shortened approx. .50mm. The Thompson
The GmmandoCmrbine barrel's breech was reamed to seat the car-
tridge more fully and a cutout was made in
By John Minnery the chamber to permit entry to the Enfields
extractor. The firing pin,although short-
"There comes out of the sea from time ened to suit the dimensions of the short-
to time a Hand of Steel which plucks the ened bolt, remained unchanged as did the
German sentries from their posts"- bolt face,and as luck would have it, the
Winston Churchill extractor fitted the .45's cannelure with-
1942 out modification. The charger bridge was
removed and the box mag was replaced with a
Myth and conjecture have made the De
Lisle System one of the least understood housing that would accept a .45 pistol mag.
The mag itself had a lug brazed on to en-
weapons of the clandestine forces of WWII.
The reader can quickly understand why able it to be held by the Enfield's mag
the Commandos found it necessary to have a catch. This queer weapon functioned per-
weapon that would kill a man, silently, out fectly and loaded the Colt ammo without
to a distance of a hundred meters. The cri- difficulty.
terion for such a weapon was that it be as The basis for this design might be found
efficient as possible,accurate,lethal,sil- in Hatcher's Textbook of Firearms Investi-
ent and compact. It was of paramount im- gation and Evidence (1935 Ed) page 71 - a
portance that enemy guards be eliminated in photo of which shows a .45 barrel fitted to
those situations where they could not be the receiver of a Springfield rifle. As for
r oe

The De Lisle Carbine. All photos courtesy of the author

approached with the knife. the silencer,I was told that the design
Mr. W.G. De Lisle of Poole, Dorset and came from the examination of a farm trac-
the scion of a famous British breakfast tor's muffler. His improvements were note-
cereal company, conceived of a firearm that worthy and a patent was filed on them after
brilliantly fulfilled these needs. It was the War (1947).
evident to De Lisle that the weapon would The silencer had an expansion chamber
have to be a carbine and that the only car- and ingeniously simple spiral diffuser sys—
tridge that did not require special load- tem. The 13 baffles were mounted and spaced
ings and modifications was the .45ACP which for effect on two threaded rods that ran
was used in the Colt Auto and Thompson SMG, parallel to the barrel and made for perfect
both “issue” items of the British Commandos alignment with the bore and a rigid support
of the time. for the baffles. The silencer casing is
A prototype of the weapon was produced perhaps the largest in volume of any si-
in a few short weeks. It was a cleverly lenced weapon of this type and made it the
simple design and had all the earmarks of best possible weapon made for special
the "Why didn't I think of that?" Syndrome. combat use.
The standard .303 Lee-Enfield was cut at The weapon's detractors point to the
the junction of the barrel and the receiver working clatter of the bolt as a drawback
and then bored out to accept a turned down to its silent role. I can only point out
Thompson barrel that was forced into the that plastic inserts were used on the later
receiver, which in turn meant the bolt had models where these metal surfaces met.
8 PMA
 The sights were the issue-Enfield type The Special Operations, Executive, had
but the ranging marks of the .303 were been credited with the development of the
buffed away and the combat distances that weapon, but Maj. Gen. Sir Colin Gubbins had
corresponded to the trajectory of the Colt written to tell me that the weapon was fos-
bullet were substituted. Some models used tered by the Army. (Maj.Gen.Gubbins was
® the simple 100-200 yd. flip sight of the head of the S.0.,E.)
Lanchester SMG MK1*.

during extraction - note barrel setback/silencer housing attachment

Carbine

Another report was that S.0.,E. person-

The weapon was given to individuals in
nel in training were testing this weapon
the Commando and Airborne (Airlanding)
Forces and every one that I have examined and the shooter complained that his carbine
“qw bas had some variation from the others.Dif- was mis-firing until it was pointed out to
him that there was a .45 cal. hole in the
ferent sights, lengths, forestocks , false muz—
target.
zles, extension mags and folding rear
stocks were just some of the variants en- I have tested the weapon extensively and
countered. The weapons were to this extent as is my habit I always test any silenced
re-
tailored to fit individual requirements of weapon indoors so as to get the maximum
the group that would be using then. yverberations and to magnify the sound-emit—
ting propensities existing in the design so
as to better judge its effectiveness in o-
vercoming this problem; I can report that
the De Lisle passed this subjective test
with flying colors. Because of its heft it
is a very stable shooting platform for the
_45 and recoil is not a consideration. The
Thompson barrel's length makes the weapon
very accurate at long range, although the
claims to between-the-eyes accuracy out to
400 m.could not be attested to by me and
should be considered apocryphal. It is not
a sniping weapon per se and 100 m.is its
designed-for-killing range.
The bestdescription of the sound when
firing that I can convey to the reader
would be the sound of a book dropping from
your desk to the floor--a flat,hollow thud.
‘Audible but not overly noticeable. There is
no flash emitted from this weapon when fir-
SS 3 = = aS

Standard and Shortened Bolts

ing.
PMA 9
 is easily dismantled and swabbing with a
The carbine has that intangible quality
gasoline-soaked rag cleans up any residues.
found in only a few weapons -- it inspires
can The folding stock version uses the stock
confidence and has that "feel" that it
and won't let you down. from the Patchett SMG. Its sling swivels
get the job done
(If I might be permitted to extemporize
at are side-mounted and the silencer casing ~@
given the trust ed Enfie ld, the flattened along one side to form a more
this point:
of body hugging configuration.
stopping power of the .45, and a smidgen Carbine was equipped
sexua l elan of the Thomp son all (NOTE: The M-1
the almos t of
t- with a silencer and was a contemporary
rolled together and united with the comba a
and you the De Lisle. It was in 9mm and became
pleasing anonymity of the silencer pre-
speci al mis- repeater as the semi-auto function was
come very close to the perfect de-
empted by the silencer. This weapon was
sion weapon.) in
veloped at the S.0.,E. Research Station
Maintenence of the silencer components to
It cannot be 'shotout’ as is Welwyn, Herts., and several were given
is minimal. consideration.)
other designs. The silencer the OSS for their
the case with

Ln

sight (Lancester), MK1* Short mag.shroud.

Technical File: ii / Mk 2 (Stand. Issue)
Overall Length: 887 m
Calibre: .45 ACP of Silencer: 393 mm
Length
Function: Bolt action repeater
Diameter of Silencer: 50 mm
Mag. Cap.: 7 rounds (Colt mag.)
Silencer Volume: 770 cc
Cartridge: .45 ACP 1911 (issue)
Sight Radius: 320 mm
Major Variants: Length of Silencer Stock: 195 mm
Distinctive Features: Sliding tangent rear
i / Mk 1 (Prototype-Original) Mk 1 Lances ter type, no false
sight
Overall Length: 960 mm muzzle.
Barrel Length: 266 mm silencer
440 mm Weight: 3.75 kg (has Duralumin
Silencer Length: casing)
False Muzzle Length: 25 mm
/ Mk 2 (Folding Version)
Silencer Diameter: 50 mm
Silencer Volume: 864 cc
Overall Length (folded): 635 mm
Weight: 3.25 kg (Duralumin silencer casing) <
Sight Radius: 300 mm grip rear
Distinctive Features: Pistol
Length of Silencer Stock: 330 mm stock and extension mag.
Features: Two setting rear
Distinctive
10 PMA
 panne
ae
—— ——
cal
eet a

11
alsseq Jug

PMA
2
Iids
ii: ke
Seat
GLU
PBL GG! PH Eee
SS
Ja Re <p]
(Z) Pow z4oddns
Juswebuessy 4aul] soysaqsy /M
Getssea ci) atsseg [esids daquey) uolsuedx3
uo1}985 sso19g 7)
ToL+Hll
mutAMAA
Ua NG Z ITU
ui Via LE EP a
n5es
a—
(K

4349AIG pausnz)
jesseg Sh"
atdioutag $340g 21X9 SWSL
© Mal pug 4aoua|!s a1s!7 2a
 CATALOG REVIEWS planes. Items like $8 propeller
spinners (for missile nosecones)
by Clyde Barrow and chrome moly tubing % to 1" OD.
Tools for cutting,rolling,bending,
- The following catalogs contain and riveting sheet metal. You'll
those unique types of items that nev- find struts and fittings for build-
er seem to be in stock at the local ing gunmounts and rocket launchers,
hardware store.Please write to each navigation gear,complete plane en-
for their current catalog price and gines, hinges,cables, and much more.
further info.These catalogs are Now let's see,if I take a cessna
valuable reference sources even if engine, mount it in a
you never order a thing. South Bend Replicas,Inc.-"A
Catalog of Antique/Replica Ordnance"
B-Square Company-"Tools and 61650 Oak Rd,South Bend,IN 46614
Accessories for Gunsmiths & Shooters"
P.O.Box 11282,Ft.Worth,TX
This fine catalog is a MUST if
76109
Include a signed FFL for dealer you are interested in black powder
discount sheet. cannons and mortars. South Bend
Replicas sells nothing but cannons
B-Square's line of special gun- from little ones for guarding the
smith tools includes scope mounting fireplace to the big guys that
jigs, barrel straighteners, swagers, weigh in at over 1,000 1lbs.All mod-
special wrenches, sight drilling jigs, els can be ordered bored to ¥&
spanner wrenches ,choke installing depth for inert display pieces,
tools,arbor presses,etc.It wouldn't (these are no fun), or fully bored,
be too hard for you to copy these finished and ready to fire.Cannons
designs from the large clear photos are produced in both cast iron and
provided in the catalog.One item of brass versions. All shootable mod-
particular interest is a line of els are cast solid,bored by drill-
taps and dies.These range from sizes ing and sleeved with seamless ord-
for tiny gun screws tounits large nance steel liners. These are the
enough to cut 1%" threads. Try to best you can buy,and are certainly
find anything bigger than 7/8" at a hell of a lot safer and more ac-
the local hardware! curate than their 19th century
Brookstone-"'Hard to Find Tools & counterparts. Over half of the ca-
Other Fine Things" talog is filled with photos,tips
127 Vose Farm Rd, Peterborough, and general info valuable to can-
New Hampshire, 03458. non folks and of interest to anyone
Brookstone has tool designs from who likes guns ,military history,
the nineteenth and early twentieth foundry or carriage work etc.Write
century that no one else seems to for price and other info.
carry anymore. Tools for working
with the latest space age materials Navy Arms Company - 689 Bergen
and just about everything in between. Blvd.
,Ridgefield, NJ 07657.
If you need a special hand tool, they
have it.Warning! Everytime you look Manufacturers of replica breech
through the Brookstone and muzzle loading rifles and black
catalog youll powder pistols.They also offer a
see another tool that you "have to
get". Great to leave laying around complete line of accessories for
the house at Christmas time! these weapons. Navy Arms also car-
ries the Greener Harpoon Gun (PMA
Wag-Aero Inc.-"World's Largest Vol.1 pg.91)including ammo and
Inventory of Aviation Parts and replacement harpoons.
Accessories"
Box 181, Lyons,Wisc. 53148 _ Include a signed FFL for dealer
discount sheet.
These folks cater to the people
who build,fly and service private
PMA 13
 5. Paraffin wax
6. Concentrated sulfuric acid
Improvised Hand Grenades 7. 50% sodium chlorate and 50% sugar
by mixture made pasty with water then wo
Dan Moore blotted on paper towels and dried.
A. Construction of fuse assembly
Start construction of the 'fuse' by
drilling a 3/16"! hole 1" from an end of the
A ready supply of improvised hand gren-
PVC pipe. This hole will hold an acid vial.
ades can be made in the home workshop at a
Next insert a length of 5 mm glass tubing
cost of about 75¢ apiece. These grenades into this hole and place the 3/4'' wooden
are easy to make and are just as effective
dowel into the PVC pipe so it is touching
as regular grenades. There are two kinds,
the glass tubing. Drill a 1/8" hole 1/2"
offensive and defensive, in which both use
from the dowel end of the pipe. This 1/8!
the same fuse assembly. Additionally, these
available materials hole is where the safety pin is inserted
grenades use readily
(see diagram). The safety pin is the 14"
and can be put together in 15 minutes.
length of 1/8'' dowel (a hole can be drilled
The heart of these grenades is the fuse
in an end of the dowel and wire inserted to
assembly, therefore | will describe its
aid in pin removal). With the 1/8" hole
production first. The materials needed for

dowel striker

3/41D PVC Pipe

Safety Pin

ACID/WAX
Glass Tube
Assembly

Chlorate Paper

Dowel Fuse
Carrier

COg Cylinder

Cardboard Tube

3/32'' Fuse

Flashpowder

1/4" Plywood
Disc
Ry
drilled insert the safety pin. This will
the fuse assembly are:
hold the 3/4"! dowel in place (see diagram
1. 3/4" PVC pipe in 4" lengths
The length of glass tubing can be removed.
2. 3/4"! wooden dowel in 2" lengths
The installation of the chemical ignitor
3. 5 mm glass tubing
dowel in 14’! lengths. remains.
4. 1/8" wooden
14 PMA
 Construction of the chemical ignitor Start construction by drilling a 3/32"
is started by making the acid filled vial. hole through the 3/4" dowel. Insert the
Make this vial by cutting a length of 5 mm safety fuse through the dowel allowing #''
glass tubing the same length as the 0.D. of on one end and 14'' on the other. Epoxy the
the PVC pipe. Next seal one end of the tube fuse in place. Now fill the C02 cartridge
with 1/8" of paraffin by dipping it in with flashpowder and insert the 14! fuse
melted wax. Now fill the tube with sulfuric end into it. Use tape, etc.to secure the
acid using a glass eyedropper, etc., leav- fuse. Wrap a small amount of chlorate paper
ing a 1/8'' air space. Fill this space with around the short fuse end (see diagram).
wax. The vial can now be inserted into the Place the dowel and COz cartridge (chlorate
PVC pipe and taped In place. Finish the Paper end first) into the fuse assembly as
‘fuse’ by inserting a 2'' x 2" square of before. Be sure to epoxy the dowel into
chlorate paper next to the acid vial (see place. Finsih by taping the C02 cartridge
diagram). The fuse assembly is finished. into the fuse assembly (see diagram). The
B. Construction of offensive (concussion) grenade is finsihed.
grenade D. Firing procedure and miscel]aneous
The materials needed for the offensive The firing procedure for these grenades
grenade are: is as follows. Firstygrasp the grenade in
1. 2'' heavy-walled cardboard tube in 3" your hand with the dowel end up. Second,
lengths pull the safety pin out. This arms the
two plywood plugs for the above grenade. Third,strike the dowel end sharply
epoxy or glue against the palm of your hand, etc. There
. Flashpowder (PMA Vol.1#7) should be a'hissing! sound and a small a-
. 3/4" dowel in 13! lengths mount of smoke should come from the dowel
. 2" length of safety 'fuse' end. This indicates that the chemical Tg-
te
Ew
SOW. the 'fuse' assembly niter has functioned. Finally hurl the
Start construction of the grenade by grenade at your target immediately and
drilling a 3/32'' hole through the center of take cover. The grenade should explode in
the 3/4" dowel. Then epoxy the fuse into five (5) seconds.
this hole leaving #''exposed on either end. You now know all you need to make and
Now place a small amount of chlorate paper use my grenades, however, there are a few
on one fuse end to insure it ignites (see additional items. | will list these for
diagram). Next cut 1'' off the open end of convenience.
the 'fuse' assembly and epoxy the dowel 1. Use the offensive grenade to daze and
(chlorate paper end first) into it. The stun the enemy and use the defensive gren-
chlorate paper on the dowel fuse should ade to inflict casuatties.
contact the chlorate paper in the fuse as~ 2. 2'' PVC pipe can be used as a fragmenta-~
sembly (see diagram). Continue by cutting tion sleeve for the offensive grenade.
a hole the same diameter as the 'fuse' in 3. Grooves,etc. can be filed into the C09
the center of one of the plywood plugs. E- cartridge or fragmentation sleeve for
poxy the fuse assembly into this hole leav- better fragmentation.
ing 1'' of the dowel end protruding out.Now 4. Wax placed around the striker makes an
epoxy this plug into the cardboard tube effective air and water seal, while a coat
with the dowel end of the 'fuse' out. Fill of varnish on the grenade will make it
the cardboard tube with flashpowder and e- waterproof.
poxy the solid plug onto the other end of 5. Offensive grenades can be used for smoke
the tube (see diagram). The grenade is or incendiary purposes by replacing the
finished. flashpowder with the appropriate filler.
C. Construction of defensive (fragmentation) 6. Both grenades make effective landmines
grenade when buried exposing only the dowel. Sheet
The materials needed for the defensive wood can be placed on top of the dowel for
grenade are: increased surface area.
+ empty CO cartridge 7. Survivalists, etc. wishing to store
. 3/4" wooden dowel in 3" lengths these grenades should remove the acid vials
» epoxy or glue and store them separately.
. safety fuse in 2" lengths 8. Chemicals and equipment for my grenades
» flashpowder can be purchased from Merrel Scientific;
. fuse assembly
hy
Om
mw
a address: Educational Modules Inc. ,1665
PMA 15
Buffalo Rd.,Rochester,NY 14624. Catalog $1. 11.Make and use several test samples before
Merrel has a good line of chemicals and increasing charge size.
labware with fast delivery. High melting 12.Test safety fuse in fuse assembly to
point wax, glass tubing and glass tubing make sure it will not jet after being e- ~+
cutters can also be purchased from Merrel. poxied in place. If it does, try another
9. High melting point wax or acid proof brand or epoxy the fuse at the dowel ends
epoxy can be used to more effectively seal on ly.

acid vials. Use this for grenades to be 13.Wait at least two minutes when approach-
stored. ing dud grenades.
PMA Vol.1 #1 for additional gren- Provided these items are considered and
10. Check
ade information. the instructions followed anyone should be
Precautions: able to safely make and use these grenades.

ELECTRONIC SPYING,LOCK PICKING,

Phone Phreaking,Car Repossession,
CLASSIFIEDS Explosives - Complete Line of
PROFESSIONAL Equipment and Techni-
cal Manuals - send $1.00 (refund-
able) to: SEVERUS, P.O.Box 16992,
INGRAM SMG,semi-automatic pistol
Jackson MS 39211.
and carbine and sionic silencer
parts for sale to any U.S.resident. WANTED: High Standard 10-B Police
Send a stamped & self-addressed en- Shotgun. New or used, W/WO Choate
velope for a free illustrated price extension. Will send FFL with pay-
list to: SPECIAL PARTS LTD, Box 7652 ment. Contact: The Void,Box 1272
Dept.PMA,Atlanta,Georgia 30357. Eureka, Cal 95501.

ARE YOU TIRED OF WEAPONS PUBLICATIONS THAT LEAVE

OUT THE GOOD PARTS FOR “SECURITY REASONS?”
Articles that never actually show you how to fabricate or improvise
weapons and tools in your own kitchen or home workshop?

THESE DON’T
by Kurt) Saxon
THE POOR MAN'S JAMES BOND, FIREWORKS AND Bound Volume ONE By Clyde Barrow
EXPLOSIVES LIKE GRANDDAD USED TO MAKE—$10.00 THE POOR MAN’S ARMORER — $14.95
THE POOR MAN'S JAMES BOND is the undisputed leader The Only Magazine of Improvised Weaponry
in the field of books on improvised weaponry and Silencers, Rockets, Mortars, Automatic Weapons, Ba-
do-it-yourself mayhem. It gives full and simple instructions zookas, Armor Piercing Ammo and much more are easy to
for making tear gas, explosives, firearms, silencers, poisons, make.at home with simple hand tools and the PMA. We don't
zipguns, grenades, knack-out drops, flame throwers and a print gun control sob stories, product reviews of $1000 rifles
wide variety of weapons. It also tells you how to buy most of or mercenary fantasy tales; only simple easy-to-understand
the needed chemicals from your grocery and garden store. articles on homemade weapons. All projects can be done in
includes: FIREWORKS AND EXPLOSIVES LIKE GRANDDAD your own home workshop or even at the kitchen table. Most
USED TO MAKE. This book has hundreds of formulas and materials needed are available at the local hardware store or
processes for making fireworks, blasting compounds, hobby shop. Each issue also contains information or sources
gunpowder, nitro, guncotton, etc. The material was gleaned for gunparts, chemicals, books, tools, and other hard to find
from formularies written from: 1872 to 1907. Plus: George W. materials. 11x14 236 pp.
Weingart's classic on fireworks, PYROTECHNY. This is the
simplest and most comprehensive book on actually making
fireworks. It is heavily illustrated in how to make Roman
Candies, Shet! Cases, Fuses, Colored Fires, Explosive
THE VOID
Powders, Rockets, Mortars, Firecrackers, Torpedoes, etc. Name BOX 1272
Plus: the complete text of EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES AND
FIREWORKS by Joseph Reilly, 1938. This is a rather technical
work on the analysis and testing of explosives. Alj these
Adgress: EurekaCA95501
combined make THE POOR MAN'S JAMES BOND invaluable City
for survival. State Zip
(CO BankAmericard [ Master Charge {J Check postage —75¢ per book a

E PLANS :2000
(7 M.O. Enclosed California residents add 6% Ca. Sates Tax

FRAM
See our ad pg 21 PPD. Card Number. Expiration date.

Signature
 LONG BARRELED

AR 7 SILENCER BY CLYDE BARROW

* Note: Refer to the articles;"AR-7

Silenced Barrel" (page 40) and "Ruger
Silenced Pistol" (page 56) featured in
PMA Vol. One.

MATERIALS: Step 4
Use a punch to drive out the front
- %" shaft collar-%"IDx ls "OD x s"thick sight blade from the barrel. Drill bleed
- 14" OD-.055" wall aluminum tubing. A- holes as before but continue them to
vailable at most hard ware stores. within one inch of the muzzle.Note:It's
- ¥'x 24 TPI tap and die set.Available not necessary to remove the aluminum out-
from hardware/auto supply stores. er barrel housing as in the short bar-
- Aluminum disc, ls " ODx % " thick. reled version, although it may be done
Cut from sheet or bar stock available if desired. This will increase volume in-
from a local machine shop or by mail side the silencer and may give slightly
from Small Parts Inc. (See review in better sound control. Use a brass brush to
PMA Vol.1, pp 65) remove burrs from the bore after drilling.
- Copper packing material made from Step 5
Chore Girl pads as described in Ruger Grind or file off the front sight ramp
Pistol article.*® and remove the first 4," of aluminum outer
barrel, at the muzzle, exposing ¥g" of the
PROCEDURES: ¥" OD barrel liner.
Step 6
Step 1 Thread the exposed portion of the steel
Cut the tube to 1334" long. Deburr liner with the ¥g" x24" TPI die.
all inside/outside edges. Step 7
Drill and tap the center of the alumin
Step 2 um disk to thread onto the barrel 3" x 24
Use a lathe or hand file to turn ¥%" tap).
of the length of the shaft collar to slip Step 8
inside of the tube (about 1 %" 0D).The Turn or file 4" of the thickness of the
remaining Ys" shoulder should be left 1" disk to fit inside of the aluminum tube.
OD. (See figure one). Leave the remaining %" shoulder the full
14" OD. This shoulder may be knurled or
serrated to aid in hand tightening. (fig 2)
Continued on Page 21

=
Step 3
Install] the collar on the barrel as
outlined in the AR-7 article.*
PMA 17
 FLASHPOWDER UPDATE I have kept such a mixture
with no deterioration, however reasonable
several years

ADDITIONAL FORMULA storage precautions should be observed. Al]

such mixture type powders, including com-
mercially prepared black powder, should be
by J” protected from dampness. All will deteri-
orate if exposed to large amounts of humid
air, but ff you use common sense, they will
PMA recently carried an article on flash keep indefinitely.
powder which correctly pointed out the use- There are also several other mixtures
fulness of this item. See PMA Vol.1,#7,pg. that | have experimented with and found sa-
112. The formula given was, however, an tisfactory. While | do not think any of
unnecessarily dangerous one to prepare.| them are quite as good as that already giv-
would like to suggest a better formula. en, they are noteworthy because they in-
Potassium Chlorate is a highly unstable volve the use of other ingredients of the
and dangerous compound when used in a pyro- first formula.
technical mixture which also contains sul- Alternative No.1
fur. Combined, these two compounds are sen- Bariam Nitrate 4 Parts
sitive to both heat and friction as well as Sulfur 1 Part
sparks, and are made more so by moisture Aluminum Powder 2 Parts
absorbed from the humidity in the air.
Furthermore, they deteriorate on storage Alternative No.2
slowly producing sulfuric acid which makes Potassium Perchlorate 12 Parts
the mixture even more unstable. Sul fur 8 Parts
Some years back | had the unfortunate Fine Sawdust 1 Part
personal experience of having just such a
mixture spontaneously ignite while | was Alternative No.1 is probably better than
mixing it on a hot humid day. Had the am- No.2 which does not seem to keep as well as
ount of materials been larger or had | been the others. However, number 2 makes a very
a bit less lucky, I would have been perma-
nently blinded.Even so, | suffered painful
violent explosion. Furthermore it is the
onty really good formula | have ever seen
w
burns to my eyes, face and hands. for flash powder which does not require al-
Sader, but wiser, | looked for a mixture uminum powder.
of equal power, but with better storage These mixtures, particularly the per-
qualities and one less hazardous to pre- chlorate-aluminum powder one, wil] burn and
pare, if confined, explode almost no matter how
The answer | found involved the use of badly they are mismeasured or poorly pre~
potassium perchlorate. Although this chem- pared. Like most things though, the end re-
ical contains more oxygen than the clorate, sult is reflective of the care put into
it is more stable in both storage and prep- Production. The most important thing is to
aration. In addition, |] found the sulfur have the ingredients as fine as possible
could be eliminated entirely, making the before mixing them together. There is not
preparation that much simpler. much you can do about the aluminum except
The ingredients are, by weight, 7 parts to get the finest powder possible. The po-
potassium perchlorate and 5 parts aluminum tassium perchlorate can be gently ground in
powder. Both should be as fine as possible. a mortar and pestle or by other suitable
After weighing they are thoroughly mixed means if necessary. The goal is to have the
and stored in a sealed container until texture as near to that of flour as passi-
needed. ble. If you have the consistency of table
This mixture is extremely powerful and salt, it will work, but not as good.
very,very fast burning. Well made,with very The second thing is that the ingredients
fine ingredients, it burns about 3-4 times be thoroughly and intimately mixed. If you
faster than commercially made black powder. achieve the desired degree of fineness in
It is excellent for use in aerial] bombs, the ingredients, the mixing is not very
large or small firecrackers or any purpose hard,but it must be thorough. Mixing is
where a quick violent explosion is needed. most easily accomplished with a flat wood
[It is too rapid burning for use in any stick on several layers of news paper .Si ft-
firearm, and is not suited to such use. ing through a small screen, as fine a
18 PMA
screen as may be obtained, several times
is a small quantity on a fire resistant sur-
very useful. It should be done after a pre- face in an open area and lighting it with
liminary mixing and not only mixes the in- a short piece of fuse. Good quality powder
gredients but sorts out any large pieces will burn almost instantly with an intensly
which can then be broken up. Avoid the use bright flash, and a puff of white smoke.
of metal and ceramic utensils because of If made with reasonable care, any of
spark and contamination hazards. these powders are equal to that usually
With a little practice, it is easy to found in commercially manufactured fire-
judge the quality of such powder by placing crackers such as M-80's.

UPDATE on Anti~ Terrorist

Riot Grenades
“From Q branch ”
Recent coverage of international
terrorist events by the popular press and
T.V. media (not to mention the '‘under-
ground' press) has brought about a desire
in the public sector to hear more about the
anti-terror forces and their weaponry. Typ-
ified by inquiries made by both the editor
and readers of the PMA is the wish to know
more about the 'newly designed riot gren-
ades' which were used most recently in the
rescue in Somalia, in October of 1977. Tra-
ditional tight-lipped secrecy on the part
of the police,military and civil authori-
ties has resulted in much speculation con-
cerning the nature of these grenades. The
generalization promulgated even in the PMA
follows thusly: "The unit reportedly doesn't
fragment, and is designed to cause tempor-
ary blindness with a brilliant flash and a
shock-like reaction from its tremendous
concussion. An official was quoted as say-
ing the grenade is intended for use without
causing permanent injury.'' (PMA Vol.1#4).
A response from a Canadian reader, while
providing some insight, only served to fur-
ther confuse the issue through some innac-
uracies and misconceptions which went as This well-meant response, while reveal-
follows: ''The Riot Grenade that was men- ing a close cooperation between between the
tioned in the editorial of issue #4 was various security forces, (Yes,the Special
made in Britain and was develoved by them Air Services; $.A.S.,did assist the German's
to fight the 1.R.A. after an incident in Grenzschutzgruppe Neun; G.S$.G.9, at Moga-
London where the security forces had to lay dishu and provide them with a British-made
seige to a bomb factory run by the terror- version of this grenade), it failed to ac-
ists. The weapon was to be used against the curately describe the grenades. In addition
Moluccan crowd on the train and Britain it seems unlikely that, whatever their in-
sent over some S.A.S. Commandos to assist tent, the British would actually use such a
the Dutch as they later did the Germans grenade in a raid on a bomb factory:sympa-
with this grenade. The weapon is short thetic detonation of explosives is a common
lived, however, as it works by surprise enough occurrence to recommend against
flash and noise. Air terrorists will be ex- their use in such a raid.
pecting such a move and can wear earplucs A very accurate description of this wea-
and dark glasses to negate them.'' (PMA #5 pon exists in a story entitled ''When the
Vol.1). Terrorists Strike...'', featured in the Mar.
PMA 19
 '78 issue of Popular Mechanics. This arti- The grenade is "advertised'! as safe, on
cle covered the various anti-terror groups the merits of its being an offensive gren-
and their weapons, including the grenade in ade having the shock killing and stunning
question. However, a flaw exists In said effects without the lethal fragments and
article between the physical description of large danger radius commonly associated
the grenade, which is revealed as the Is- with defensive (fragmentation) grenades.
raeli No.14 (assault) grenade, and the fl- However, common sense and the data pre~
lustration accompanying the article; which sented by various military manuals offers
suggests a loss of thought between the au- startling contradictions. Contrary to what
thor and the illustrator. In turning to the the airlines, news media, and military
current edition of Brassey's Infantry Wea- press releases would have the flying public
pons of the World (Bonanza Books; Crown_ believe, these grenades were designed to
Publishers,Inc.; One Park Ave.,NY,NY 10016) kill in enclosed places (like caves,bun-
we find that the data presented in the Pop kers,closed rooms, aircraft cabins,etc.)
Mach. story Is that of the No.14 Offensive and in the field (when in close proximity)
Hand Grenade, as produced by Israel, so we by the pressure blast. Any stunning effect
may conclude that the illustrations are ei- meant to disorient the enemy, however wel-
ther erroneous, or pertain to an,as of yet, come, is only a by-product of the blast ef-
undisclosed fuse modification solely for fect. The effective casualty radius in an
antiterrorist use. enclosed place is more than the 2 meters
The No.14 Assault (or Offensive) hand (approx.6') radius on open ground,making
grenade was originally manufactured by airline passengers as vulnerable as any
Israel Military Industries, of Tel Aviv, terrorist they are used against. Casualties
after the fashion of the U.S. MK3A2 Offen- resulting from such offensive grenades are
sive Hand Grenade, and is currently in ser- due mainly to the shock wave causing con-
vice with Israeli troops as a combat wea- cussions,burst eardrums and,according to
pon. A pot-type grenade, made of laminated Emergency War Surgery (First United States
paper with sheet-metal ends, and crowned Revision Emergency War Surgery Nato Hand-
with a Western-type delay fuse, the No.14 book ), blast injuries may include death
grenade contains 200 g (7oz.) of flaked TNT. through hemmorhage of tung and respiratory
It is 64 mm (24'') in diameter, and stands tissues and blunt trauma abdominal injur- ww
115 mm (approx. 5'') tall. Total weight is ies. U.S. Army publication FM 23-30 (Gren-
325 g (11.5 oz.), and the grenade can be ades and Pyrotechnics) even lists the Amer-
thrown approximately 30 meters (33 yds) by ican counterpart as serviceable as demoli-
the average soldier. As one can see from tion charges for felling trees and destroy~
the accompanying illustration from Brassey's, ing equipment!
the issue fuse is of the pin, lever and Any theories about terrorists using sun-
striker type; common to US grenades, and glasses to offset the effect of these gren-
has a delay of 44 seconds. The Pop.Mech. ades are unfounded, as only the British
text is in error concerning the line ''... S.A.S. have added a dash of flash powder to
the grenade fuse is actuated when the pin their Israeli-pattern grenades, and with
is pulled and the weapon explodes just 4.5 nearly a half-pound of TNT already in these
seconds later.'' While the fuse delay time grenades their meager alteration may be
is stated correctly, the countdown to de- well into the realm of diminishing returns.
tonation of this type of fuse occurs only Since parts of the fuse and sheet-metal
after the safety lever , or 'spoon', is re- ends of such grenades can be projected to
leased, irregardless of how much earlier and cause injuries at up to 200 m (220yds),
the pin was pulled. This grenade is also it's a wonder we didn't hear about any pas-
produced in Germany, where it is know as sengers being killed or injured specific-
the DT11B1 Assault Grenade, and a similar ally by these bombs of their blast during
weapon is. made in Great Britain. Incident- ' the Somalis raid. However, since blast ef-
ally, the fuse in these grenades are fects may not appear for some time after
shipped and packed in separate wooden boxes exposure, it is possible that the story had
of 200. Grenade bodies are sealed in plas- grown cold, and, not wanting to bring any
tic bags and packed 500 to the case.This is blast or fragmentation-caused wounds to
to separate the high explosive component light and hence muddy the record of the
from the detonator. The grenades are to be valient rescuers, the press had departed
fused by the user when needed. before the hospitals began to fill.
20 PMA
Step 9 Step 11
Install the aluminum tube on the rear Pack the completed silencer with cop-
shaft collar, and thread the front end cap per baffles as outlined in tne Ruger ar-
in place. Use screws to secure the tube ticle in Vol.1.
to the rear collar as outlined in Vol.1. Step 12
Step 10 After testing everything for proper fit
Install a front sight (if one is to be and functioning, disassemble and coat all
used ). pieces with MG Coat.(See Vol.1 pg 74)

Note: drilling step. Vent holes in the outer

This same procedure may be used to con- tube should be about 4" in diameter and
struct a vented handguard. Omit the barrel spaced about 34" apart.
re ee ee

BUILDING A MODEL MACHINE PISTOL?

10 Pages of FULL SIZE DRAWINGS.16 Pages of TEXT w/COMPLETE INFO for
Building ALL THREE Versions of the M10/M11 LOWER RECEIVER.

Mio Lower Receiver Includes

Bending,
Laying Out,
Welding and
Cutting,
Finishing.

Miu PLANS
gun is easy to make with simple hand tools local Materials
Also contains Tips on Making
Forming Dies and an Alternate
Process using Pre-Bent Metal
FULL SIZE build asa DISPLAY MODEL Pieces available at most
DRAWINGS ora FUNCTIONAL SMG! hardware stores.
*(requires class 2 stamp)
i} « MAG: HOUSING completed FRAME will Dimensions used are the Same
accept.all factory parts
- TRIGGER GUARD as the Actual Receivers,
Factory Parts will fit with
- STOCK CARRIER the Correct Clearance for
| - SEAR GUIDE PIN Proper Functioning.
| - REAR SIGHT PLATE 45 $20
i - MAIN FRAME BODY Smm 26 Pages, 8% x 11
POSTPAID
COMPLETE and33ao Frame Plans / box 1272 MONEY
INSTRUCTIONS
included_ ONLY
 they sound. The bodies and tail sections

60mm are in good shape and one would

pressed to copy them for the price of $6.
be hard

mortars «2.
The fuse and base assemblies could be ei- ~
ther drilled and threaded to accept repair
sections or drilled and chiseled out en-
tirely, to be replaced with new units.Even
if you intend to produce all of your own
The following is part one of a series on rounds from scratch, I suggest you obtaina
building a 60mm mortar patterned after the couple of these practice bombs for refer-
type used by the U.S.in WWII. This same de- ence. I doubt if they will be available for
sign with minor alterations, is still in long, and they are the only examples I've
production and standard issue in most NATO seen for sale at less than collector's
countries, The complete setup weighs about prices of $20 or more.
40 pounds and breaks down into three sec-
tions; baseplate,bipod and barrel. This al- = 60 mm mortar
and ammunition
lows for quick setup/takedown and easy
transport. The mortar bombs, either high
explosive or smoke type, weigh just under
3 lbs. each. The 60mm mortar is the cheap-
est and simplest method available for a
two or three man squad to inflict artillery
level damage to fixed targets at ranges of
300 yards to % mile or more. Although the
design specs presented can be altered for
use in producing an 81mm mortar, the in-
creased weight required limits the larger
unit to use as a vehicle mounted weapon.For
reasons of mobility, we will concentrate on
the 60mm unit

Once Fired PRB Département Defense

av. de Tervueren 168 - B 1150 Bruxelles
60MM Inert If | - Belgium
Mortar Rounds
The 60mm mortar round consists of three
Practice Bombs main sections. 1) An aluminum plunger hous-
mm practice rounds are available from ing w/ plunger and firing pin that
S and R Company, RD 2 Box 71, Arkport, NY screws into the main fuse body, also of
14807. Price is$6.00 each plus shipping aluminum. 2) A forged steel body threaded
charges (3 1bs.each). Practice rounds were at the front to accept the plunger/fuse as-
identical to live ammo except that they sembly and at the rear for attachment of
carried a small smoke charge instead of an the tail assembly. 3) A tail assembly con-
explosive. They were used for target prac- sisting of a machined tube, closed and
tice only. threaded at the front to fit the body, and
The examples from S and R have been threaded at the rear for the brass primer
"demilled" by unscrewing the nosepiece and unit. The tube is hollow and carries the
drilling a 7/16" diameter hole through the Jaunching charge. The bomb is stabilized in
fuse assembly. The nose pieces are included flight by four sets of stamped steel fins
although impact has smashed the plunger in- that are spot welded to the outside of the
to a permanently "fired" position. These tube. A stamped steel ring with spring
rounds look as if they have been in storage clips is fitted around the front of the
on the ocean floor since WWII. They are tail. These clips are intended to hold sec-
heavily caked in rust, although they don't ondary sheets or bags of propellant for in-
look too bad after a good bath in naval creasing the range of the round.
jelly (rust remover). The fuse bodies and The following dimensions will allow you
brass primer units are firmly corroded in to copy all components of the 60mm bomb de-
place. These rounds are not as hopeless as sign.
22 PMA
Reprinted from Army FM 23-85
GENERAL. The 60-mm mortar fires complete, semifixed rounds of am-
munition. The rounds are “complete” since each round comes packed in an
individual container, complete with its fuze and propellent charge. The rounds
are “semifixed” since part of the propellent charge may be removed to vary
the range.
All rounds are provided with stabilizing fins which make the round stable in
flight and cause it to strike fuze end first, even though it is fred from a smooth-
bore weapon.
Each round (except the training projectile) has a propelling charge consisting
of an ignition cartridge in the base of the fin assembly and four propellent
increments (bundles of sheet powder) which are fitted between the blades of
the fin. Each increment is called a charge. To prepare a round for firing with
a certain charge, those increments not needed are removed from the shell. —P-CALIBER OF MORTAR
Ammunition allowances for training are found in T/A 23-100.
TYPE OF FILLER
DESCRIPTION AND CHARACTERISTICS. Description and characteristics
of the principal classes of 60-mm mortar ammunition are: MODEL OF SHELL

High Explosive (HE), M49A2 (fig. 8).

Weight—3.00 pounds.
AMMUNITION
Color—Olive drab with yellow markings. LOT NUMBER
Fille—TNT bursting charge.
Fuze—M52 super-quick fuze.
Range—2,000 yards.
Used for fragmentation and casualty effect against personnel.

FIN ASSEMBLY

Tail Assembly- )

as
=
DS

AE
JA
=
nay) =:WT
TN
LUT
WTI
=S——=s
t bG. Ft

Fin Pattern (make 4)

Dma 927
 ZSW “AZNA ‘yerueysiyy psepueis
‘azny “3y) “(7]e& yotnb-uadns
‘oddi
st MAILS

peynueapr
Aq yqq yurod) Suneuoip
(2zny zcpy paduers
uo 2y1 *Apoq stqy azn

24
ay)
uonenaued
uon2uN]
os0jaq
st
pauaisap
Sumrued
tunutxeu
O}
‘sins20
Aue
aorjins YIP2
yo uonruawae
jo oy] ry “TPYSs 105 osn ur ay “‘PPYy
it st ponsst
HSHINLS ONINdS

PMA
payquasse
02 ay2 [aysse & uedJo ay aiajdwos‘punos
oF asedaid
103 Buisy
“OTTAN
Ajuo
u
st
Ayayes
242
07
SAOWW>T
Asessa29u

\\
Ayes “saimeay
y sity aznyst paytssep>
se -ayes-210q
ay st paddinba
yum Arayes Nid
saotaap
rvyi daay ayr Zunsang a8sey2 wosy Zurpoydxsa
arymoy) [Ysst UT ay) ONIUIS

ADD) Oy) BD;

U2A>—ja1IePpynoys
G ay1 JouNtad
Jo JoleUOISp ‘uoN2UN}|eEW ySWled
¥YOLYNOLAG
¥y30NIS
Y30NS

y Mayes arm sassed yBnosynayi ApoqJo cya 2znz pue ay2 yoeq-res
‘uid
ONIddS

ALBAVS
Nid ON

Nid
Aqozayy Furyr0] qe aqeaour syedur soya jeurfso
ayes ‘vontsod
[Ng ayi Aayzes

Nid
AL33vS
arm asnf asojaq Fursy “Fy) “(Zpzy e punos
st posy anoywm Surjnd aya Ayayzes

SYIM
‘oma Avuiso Aew you spoydxauodn “yoeduit
ayy Ayayes aimst pousissp
01 Nid ONINDS

MOVELas
¥31s008
Gva1

13S
ALaAYS

wove
90] ay) yovq-osuid ur aoejd Ajuo Surunp jewsou Zurjpuey
jo sy) punos aJojaq
y3B0InS

“Sury
oy, yseq-1as
‘urd pyayur aovydAq ayy Aaayzes ‘oarmur using sysopyi. Aayes
uid ur ‘uontsod
ayy yoeq-aas
urdst poyoddns
fqe Sursdspuest pauontsod
ur
e ssacaz
Jo ayy Ajayes‘urd [Hu_ oy yoeq-as
urd soaowmmo Jo sit ssaoa1ayI
Arazesurdst paypoy
ur ayy ApoqJo ay *azny
ayy, Arayes‘uid pjayur aoujd Aq aya yseq-19s‘urdst ayp uyeu Burysoy aa1aap
Jo ay “ezNy
a spjoya2 Japys Yy>IYyM) suteiuO? oy) sotwridpur (soieuo1ap
ur
sit paysesas uontsod pue siusaaid 2inyewid Woweulye jo II sNoTIeA SqUIWII]2

Nid
yad33y
Alasvs
jo ayi Japmod ‘ulen Nid
AL3svS

ONINdS
YOLVNOLSG
‘uruonoun
xy], azny
g st rou powe [NUN yi sowtd pue Jo9pys JOwUO}ep
ue ONIGNIDNI) (YAWIYd
pourye qm aya Sunyurd pur saisoog‘peay
7, oy yay daysur oyy Surwse
jo ay1
2znysf ayy Jo ayy
jeaousss Aaoyes oarm asn{ ssojoq “Buryayy “fPYys woyM-ut
UT ay)
pa2z2s ‘Jorseq sapr]s UMOP FUUN ay) jo sy
sowrid vous: 2WprnsesSoyiNs
sy) Buryuid Jo ap ‘seous ayy pourquioss2o70j
JO ap [pys ZuryLNs
ay yoociq
puE
2
Mo]
pazeAlfap
jo
jjeys
Aq
ay
Suyjodoid
2B1ey>
JeOUW
01 ysqins
JO
DY}
Dyy
2YI
¥9eqQ-395
UId
ay)
ENIOUT
DuPRIsIsaI
“398
01
sased
IsNeD
SWIODI2A0 ONIYNdS
om
aseq
Jo
tp
preMo}
yDeEqQ-as
styy,
yeq
uid
ay
ud
sued
“Sutsds
0)
2aour
woxy
yoeqies
smespyIM
ay)
yYuRYs
ozny
‘BYy)
“(Z]
si]
urd
Jo
oy2
JUoUIZAOUT H3aMNS SONIDO SYyuIM AL3sva

ay ssao01
jo oy Ayes ‘utd ayy Ayes ‘ard mou Zuteq pasesyer
Aq ay ypeqras 13S: HOVENid
Nid

‘urdst umosyy psemino Aq ay wonseJo ay Ayesurd ‘Burids

ingst pausaaid wWoOvelas
Y30NS ‘ONINDO7
wosy Suravsy
ayy aznjAq Buryrnspue Bursv29q ysuIEse sp I0qJO Jy “JEYOU
Nid ONINdS
Nid ONIUdS
ay simp ‘ounoy) Ayesurd seq jou p2aow sey ySnoua
01 BeZuasip
ay) ‘Zapys WOvelss
pue ay2 Jopljs sureuar payx20]Ul syr pauieun ‘uontsod HB0NS SNINDSO7F Nid ond

Uyoy [pays seaeayoy? 2zzZNUIpue ay Ajayesurd ou Josuo] soptz ysurese

Nid ONId

am ‘a10qayy uid pue Burids

Ag yno jo ayy ‘ozny Aqozoyp Burseojar Wp “IOpys
JapuGQaya voNDe
Jo sy soprys ‘Sursds ou sopys
st passoj
03 amp susoddopurjo
avai

sir
WAsLSL

“sequiey>
ayy, sopys Suryoo]‘urd passaid psemdn Aq sy dursdspue pepind
‘ZI
JO
7SW
39YVHD

Aqe 2A00I7
UT ayI Jamo] 2oeJns AA Uoay [Pys sy ay ‘punold
St Joys
St passoiduios
pue SSALIP
OY} “I
3ZN4

Jo 2y2 “Joprjs
st pour]dn wpm e ssavoz
Ur aw
SLYVd
FINI

‘sopys ayy Burads saos0y

yt our ay ‘ss2oa7 Suryr0] ay2 sapysur uonrtsodpue Zur urd ow! ay souId
Jo ay Japrs “JOIeUOIpP
yy, yseg Woy oy J
SNINYOM

TuN2]dwWo>
oy1 quoUIUTTE
Jo ayI sapmod‘UrenIY sty ‘own WP 2znjsi “Wo? soar
a “foyeuoiap
yorum
UT um) sapojdxa
21 Jojs00q
Pea] PUB 241 “J
Ajaaid “pauue ayy, vorsojdxa
jo ay Jaysooq sareuoyep
2p LALL JITTYUT ay) ApogJo 242 “T
’

3
 PLUNGER

a" } Bi tc ed AN an ef

BODY

COLLAR

FLASH HOLE

xl 8TH SPOT WELD

60mm Mortar Shell Body Forged Steel
60mm Mortar Shell (Full Size) |
Continued Next Issue
PMA 25
Here is How a Small Plant

Forges 81-mm.
Mortar Shells
° ° °

By CHARLES C. BARRENBRUGGE
Repr inted From Designing Engineer, Portland Forge &
Metal Products Foundry Co., Portland, Ind.

Plant Manual - 1941 ° ° °

200 em- Because the inside cavity of the

Tt Portland Forge & Foundry Co., a small plant with less than the shell had to be held to an 0.020-in.
ployees, is proud of its achievem ent to be among the first to produce
ted hollow tolerance, many manufacturers
81-mm. trench mortar shell forging, said to be the most complica were of the opinion that this could
forging ever produced on an upsetter. This forge shop has 30 years of forgin not be accomplished without pre-
experience behind it, however, and normally forges about 10 per cent o! are al
cision machinery.
alloy steel manufactured for forging purposes. The company's engineers Hence, attempts were made first
assisting numerous other plants throug) hout the nation in solving their problems to purchase a new upset forging
in shell production.
machine for this job, but it was
impossible to get delivery until
March, 1941. Portland Forge en-
gineers were determined, however.
to develop a new and reliable
the summer of 1940, rough machining. About 1938, an
Die method of producing thia shell.
the U. S. Government was upset method was developed te
even on old equipment, since this
making a survey of all man- make this shell on a 5-in. forging
Although several good was a race against time. Actually.
ufacturing facilities throughout machine.
a 5-in. Ajax forging machine of
the country so it might have a rec- forgings were produced, it was
found that the method was unre- the 1920 vintage was employed.
ord of all available industry which To overcome the many disadvan-
from a production stand-
could be used in the production of liable
tages of such an old forging ma-
armaments to meet the ever grow- point.
ing emergency. Educational or-
ders were being placed with vari-
ous concerns throughout the na-
tion. New methods of shell pro-
duction were being studied. The o ° °
methods and practices of the First
World War had become obsolete. IG. | — (Left)
After 20 years of mass production
8i-mm. shell
to become the world’s greatest pro-
forging as made
ducer of automobiles, radios, re-
by old method
frigerators, etc., American indus-
required rough
try was ready to meet the chal-
machining be-
lenge.
Eager to do its part toward na-
fore being nosed.
tional defense, the Portland Forge (Right) New up-
& Foundry Co., without an educa- set method com-
tional order or expense to the gov- pletely noses
ernment, began experiments to shell as forged.
produce an 8l-mm. shell forging
completely nosed, as shown in Fig.
1. Previous to this time, the shell
was made from a casting or forged
eith an onen end and nosed after
 1G. 2 — Pro-
gressive steps
in the forging of
an 8l-mm. shell
in an upset forg-
ing mochine
by the displace-
ment piercing
method. Two
shells are forged,
one from each
end of a single
bar 134 in. diam-
eter x 23 in. long.
The only loss of
material is the
small piece shown
in the lower
right hand cor-
ner and the collar
trimmed from
each forging be-
fore nosing.

chine, it was necessary to make in the following operations for to a bench where it is hot-in-
up the difference in good die and sound concentric forgings. The spected,
punch design. second punch pierces the billet The inspector then places it on
The shell forging is completed which is held and centered by its a pin-type conveyor which makes
in geven passes as shown in Fig. necked-in part and by the collar it possible for the air to circulate
2 using 1% in. diameter stock. on the upset end, The third and freely around each shell, thus as-
The shell bars are sawed approxi- fourth punches gradually expand suring that the physical proper-
mately 23 in. long, suitable for and elongate the cavity in the forg- ties of each forging are the same.
forging two shells which are up- ing. The fifth punch sizes the Each conveyor hook has two pairs
set from each end of the bar. shell from the outside and the in- of pins, one above the other, hold-
The first punch and die upset side. In the sixth pass the collar ing four forgings in all. By the
the stock and neck-in the middle on the front of the forging is trim- time the shell reaches the final in-
of the bar. This preiiminary up- med off. On the last or seventh spection room, it is completely
setting and nicking of the stock pass, the shell is nosed and cut cooled. Here the shells are given
is done in order to assure the from the bar at the same time. It a 100 per cent inspection before
proper centering and forming of rolls out the side of the machine they are passed on to the shot blast
an even collar which is necessary on to a conveyor which takes it machine which cleans the inside
cavity at the rate of two every 30
Fic: 3—Inspector placing shell on pin type conveyor. This type of con- sec. After the cleaning operation
veyor allows the air to circulate freely around the shell while cooling, they are oiled inside with a pres-
sure gun sprayer to protect the
thus producing a uniform microstructure of the steel and making the physi-
interior from rust while in transit
cal properties of each forging the same.
to the machining contractor.
Today, this typical small indus-
try of the Middle West is now in
full production equipped with the
latest type of forging machinery
and machine tools. The upset
forging is performed on a new 4-
in. Acme machine. The layout is
extremely compact, with a mini-
mum of manual handling between
conveyor carriers and machines.
So simple is the set-up, that only
three men are actually needed to
produce the forging, namely, the
forging machine operator, the
heater, and the inspector. Produc-
tion ranges from 80 to 100 per hr.
with an average of 600 to 700 for
an 8-hr. shift. This rate could be
stepped up about 20 per cent, but
it would deerease considerably the
tool and die life.
 The first four and last two
punches are made from a treated
alloy die steel, and are not heat
treated after machining. They
will run from 20,000 to 25,000 torg-
ings. The fifth punch ig made from
Durodi and treated to a hardness

Durodi is a special alloy steel contain-

ing chromium, nickel and molybdenum,
made by 4. Fink! & Sons Co., Chicago.
—Ed,

of about 64 seleroscupe. Its life

is about 8000 shells. All the dies
are the inserted type, making it
very easy to replace a worn cavity.
The water cooling and the proper
lubrication of the punches before
making each forging are as essen-
tial as the accurate tool and die
design.
An oil fired furnace is used to
they are com-
heat the steel billets to a tempera- F ISG, 4+By the time the shells reach the inspection room
or is
ture of 2100 deg. F, The furnace pletely cooled. Here a U. S. Ordnance Department inspect
seen

is three times larger than is need- type of gages. Note

giving the shells 100 per cent inspection with various of eccentricity,
ed ta heat the amount of steel nec- the simple form of pin stands for dial indicating the amount
essary to keep the forging machine etc.
running at 100 shells per hr. This
large capacity furnace is probably tools, ete. are going from the
the reason Portland Forge never mally forges about 10 per cent of
plant in a steady stream to vari-
experienced any trouble forging all alloy steel manufactured for
ous points in the nation as evi-
SAE X1314 steel. This material forging purposes, is today among
dence that small industry is play-
caused other manufacturers sc the few who have produced the part in the de-
ing an important
much grief that il was necessary &l-mm. shell on a mass production
fense program.
for the Ordnance Department to basis. About 80 per cent of the
chanye the steel specification to output of the entire plant is for
SAE X1335. defense. Forgings for tanks, army
which nor- trucks, yun carriages. machine
This small industry

RIGHT
IG. 6—This is an 81-mm. trench bomb completely machined and painted,
with tail-piece attached. It is ready for shipment to an arsenal to be
filled with explosive.
BELOW
rate
1G, 5—This shot-blast machine cleans the interior of the shells at the
every 30 sec. After this, the cavities ore sprayed with oil.
of two
 Garage mechanics and others who do
not have an arbor press can improvise one
from a hydraulic auto jack. The press
Hydraulic POPULAR
MECHANICS
has
many uses besides arbor work. It can be
used for forming sheet metal in dies, Arbor Press 1938
punching holes, straightening bent
rods
and similar work. It cc s of four drill-
rod posts, which are attached to a base and
a header plate. A platform, which
has
bushings or sleeves welded in holes drille BUSHING TO 4; DRILL ROD
d BE PRESSED
near cach corner, slides up or down on the INTO BRACKET §
legs, the bushings assuring squareness
of
the platform to the header plate. Both sRacKET _|
the
plate and the platform are provided with BUSHING
SLIDING FIT
tapped holes for conventional clamp ONis POST
Ost
ing of
various setups.
(4- Ton
HYORAULIC.
AUTO JACK —14—

34"
coup aoLLeD)
ATE —

teRa
ob

C1- Homemade hydraulic

press,circa 1938.

bh. Manual press from B-

Square Co. (see cata-
log review).

Commercial hydraulic
press,jack and acces-
sories. (Sears catalog)

(8) 1'4-10-ton
Hydraulic Hand Jack Hydraulic Press 1%-10-Ton

= 27 Ss,
Hydraulic Press
$ i For removing and installing
bearings, U-joints, gears,
bushings, ball joints, pul-
Deliver full lifting power in
up- etc. 52 inches high (ex-
right or side position. cluding jack).
CONSTR: Made of heavy-duty ORDER INFO: Use with up
commercial-quality steel. Cylin to 10-ton hydraulic jack.
-
der, b an Precision
for virtually leak-proof operation.fit accessories sold below.
Pay motor carrier
12 and 20-ton jacks with built-in from Milwaukee, Wisc. fac-
carrying handle. Imported. tory. Allow time. No
Lifting cap. . . Cast iron. C.0.D.'s. Shpg. wt. 140 Ibs.
for gripping power. F28 GT 12001N $229.99
Piston and cylinder. . . Preci-
sion-machined steel for excellent adi abe15) Accessories
fit and easy operation. Hydraulic Press
Do more typesof work
valve. without special rigging or
Handle .. . 2 or 3 locking pieces, to parts.
depend oning
model. ORDER INFO: Sent from
LOAD CAPACITY, LIFTING Milwaukee, Wisc. factory.
RANGE. ORDERING INFORMA. See Shipping Note below.
Order from chart below.
TION: Toalit
Order frina
om chartbelow:
[Friuie y Same 598] pron OWE Wek iz Pulle F28 GT 12003
inimches _|ininches| ininches| {to mal
sc
Bearing Puller | £28 GT Ispo8
Number Ibs. | ch
ton [9% 42 Sigciume Bearne Poller
12-t0n 1952 toto 183%
18 2%
3%,
{28 GT 12014c,
|28GT 12016c $27.58
35.99
20-ton |91%i¢ to1854 3° [2867 12017¢
(43) | Small V-blocks (pair)
(ay Plates (pair).
5199 a5) V-blocks(pair) | 28 GT 12007
 Letters cont. from page 5
The second flaw is
the lack of a sus-
Dear Mr. Barrow, tainer motor. This is
a low-thrust, long-
I am writing to point out certain crip- burning motor which powers the vehicle all
the way to the target, enabling the opera-—
pling flaws in the "Guided Missile" design
tor to steer the device along his line-of-
published in Volume I, #7, of the PMA.
sight and making it unnecessary for him to
The first and most obvious flaw is the
know the range, except in very general
lack of aerodynamic stability. The devices
_terms. Since your device"’s boosters will
from which the planform of yours is copied
on sophisticated semi- burn out in a few seconds and its planforn,
reply for stability
with center of pressure (cp) well behind
automatic guidance systems which spin the
the center of gravity (cg) prevents an ef-
missile on its axis in flight and switch
ficient glide, your device's trajectory
control functions from one set of fins to
will be essentially ballistic rather than
the other depending on the attitude of the
missile at the moment.Most, to simplify aerodynamic. All control corrections will
have to be made during the thrust phase
control and lower the needed skill level,
a permanent "up" bias to keep the with the missile climbing steeply. The
have
up long enough for the operator to firer will need lightning reflexes, theodo-
thing
sort himself out and assume control. Yours, lite eyes and the brain of a ballistic com-
of course, has no such guidance system and puter. In its present form, therefore, it
will therefore be inherently unstable. is not practical.

vewtica! stalealizers
hovet /set back

The aerodynamic problem is easily

solved: I suggest a pair of delta wings
aa with c.p. closeto but slightly behind the
c.g. of the missile. They need not be cam-
bered but should have a definite dihedral ‘ae
sustamer angle to keep the device on an even keel,
(figure 1). The vertical fins should be
smaller and set back as far as possible.

30 PMA
 ~ Gi aX of
\ rasty va
a

The sustainer is another matter. [ can't board equipment, I suggest using either an
be specific about designs since T have no escapement or a reed system, and dry-cells
data available to me. The specifications instead of nicads. However, one dummy
(long burn, low thrust, visible trail) sug- ‘trainer’ should be built with rechargeable
gest a long, thin, end-burning grain cells. It should be weighted and balanced
‘spiked’ with something to give a colored just like the live rounds and fired at
exhaust flame. The only propellant I can cloth silhouettes draped over bales of hay
think of that burns slowly and is easily a- or other targets from which the practice
vailable is JETEX fuel in pellets. It would round could be recovered without damage.
have to be dissolved, spiked and recast. I Prospective 'crewmen' should get plenty of
have no way of calculating the length-to practice under conditions as realistic as
diameter ratio of the propellant grain, or possible, since firing a guided missile re-
the nozzle dimensions until I discover the quires some skill.
specs of the pellets. In any case, for a References: Jane's Weapon Systems
reliable "zero-length" launch I recommend Brimley, Rocket Manual for
that a powerful booster (or several, de-
pending on what's available) be placed so
Amateurs
Brimley, Advanced Radio
that they thrust down instead of straight Control
back, and their thrust lines go through the Sincerely, Francois
c.g.. This will ‘levitate’ the missile and
start it moving forward but without point- P.S.,
ing the nose up. This allows the operator I would like to point out that the term
to acquire the missile without having to "SAM" stand for Surface-to-Air-Missile. The
feed in a large correction, and reduces the soviet wire-guided AT missile is called
possibility of a crash-dive through opera- SAGGER, and does not cost $1000/unit! God
tor error or a stall when the booster(s) help us all when the terrs get SAM's!
burn(s)-out,(see figure 2). The sustainer
should be fired when the boosters are. Dear Francois,
If you publish my letter I will assume Yes, I‘d like to see the sustainer when
that you are interested and will let you completed. Thanks for your unigue insight
know when (and if) I am able to design a into missiles. Although lengthy, my missile
sustainer. If this letter seems too criti- article admittedly lacks a great deal. How
cal, let me assure you that I have the do you other readers feel about this type
highest respect for anyone willing to un- of weapon? We would like to purchase your
dertake such an ambitious project. missile design info or articles. Clyde
A few second thoughts about the guid- PLEASE NOTE: I don't even want to see
ance system; digital proportional gear is government material that is currently
expensive and unnecessary for one-time use. classified as secret/restricted/national
To reduce expense and the weight of the on- security, etc.
PMA 31
 RPB has recently been sold. The current
M10-M11 Suppressor owners now produce both guns and suppres-
sors to original MAC/Sionic specifications.
They have also arranged to rename the com-
By Clyde Barrow pany Sionics Inc. Insurgents and counter- ©
subversives take notice,Sionic/MAC is back.
Background Info: General Description:
The Sionic Sound Suppressor System was The M-10/M-11 silencers are machined
designed by Mitchell Werbell at Military entirely from T6 #6061 Aluminum tubing and
Armament Corp. (MAC)in 1970. The system is round stock. The only non aluminum pieces
named for Werbell‘s previous corporate ven- are the two polyurethane baffles in the re-
ture, Sionics Inc., an acronym for Studies placeable endwipe assemblies (see PMA Vol.
In Operational Negation of Insurgency and 1 #4).
Countersubversion. He silencer consists of three sections;
a rear expansion chamber, a front diffusion
chamber and the removable end wipe assembly.
NOTE: Please refer to the exploded parts
SUPPRESSOR MI! 9MM AUTO (380) drawings for the following.
(TEM PART
SLEEVE 4
BAFFLE 280/ASSY
COVER

VHUdUIND_
OUD
10,

The rear chamber is formed by screwing

the front end of the inner sleeve into the
These suppressors were designed and pro- bushing, capturing the rear outer tube be-
duced to be used in conjunction with the tween them. The space between the inner
M-10 submachine gun and the M-11 mini-ma- sleeve and outer tube is packed with alu-
chine pistol, designed by Gordon Ingram. minum eyelets. As the powder gas leaves the
(See PMA Vol.1-Ingram SMG patents). MAC muzzle, it bleeds through holes drilled a-
built and marketed these guns and suppres- long the inner sleeve and passes into the
sors until the company was dissolvedin 1975, rear chamber. The eyelets reduce gas vol-
In 1977, RPB Industries began production ume by heat absorption and slow the release
of the Ingram SMG's, but not the Sionic of the remaining gas with a baffling action.
suppressor. RPB sold the guns with a sup- The front chamber consists of the front
pressor of their own design. This silencer outer tube, closed at the rear by the
was reportedly inferior to the original threaded bushing and at the front by a
Sionics unit and was discontinued. threaded disc (encapsulator). A cone shaped
32 PMA
 le" baffle and two “spiral” diffusors are con-
tained in this section. The gas from the
rear chamber passes through holes in the
threaded bushing and contacts the cone
shaped baffle. The swirling motion created
by the baffle delays the passage of gas
~ The two spiral s, one
into the spiral area.
with a left hand and one with a right hand
twist, spin the gas Maxim style. Centri fu-
gal force causes the spinning gases to move
towards the outer edge of the spiral tube.
The result of all of these dissimilar move-
ments is a reverberation effect that dissi-
pates, cools, and sTows the release of gas
from the front chamber into the endwipe
assembly. The bullet's restricted passage
So" through the undersized endwipe baffles fur
: ther slows the release of gas into the at-
mosphere.

pee ees
é a yO
sc? | OY a &£$
¢ 4

~ ST ENN
SgS Zia SS"
aS = gs SS
“ ff & Bf
t ZA i
4 eS = 3
B pP A 4
; a S
i i] ty e

(@)= asi
r Bak SH
32" ;
i
SON GZ y'
‘ g SUPPRESSOR
; i] ; MIO 9MM PARA. &
i s : 45 ACP

If the above is a bit vague, I'm sorry

iy The remainder of this issue could be fill
: ss Ms with info on the precursor wave, sound
; : ———— a pulse curve,harmonics, blow by, pressure
al ZE=SZ differentials, etc. I don't claim to unde
28 — == stand all of that any more than you do. I
‘ —f CY do know that I've never heard anyone down
ee 4 ee basic design which is ac-
i sound su e cepted as better than any of its predeces
hed BEFessor assembled sors. I know of no recent designs that cai
equal or better the Sionic's performance.
PMA 3
 Individual Parts Specs:
Refer to exploded parts view for reference.
L Part #1-Inner Sleeve 4

poo |
M11-.380
The rear of each sleeve carries a re-
Each caliber gun has its own sleeve,
cessed, flat face that contacts a corres-
threaded to screw onto that model gun bar-
ponding shoulder on the gun's barrel, auto}
rel only. This prevents destroying a Smm
matically aligning the suppressor with the
unit by installing it on a 45 cal gun or
gun's bore. The front ends of all three mo4
rupturing an M-11 380 suppressor with the are threaded 3/4" x 16 TPI (NF).
more powerful 9mm para round fired from
del sleeves
The rear of the M-10 sleeves are 2.13"
the M-10.
Individual barrel thread sizes are as OD with the shoulder cut to fit into the
fol Tows : back of the 2" ID rear tube. The M-11
sleeve is 1.75" OD with the shoulder cut t
w
M 10/45 - 7/8" NC - 9TPI (threads per inch)
fit into the back of the 1.62” ID rear tube
M 10/9mm ~ 3/4" NC - 10 TPI
The M-10/45 sleeve is bored .5" ID. The
IM 11/380 ACP ~ 5/8" NC - 11 TPI
Each sleeve is also counter bored for bar- M-10/9mm and M-11/380 versions are both
bored .4" ID. All three sleeves are drilled
rel clearance as follows:
with four rows of five 3/16" diameter
M 10/45 - 11/16" x 2" deep for passage of
holes (a total of twenty)
IM 10/9mm - 9/16" x 2" deep
M 11/380 ACP - 4" x 1 3/4" deep gas into the rear chamber. See individual
fullsize part drawings for remaining specs

aq

w
 M10-9mm a

Part #2 - Baffle Assembly: Part #10 - Encapsulator

4
These baffles are aluminum eyelets ,about Each encapsulator is a .4" thick disc,
pop rivet size, which are packed into the 1 9/16" OD x 20 TPI, The 9mm/380 version is
rear chamber during assembly. Original fac- bored
to .4" ID and the 45 version to .5" 1D
tory specs called for 280 eyelets in the Each encapsulator is drilled to allow in-
M-11 suppressor and 410 in the M-10 units.

7
stallation and removal by spanner wrench.
This number will vary due to eyelet size,
sleeve outer diameter, etc. Pack baffle as-
sembly as tight as possible. The completed
unit should not rattle if packed correctly.

Part #6 - Baffles:
156"
Two sizes of baffles are used, both are OD
1.5" OD x.7" long. The baffle for both
the
M-11 and M-10/9mm is bored to .4" ID to
allow clearance for the .355" diameter
bul-
let. The 45 caliber version is bored to
5" ID. ye

Drill two holes, 3/16" diameter,

1" apart
as shown. Install encapsulator at 25
ft/1bs
torque.

Part #3 - Cover:

This assembly is a removable heat re-

sistant cover made of Nomex firesuit mater-
ial. In addition to protecting the firer's
hand from heat, the cover dampens the
res- Parts #11-15 - Endwipe Assembly:
onanting or ‘ringing’ within the silencer
during firing. Spring clasp holds the cover These units
in place. are described in PMA Vol.1
#4, page 55.
PMA 35
-
|
Part #5 - Threaded/Vented Bushing
tubes. The OD and shoulder cuts for both d
All three bushings are .7" thick with bushings are the same as their counterpar
center holes threaded 3/4" x 16 TPI to fit in parts #1. Each bushing has a series of | yyy
the fronts of the inner sleeves. The front 3/16" diameter holes to allow movement of
shoulders of all three bushings are 1 9/16" gas from the rear to the front chambers.
OD x 20 TPI to accept the threaded front See drawings for specific hole pattern.
.

M 11 BUSHING SPECS Centerhole e'! ID ( %4''x 16 TPI)

1.56'' OD x .3" long (1 %e"x 20 TPI)
A. 1.75'§ 0D x .1'* long
B. Shoulder 1.62'' OD x .1"' long Taper M%e'' inside to 1'' outside
Tapered area .25'' deep w
C. 1.0625'' DIA circle
D 11 Holes / .1875 DIA 1.5" OD x .2'' long
—-=xmoenm

E. Centerhole —" 1D (34 " x 16 TPI )

M 10 BUSHING SPECS
F. 1.56" OD x .3'! long (1 %e' x 20 TPH )
A. 2.13" OD x .1" long Ww
B. Shoulder 2" OD x .1'' long G. Taper ‘We! inside to 1" outside
C. 1.125'' DIA Circle H. Tapered area .25'" deep
1. 1.5" OD x .2" long _|
D. 12 Holes/.1875" DIA

36 PMA
Parts #7 & 8 - Spirals 3. Remove one of the continuous 1/8" wide
strips. (figure three)
The spiral baffles are 1.5" OD x 2"
jong in the M-10 models and 1.5" OD x 1"
Jong for the M-11. Each suppressor uses
one left and one right hand twist “spiral?
These units are actually helical,as there
is no taper along their length.The fins
are cut to a depth of .4375" leaving a
-625" OD core section. There are four
fins per inch, with a .125" space between
fins. Four rows of 1/8" diameter holes
are drilled in the spaces between the
fins. M-10/9mm and M-11 spirals are bored
-4" ID. The M-10/45 units are bored to fig4
5" ID.
The preferred method for cutting the
helical baffles is to use a milling ma-
chine with an indexing head and a 1/8" 4. Centerpunch and drill a series of 1/8"
thick disc cutter. The tangent table diameter holes along the entire length of
angle is set to 87° for proper cutter exposed metal. Install a stop on the
clearance. Depth of cut is set to .4375", drill bit to limit hole depth to .4375",
Spiral pitch is .25" (one turn in .25"). Use a file, Dremel tool or hacksaw to
Gear change (velocity ratio) is 1/40 for remove the remaining metal between fins.
machines with a standard pitch of 10 If a hacksaw is used, extend the length
inches. For other machines, use the fol- of the mount pins and install five blades
lowing. formula: itch of helix on the frame. This should cut the correct
velocity ratisaon
oFmach
poing width slot in one pass. Hacksaw blades
are .5" high, so epoxy a .0625" wide strip
example:(standard machine) -B-1/40 along the side of the top edge to limit
the depth of the cut to .4375". If a mi-
These units can also be cut by hand. ter box is available, set angle to 87°
The 1.5" OD round stock should be held
in a padded vise during the cutting pro-
cedure to avoid damaging the delicate
fins.
1. Wrap the 1.5" OD round stock with "
wide masking tape or better yet, two side
by side strips of 1/8" automotive pin
striping tape. Start the tape at an angle
of 87° as shown (figure ane.

5. Drill 1/8" diameter vent holes and

bore the centers as indicated. (fig. five)
If you lack the experience and tools
to generate a helix as shown, you have
fig1 fig2 two options. Farm out the job to a local
machine shop, or use a substitute spiral
unit. Two examples are found in the AR-7
2. Mark along the center of the %" wide silencer in PMA Vol.1 and the De Lisle
tape and cut with a razor blade. (fig. two) Carbine detailed in this issue.
PMA 37
Part #4 - Rear Tube The tube for both models of the M-10 is
2" ID, 2.13" OD and 3.8" long. The M-11
Material is .065" wall aluminum tubing tube is 1.62" ID, 1.75" OD and 3.2" long. e

Part #9 - Front Tube

thickness is .120". The tubes are threaded
Both M-10 front tubes are 7" long. The 1 9/16" x 20 TPI. Threads extend one inch
length of the M-11 version is 5". All into the rear and two inches into the ry
three tubes are 1.74" OD, 1.50" ID. Wall front of all front tubes.

g——

38 PMA
 If you are unable to obtain the tubing into the tube.After peening the pop ri- |
needed for parts #4 and #9, substitute vets flat, a liner is made to contain the
pieces can be made as follows. 1/64" thick baffle and two spirals. The liner must be
sheet aluminum is sold at most hardware cut to clear the rivets that protrude in-
YY and building supply stores. Sheets are to the interior of the tube.
36" x 36" and are priced at about $8.
1. Cut strips as wide as the length of
tube needed.
2. Roll the strip into a tube of the cor-
rect ID and wall thickness and cut off
excess length.
3. Hold rolled tube in position with mask-
ing tape or hose clamps. Test fit inter-
nal parts to check for correct tube ID.
4. Drill and pop rivet the tube. The row
of rivets should begin about " from each
end.
5. Flatten the rivets as outlined in
Takedown Rocket Launcher (PMA Vol.1pg119). 6. Assemble the suppressor using set
When making front tubes, the ID should screws as outlined in the following sec-
be 1 9/16", which will allow the threaded tid. (disregard step one-use steps 2
bushing, encapsulator and endwipe to slip through 4 only).
Alternative to threading the inside of
the front tube:

If you are unable to thread the front

tube (1 9/16" x 20 TPI), the following
method may be substituted.
1. Turn or hand file the front shoulder
of the bushing, the outside of the en-
capsulator and the threaded portion of
the end wipe to allow these pieces to
slip into the 1.5" ID front tube.
2. Lathe turn or handfile a 1/16" deep SISK
eee
na
groove around each of the three parts as ice FRSC
See
ETE,ROSS
shown. (figure one) Groove width should
correspond to set screws diameter. The
use of grooves eliminates the need to Fig.1
line up specific holes.

3.4"
Faom reo
as" Seem Rea

w 3. Drill and tap the front tube for two 4. Assemble the suppressor,
allen set screws each at the three points apply lock-
tite to the screws, and tighten them into
indicated (six screws total)(figure two). the grooves.
PMA 39
 INTRO - Continued from Page 1 designed for the M-10/M-11 SMG,
this design can be adapted for
To avoid repetition, many use on any .380,9mm,or 45 cal-
Volume Two articles will refer to iber weapon.
information or procedures present Complete construction plans for
ed in PMA Volume One. We also building a 60mm mortar/launcher,
suggest that you obtain copies of; including baseplate,bipod with
The Poor Man's James Bond by Kurt transverse and elevation adjust-
Saxon, How To Kill (Volumes 1&2) ments and 60mm mortar bombs.
by John Minnery, and The Subma- Silent antitank weapon based on
chine Gun by Bill Holmes. These the new German Armbrust launch-
books are master works on the er,currently being consideredby
subject of improvised weaponry several NATO countries,including
and the authors are the best in the US. All flash,smoke and
the business. noise is contained within the
launch tube and both backblast
and recoil are eliminated.

eR SOY)
BONNIE AND CLYDE IN 1933

Feature articles in Volume Two

include the following:
- Building a press setup for
sheetmetal stamping and forming
small parts.
- Metal casting with the new cav-
ityless mold process.This method
is faster,cheaper,and far easier
than traditional patternmaking/
moldmaking processes.
- Homemade vehicle armor and "bul- PMA is aspecialized magazine
letproof glass" using clear lex- dealing with material unique in the
an plastic sheets,kevlar fabric field of weapons publications. Our °
and fiberglass reinforced ceram- small staff strives to provide you
ic panels that are fired in a with useful information not a-
standard pottery kiln. vailable from conventional sour-
- A number of modifications for ces. This research is often quite
the Ruger Mini 14,including a difficult and may result in pro-
folding stock,vented handguard, duction delays.
barrel threading for flashhider/
silencer mounting & complete si- QUARTERLY ISSUES ARE SCHED-
lencer construction plans.The ULED TO BE MAILED DURING THE 1ST
material in this section can be WEEK OF; JANUARY,APRIL,JULY AND
OCTOBER 1979.
modified for use on other simi- ~
lar rifles. If an issue is late,we hope
- Detailed specs for duplicating you find the results to be worth
the Sionic silencer.Originally the wait. Thanks for reading PMA.
40 PMA
 VOLUME2 NO.2 The Only Magazine O£
Improvised Weaponry
Published By
THE POOR MAN’S ARMORER
P.O. BOX 586, EUREKA, CAL. 95501 Compiled and Edited By
©Copyright 1979 Bonnie&Clyde Barrow

Want to buy
GUN MARK a rifle, a
machine gun, a bazooka--
no questions asked? One of
the best places is the Sunday
flea market at Liége on the
Belgian- German border.
Each Sunday hundreds of
buyers, many of them un-
doubtedly terrorists, in-
spect a variety of weap-
onry, much of it from
World War II, which is
placed on sale in Lidge
by local merchants.
German, Italian, and
French authorities have
warned against such dis-
play of guns and unre-
stricted sales, but the
Belgian police seem to
turn a deaf ear to the
complaints. In Liége there
is no law that prevents
people from buying as many
weapons as they want. No

es
one seems to care whether
the buyer is a member of
the Baader-Meinhof Gang in
Germany, the Red Brigades
TERRORISTS MAY BUY ARMS LIKE THESE ON in Italy, or the IRA in
OPEN MARKET INLIEGE, BELGIUM Ireland.

PLEASE NOTE If you plan to build weapons ,you should

obtain copies of federal,state,and local
Statement of Policy weapons laws from the appropriate agen-
We at the Poor Man's Armorer Magazine cies,the local library or your attorney.
research, write, buy and sell information It is the sole responsibility of
only. We do not buy, sell or manufacture the reader to determine legality
weapons. All info in PMA is legal to pos- before building.
sess, print, sell and send through the US.
The Poor Man's Armorer Magazine
mails. and all contribu
All data is obtained from sources be-
will to
not rs
be re-
sponsible for any injuries or prop-
lieved to be correct. The accuracy of any erty damage that may result from the
and all of the material in PMA cannot be use of informationor ideas found
guaranteed, in PMA.
PMA 41
 Letters to the Editor

We appreciate the letters and comments Dear Bonnie & Clyde,

submitted by readers but we are unable to Received Vol.2 No.1, this date. It's
answer individual letters. Questions of great. I hope you reprint Vol.1 in the
general interest will be answered in arti~| same manner on the same paper. It would
cles or the letter column. be great for keeping in a binder,and
Dear Clyde, worth rebuying.
In PMA Vol.2 No.1 you asked for a pre- Here are a few items that have proved
scription how to improvise electric blast- useful in the past:
ing caps. 1. A 6 ft. car radio antenna, remove
Here is one. It is from Col. Grivas little ball on end, and sharpen. It will
Dighenis (who fought the Britains at Cy- close down to approx. 6 in., and can be
prus). carried almost anywhere. When needed it
Please excuse my bad English and be is opened and used as a whip. It will
careful when you prepare the stuff. slash a person to pieces.
How to improvise electric blasting 2. A plastic letter opener, which is
pointed & sharpened. It can be carried
caps:
3 readily past metal detectors with no
How to nitrate mercury:
bottle with 1000 cm” concen- problems.
1. Take a
nitric acid (spec.w eight 3. Is a pair of 8 oz. steel ball bearings
trated, pure
gramms pure mercury into I carry one in each side coat pocket.If
1,42). Pour 120
it rest for 12 hours. asked they are used to exercise my hands.
the acid and let
on the bottle. After They can be used one in each hand to
Don't put a stopper
build-up the fist, or they can be thrown
and at 10 ft. they will stop a man if
thrown at the stomach. Another way is to
hold them in the palms of the hands and
copperpipe slap the other person in the face.
end (soldered) 4, This is awkward to carry but in an
cotton wool overcoat pocket not noticeable. I welded
mercury,must be nitrated 4 salmon hooks together,so they face in 4
(Knallquecksilber) directions. They are attached to a heavy
cotton wool cord with a stick at the end. It is used
tape as a "grabber". The "grabber" is carried
electric contacts in a plastic bottle which the top is cut
insulation off. When needed the stick is held in the
thin wire (like that in hand so the cord is between the 2nd & 3rd
a bulb) finger, the "grabber" is swung to the
other person's shoulder or arm-pit and
held taut. The other person is unable to
get away and is in pain, with my free
12 hours put a stopper on it and turn it hand I can use a steel ball-bearing or
(acid and mercury shall mix). After some another helper to subdue the other per-
time take the stopper away, because there son.
5. Is a simple, legal 18" steel edge ru-
might be some fumes. Then close the
bottle again. ler, which is carried in a binder and
2. Take a big bottle with a large opening used as a sabre.
with 1280 grams of 95% (pure) alcohol. 6. Is an envelope which has a piece of
flat steel inside with all 4 edges sharp-
Pour the mixture of nitric acid and mer-
It can be carried in a shirt pocket
cury in this bottle. Don't close it.After ened.
a short time toxic fumes will escape.When or coat pocket. It is used in the hand
this stops the nitrated mercury will lay striking with the corners or thrown like
on the ground of the bottle. It must be a shirkin and is deadly.
washed with destillated water and dried If you are interested there is more.
in the sun on a glassplate. Well that's it for now. Yours,
A German The Preacher
42 PMA
 Letters to the Editor
Dear Sir, results in very rapid death when sprayed
Enclosed is payment for a Volume Two into the face. Sorry, but I have no more
subscription. Mine will come via diploma- specific data on the preparation.
tic pouch.If the local government knew I 4. Fiberglass insulation ripped into
had such a magazine here, I would be long, spiky strands, together with small
thrown out muy pronto, or in the venacu- chunks of polystyrene foam, soaked in
lar, Jaldi~Jaldi! sulfuric acid (probably concentrated,not
I need the design for a simple cross- specified). Dried in the sun, and used
bow, to shoot pigs, not the motorcycle for area denial. Severe burns on contact.
kind, real ones, I have about 100,000 to 5. Potassium chlorate-Vaseline field
kill. They are wild, breeding like hell, expedient explosive, dried in the sun,
and being a muslim country, no one will and used as mines for area denial, etc.
touch them. We are under martial law and No trigger mechanism; explodes when
no one can get shotgun ammo to kill then, stepped on (?). May be packaged in thin
this government doesn't trust anyone. plastic bags. Unsure if charge is to be
The ultimate do-it-yourself weapons removed from packaging before emplacement
making is done in this country. In the 6. Boobytrapped phonograph record.
tribal areas near Peshwan,town called Potassium chlorate vaseline field expe-
Darra, they can make any weapon you want, dient explosive placed in record grooves.
by hand. Sten guns, lugers, Armalites, Detonated by friction of phonograph nee-
Mausers, cane, pen, stick pistols, you dle. Is this feasible and practical,or a
name it--they can make it if you give pipe dream?
them one to copy. Their metal is from Again, if these methods are feasible,
truck axles, gears, springs. Get a copy and not simply bullshit, their usefulness
of the National Geographic Mag. for Jan. is obvious. However, I cannot vouch for
1977, it's in there. their veracity. Good Luck.
L could probably make a fortune sel- a reader
ling your mag. to the local opposition Dear Clyde,
party, but I wouldn't last long--And the I have just received my first issue of
"Crash of 79" seems damn close here. PMA and I must say I find it absolutely
kuda-hafez fantastic. In regards to that letter from
WRS E.L. about extracting snake venom. There
Pakistan are several ways for extraction but this
way is by far the easiest.
Clyde, 1, Make ready a glass,cover the top in
A few things from an unreliable source thin clear cellophane held on snugly by a
that could be useful if they prove true: rubber band.
l. A nerve toxin from 'lilies-of-the- 2. Get a snake, preferably a poisonous
valley' flowers. Cover them with one.
vodka and heat on a burner. Strain off 3. Hold the snake by the side of its
the liquid and simmer what's left to a head, just behind the jaws. This will
thick paste. ‘What's left' is supposed force the snake's mouth to automatically
to be quick and fatal. open with fangs extended.
2. Sodium cyanide gas from mountain 4. Push the snake's fangs through the
laurel (kalmia latifolia). You put some cellophane and press against the inside
in a glass jar and set it out in the sun of the glass. You can then watch the ven-
for the day. Then you throw out the lau- om pour down the sides of the glass.
rel and recap the jar real quick. What's This is called "milking the snake",
left is straight sodium cyanide gas. and is by far the easiest way to do it.I
3. Dichlorovinyl dimethyl phosphate- would not suggest using this method on
DVDP. Shell No-Pest Strips dissolved in cobras, though, because the slightest
paint thinner. Apparently this involves little scratch can wipe you out. I would
simply immersing them until they disin-— suggest a nice little rattlesnake or cor-
tegrate. The resulting solution is evap- al snake. Just figured I'd let you know.
orated until only ‘a thin,oily sludge’ Tonto
remains. This the DVDP, which supposedly Ontario Canada
PMA 43
 Letters to the Editor
Dear Bonnie & Clyde, (Ml) to .308 and so they can use M14/MI1A
Please send me another bound edition magazines.
of Volume One of PMA. My last volume was All you shotgunners who string sinkers
part of the loot taken from my office for loads, don't use wire! Use fishing
which was burglarized recently. It's the line instead. Whoever said fishin’ and
only thing I really miss. shootin' don't mix? This isn't grapeshot
RE: Letters to the editor about fully by the way; grapeshot was shot from can-
auto $.G. Proper alteration of the ham- nons in the Civil War, but it referred to
mer of a Rem. Model 11 will do it. It's a the size of the lead balls.
fearsome thing to shoot and I would rec- I see that the Bushmaster is now a-
ommend a vertical forward grip be added! vailable in a rifle/folding stock version
Doc Sarco Inc. (see the Shotgun News) al-
ways has interesting stuff. They sell in-
frared sniperscopes for $495.00 (geez,
Dear Bonnie & Clyde, think I'll buy a couple) and they sell
Here's information other readers have bazooka slings for $3.00, new. All you
asked for and some they havn't! rocket launcher fanciers might check out
Impro Blasting Caps: The best thing the Edmund Scientific catalog (they pro-
to tell you is to look at the Improvised bably have an ad in Pop. Science). They
Munitions Black Books sold by many book still probably sell their bazooka sight
dealers. There are 2 volumes and together as well as infrared sniperscopes and oth-
they tell how to manufacture a blasting er infrared seeing devices.
Cap stronger than a military cap (or so Speaking of night seeing devices, you
the book says; would the government lie?) can build your own passive-viewing device
These can then be made into electrical (also known as Starlight scope, Startron,
caps by joining a small lightbulb to the et.al),if you have the plans from: Fan-
cap; a little work may be necessary to tastic Research, P.0.B 96568, Cleveland
figure out the best way to do this, as Ohio 44101. The plans cost $15.00, but
the cap is a cartridge case. It would let me warn you that building one of
have been nice Clyde, if you had printed these honeys is expensive, so if you
this version instead of the cut down TM# don't have an extra thousand laying a-
31-210. (You still could print the parts round, forget it. The advantage of having
you left out!) an electric light-amplifying device is
Send $2.00 to: D & E Magazines Manu- its small size. There is an ad in SOF
facturing, P.O.Box 4579 "B", Downey,CA April/79 which advertises a reconnais-
90241. You will get their current price sance scope for $295.00. This is really
list of magazines which includes extended a big telescope which gathers a lot of
mags for the AR-7 and Remington 742. I light which the naked eye can't. You
can't vouch for their quality, but they ean't lug it around like you might a
do have the extended mags someone asked Startron. The same issue of SOF also of~
for. fers a "Poor Man's Startron". It is a
I don't know of any magazine (clip).22 scope made by Bushnell which has a little
magnums made in America. There are two lighted dot appearing where the cross-
that are made in Germany, the Heckler & hairs meet. This would be great for
Koch Model 300, with up to a 15 shot mag- night shooting.
azine and the Erma M-1 Style Carbine Chuck Taylor also reviews a Single
with 12 shots. Check the Shotgun News Point night sight in his column.
for these. For a background in night-seeing de-
Send $1.00 to Choate Machine and Tool vices, read the article in Popular
Co., Box 218, Bald Knob, ARK 72010. These Science, July/72.
folks sell firearms accessories which A night-seeing scope isn't really nec-
I've heard rave reviews over, They sell essary for night shooting. Power of the
the best made shotgun magazine extensions scope causes a dimmer image as it in-
folding stocks for shotguns and some ri- creases, so about a 4-power scope is good
fles, flash hiders, x-tra long nylon for night. For a proper discussion of the
slings, and they also convert Garands best reticles for night shooting with a
44 PMA
 Letters to the Editor

scope, buy the Counter Sniper Guide for I see they have a 40-round magazine
$2.00 from one of the military book sel- made by Armalite for the M-16 and AR-18.
lers. It has other good info which ap- Tt's put out by J & G Sales (see SCNews).
plies to sniping as well. I know there must be some bow-hunters
All you grenade freaks, don't overlook out there whose state laws allow them to
the fact that stick grenades are simple use poison "arrers" to take game with.
levers and can be thrown farther than an The poison is powdered succinyl choline
egg-type. Also on the subject of grenades, chloride which fits in a rubber and plas-
let me say that all of you who ridge your tic pod just aft of the broadhead. When
grenades a la U.S, pineapple are wasting the arrow hits, the broadhead breaks the
your time. This doesn't cause nice,neat pod and dusts the wound with poison. More
sectioned chunks of iron to fly about as information from someone who knows about
hoped for. If you do it on the inside, this would be nice to have.
then it does some good; less erratic,bet- For those of you who are interested in
ter dispersion of chunks; they fly out in city combat, get a copy of The Mercenary'’s
the sections they're supposed to, Manual, Part Two; for that matter, buy
Marc Ridenour's Kiyoga is what is also both parts one and two because they have
known as a spring kosh. Check out a copy a lot of valuable weapons info condensed
of Kill or Get Killed by Col.Rex Apple- and compiled in their pages. Part Two has
gate for more on this. a section on street fighting which is ex-
A pipe wrapped in newspaper and used cellent.
as a weapon also goes by a New York name: Clyde, you mention that one of the
Shmalin. primary attractions of SMG's is that they
We used to make a different version can be fired one-handed. I don't shoot
of Joe Brown's Fire Ball Cannon. Ours was anything one-handed and it is simply not
hand-held. You squirt the lighter fluid conducive to accuracy to fire one-handed.
into the hole at the bottom and then whip I think you were hinting at the handling
‘we the taped together cans up and down in a capabilities of the handgrip/magazine
stiff-arm motion as though you were going housing, but that design isn't on all
to beat the ground with it. You then take SMG's and even if it were, there wouldn't
a match which is lit and hold it by the be much one-handed shooting (try an aimed
hole —- BOOM! WHEE! off hand shot using the M-10 or M-11;they
A simple yawara stick can be made by weigh more than a pistol.)
taking a suitable piece of dowel and put- I also favor the M-1/M-2 carbine as a
ting a screw eyelet on each end. weapon. Good used carbines can be had for
A simple blackjack can be made by put- under $200, as well as the Plainfield mo-
ting a bar of soap in a sock. del. There are lots of accessories and
A word on those who would buy one of parts available and it can be made selec-
those MP~40 type folding stocks for their tive fire. If you think the cartridge is
M-1l Carbine or Ruger 10-22 is that they puny and underpowered, then figure out the
are rather cheaply made. We had one that relative stopping power (re:Julian Hat-
was assembled so the stock, when opened, cher) or the comparative stopping power
was angled almost straight instead of (re: Mel Tappan, pp33-40, Survival Guns).
down to the shoulder. They also seem a You will find that its stopping power is
bit short when opened up and I don't like not huge, but it is still a step above
the fact that the handgrip is a part of the 9mm parabellum cartridge and jfist a
the rest of the wood stock. To me, it step below the .38 Super. The .30 ca&®bine
seems as though the hand-grip should have cartridge doesn't have the range of the
a separate attachment with a lot of rein- 9mm, but up to 100 yards it would be a
forcement so that it doesn't snap off un- sure killer and a viable substitute for a
expectedly in a combat/survival situation. 9mm SMG when used in the M-2 carbine.In
An old trick we armchair commandos use my unqualified opinion, it is“just as
is to tape two loaded clips end to end good as a .223 at short range and a bit
Wwith black electrical tape. This makes a cheaper to shoot just as the carbine is
60-shot clip with 2 thirty round mags. cheaper to buy as compared to an AR-15 or
PMA 45
 Letters to the Editor
Mini-14. Anyone who buys a carbine:beware the things are, the more useful and dead~-
of the Universal carbine. They don't in- ly the end result is.
terchange all G.I.parts and some new ones I loved John Minnery's article on the
are really a whole different action. They DeLisle Carbine. I wish you could get him
can't be converted like the Plainfield or to write more articles for the PMA.
G.I. carbines (though I've seen some old- I also like your new loose/leaf format
er ones which I thought I could convert ( a real help to putting copies away in
with a bit of milling to the slide). storage).
I was surprised at what you didn't I wish you and Bonnie all the success
know about offensive grenades,though I your efforts deserve.
see that has been cleared up. Yours truly, "Wheel Barrow"
Readers should note that any manual Mich.
printed up by the U.S.Government, (TM's,
FM's,ete.) can be reproduced without vio- Clyde,
lation of copyright laws. Just got back from best part of a year
So, if you have a friend with a bit of in oilfields of Alaska. Of the many pub-
exciting information in a manual, don't lications and magazines I had waiting for
be afriad to run a copy off on some copy me, I enjoyed my stack of PMA the most.
machine. After all, your tax dollars went I would like to see article on making
to pay for the research and writing in the AR~15 and H & K 91 selective fire and
the first place; why shouldn't you be a- also a test of the "homemade starlight"
ble to use the information you paid for? scope plans being sold in Shotgun News.
I'm glad to see that the projects lean Thanks. CEB
a little more toward shop projects and a- Calif.
way from the primitive stuff. After all, See Night Vision Devices in this
Most of us have access to simple tools issue. A review of the Starlight scope
and machines and the more complex some of Plans will appear next issue (Vol.2#3)Ed.

MI0/M11 parts —— Anyone can buy!

Special Parts Ltd.
INGRAM SMG'S & ALL NEW SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS & CARBINES
/sear stud & stock block
/backplate w rear sight 3.00 EACH SMG PARTS PACK CONTAINS:
/trigger guard&mag housing manual,used mag.,assembled bolt,
stock & upper receiver assem-
1.Ingram M10 .45 gun parts pack. . ..$150.00.prepaid or $160.00 COD blies,trigger guard,mag.housing,
2Ingram M10 9MM gun parts pack . .$170.00 prepaid or $180.00 COD sear stud & stock block.
3.lIngram M11 .380 gun parts pack. . $180.00 prepaid or $190.00 COD
ALL SILENCER PACKS CONTAIN:
5. M11 .380 Silencer Parts Pack - . $115.00 prepaid or $125.00 COD; manual, new wipe assembly,
6. M10 9MM Silencer parts pack . . .. $115.00 prepaid or $125.00 COD]! spirals & baffles.
7. M10 .45 Silencer parts pack. . - $115.00 prepaid or $125.00 COD} you GET EVERYTHING EXCEPT THE
10. Alternate Stock (flat butt) M10 25.00 ||LOWER RECEIVER & THE 2 SILENCER
ll. Barrel Extensions (threaded) 36.00 |LTUBES.
14.
17.
Upper
Sear
Receiver
Pin
w/carbine
(semi-automatic
barrel
only)
(M10)
elo Special Parts Ltd.
PO Box7652 pma
NOTE: Prepaid orders by Cashier's check or postal Money order only!
Atianta,GA. 30357
On COD the customer pays for shipping and insurance. SEND A STAMPED. SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE FOR FREE PRICE LIST.

42 NOTE: ALL Demilied Lower Receivers are SMG (Selective Fire) With Sear
Pin Holes, (SPECIFY CALIBER)...eS b gE aos Bane Se Rea eae ...$ 30.00
if you buy a silencer parts pack with a gun parts pack - You may deduct $10.00 and/or if you buy a demilled SMG Lower
Receiver with a gun parts pack (which normally costs $30.00) you may deduct $10.00.
46 PMA
 AR-7NITESCOPE the hood and plug the forward hole so the
light shines to the side. Lining the hood
BY M. OHNO with foil may or may not increase the
Sure! If you have one to two grand to light. Broom clip-holders from the hardware
plunk down on a Starlight scope or an store fit neatly on the barrel of the Qwik
infra-red scope (illegal in NYC and CAL). Point sight. The flashlight must then be
Happily there is a poor man's way to add fixed to the clips. | ran a cut off bic pen
night capability to the AR-7 system, and body between the clips fixed with sheet
while it won't increase what you can see metal screws to the clips,then used tubing
at night, it will let you hit anything you clamps to attach the flashlight to the pen
can see, which isn't bad for under $40. The body, making a detachable unit. The flash-

basis of this is the weaver R-22 Qwik Point light must shine into the light collector
an optical non-magnifying sight that im- at the front of the Qwik Point, and with
poses a red dot on the target. The dot ad- the light source clipped on the Qwik Point
justs horizontally and vertically like a you have a little red dot that will send
conventional scope. This sight costs $30 your shot to that point under bad or no
PPD including dovetail base from Walter lighting.
Craig, Box 927, Selma, AL 36701 (recent If you want to remain unseen, a cloth
Shotgun News Ad) item#188; or $30.87 plus bag and rubber band over the light and
$2.05 postage from Gander Mountain, Box light collector will hide any faint glow.
248, Wilmot, WI 53192 Item#41-0322; or list Aside from the defense advantage of being
of $44.95 at gun stores. able to hit things when nobody else can see

To add dusk and night capability to the their sights or scope hairs, it is superb
regular available-light Qwik Point, one for doing-in rats,pests,etc.,after conven-
must add a captive light source. A tubular tional sights become useless.The Qwik Point
click switch penlight from the local phar- fits on your PMA modified scope based AR-7,
macy or hardware store works good; buy one or any other .22 sight base, and can be
with a hooded bulb (under $3) and get alka- interchanged with a scope in seconds, with
line penlight batteries. Drill a hole in only a coin as a tool.
EDITOR'S NOTE: lated devices. All italicized sections
The bulk of the following article was are my comments or those supplied by oth-
compiled and written by "The Armorer", a er PMA readers. The bibliography/refer-
ence section is comprised of material

ir’
professional arms dealer and researcher
in the field of special weapons and re- supplied by the author and PMA readers,

PART ONE
BY ‘THE ARMORER’
[mi Carbine w/Infrared Scope(spotlight not shown)
The ability to observe persons and ob- A simplified diagram of an IR viewer
jects in complete darkness without in is shown in Figure 1. IR radiation is
turn being detected presents an advantage focused by the objective lens (typically
which should be obvious to PMA readers. a 35 mm camera lens) onto the cathode of
Since the 1930's, governments throughout the IR image tube. The cathode is a glass
the world have conducted research to per- surface containing a semitransparent lay-
fect equipment which would give their er of materials (silver, oxygen and ces-
armed forces the ability to see in the jum) which discharge electrons in pro-
dark. Out of those efforts have come the portion to the amount of IR radiation
infrared (IR) image viewers such as the
World War II era Sniperscope and the more
sophisticated light intensifier devices,
popularly known as Starlight Scopes, of
the Vietnam War period. Yet, as advanced
as the latter device seems to be, there
are optical instruments currently under
development which will provide even
greater enhancements to the technology of
seeing under adverse light conditions.
INFRARED VIEWERS

IR radiation is nothing more than

electromagnetic waves having wavelengths
which place them just beyond the range of
human visibility. IR waves are slightly
longer than visible light waves and are [ SIG Rifle w/IR Nightscope
associated with heat radiation. Just as a
radio is able to convert transmitted e-
lectromagnetic waves into sound, an IR reaching the image tube. These electrons
image tube is able to convert these in- are accelerated past an electrostatic
visible IR waves into images which can be focusing mechanism and strike the phos-
seen by the human eye. phor coated florescent screen where they
are converted into a visible image just
like in a television tube. The eyepiece
focuses this image into the user's eye.A
OCULAR widely used IR image tube - the RCA 6032
Fi
(available fr ronics stores
listed a s
= y
OBJECTIVE LENS (MAGE TUBE
TO POWER SUPPLY 20,000 vo
viewer bu around
powered by a 12 volt batt
Fig.One: InfraRed Scope Diagram
tronic circuit containing a transformer,
oscillator (coil) and voltage multiplier.
48 PMA
 While most objects emit natural IR ra-
lights, and permitted the drivers to sea
100 yards down the road. Truckers could
diation, IR units usually include a
drive at their normal speeds but some-
source of IR radiation to increase the
times got into difficulty when making
Clarity of images and to extend the use-
ful range of the viewer. By bathing an sharp turns.
area with invisible IR radiation, the ob-
IR viewers have been phased out of
use by many armed forces partly because
server can detect objects off of which
of their dependence upon an IR radiation
the radiation is reflected. The WWIT/.30
source. The Sniperscope added 18 pounds
carbine Sniperscope included a rifle-
mounted sealed beam spotlight covered to an infantryman's load - most of this
weight was the IR spotlight power supply
with Corning 2450 heat transmitting glass
and 12 volt battery. Also, an enemy e-
or a Polaroid XRX filter. The spotlight
provided 80,000 foot-candles of i] 1umin- quipped with an IR viewer could detect
ation which limited the effective range the beam of IR radiation and trace it
of the scope to 100 yards. Contemporary back to its source thus giving away the
IR sniping devices such as the West Snipers's location.
German Night Sight Type B8 - V have rang- Furthermore, the IR tubes coul
d not
es in excess of 300 yards. Several na- withstand the shock of repeated
gun fire.
tions have used large IR spotlights with
Phosphor particles would dislodge
from
which to illuminated battlefields or the image tube's florescent scre
en and
maintain surveillance of national borders, Settle on the lens' electrodes causing
internal flashing.
A novel application of the IR image
tube is the helmet mounted binocular The major advantage of the IR unit
was
and still is its low cost. Complete
viewers devised in WW II which allowed units
are on the market for $200, and home-mad
English truckers to drive in blackouts. viewers e
These and IR radiation spotlights
binoculars were used with IR head- be built for less than $100 in part can
s.

STARLIGHT SCOPE amplifies it 30 to 50 times the orig

inal
intensity. The focused image from
It was during the Vietnam War when the fi-
ber optic lens is projected onto the
see-in-the-dark devices based upon light
cathode of the second light intensif
intensification came into being. After ier
tube where another 30 to 50 fold incr
spending $20 million, the U.S.Army's in brightness occurs. This is repe
ease
Night Vision Laboratory developed the ated a
third time so that light has been
Starlight Scope. This device has the a- inten-
sified 50,000 times the level which it
bility to take low intensity, barely vi-
entered the scope. The final image
sible light such as that emitted from is fo-
Cused onto the human eye,
stars, the moon shining through clouds,
distant street lights and even biolumin-
escent light from rotting vegetation ,and Objective Lens Oscillator
multiply its brightness 50,000 times so
that the observer can see objects as if
;it were daytime.
A diagram of a Starlight Scope is
shown in Figure 2. The first generation
viewers consisted of an objective lens,
three light intensifier tubes, an eye-
piece, and a power source. Like the IR 3 Light Intensifier Lenses
image tube, the light intensifier tube
contains a cathode on which has been de- Fig. Two: Starlight Scope Diagram
Positied a layer of cesium, antimony,
sodium, and potassium. Electrons are e-
mitted when light strikes the cathode, The Starlight Scope presents many ad-
vantages over the IR viewer. It does not
accelerate through a focusing component,
require a source of artificial i]lumina-
and strike the phosphor coating of a fi-
tion so that the complete unit weighs
ber optic lens which traps the light and
much less than a Sniperscope (4 pounds vs|
PMA 49
 Here's how scope works.Light
hits fiber-optic lens (1).It
is coated with photo emissive
substance which gives off e-
lectrons when struck by light
15,000 volts are applied, forc-
ing electrons through anode
cone (2).Cone and adjacent
configuration (3), made up of
special metal comprise optical
system,shaping image as elec—
rons speed through cone's ap-
erture (4)and slam into phos-
phor coating (5)of fiber optic
lens (6).Coating is like film
Light Intensifier Tube (10f3)] in camera, receiving the image
for viewing.

18 pounds); it does not require a power-

ful battery (4 penlight batteries are tube(s) will self-destruct and one is
needed to operate typical Starlight left with a very expensive piece of e-
Scopes); and does not emit any radiation lectronic scrap.
so the operator can remain undetected .The Two devices have recently been devel-
theoretical range of the device is infin- oped which further advance see-in-the-
ity though in reality, the useful range dark technology. The U.S.Army AN/PAS-~7
is 300 yards for a rifle-mounted scope thermal viewer is a binocular size in-
and 1000 yards for a 60 pound battlefield strument containing an array of super-
surveillance viewer. cooled (-160° F) lead selenide elements
Second generation light intensifier which detect minute temperature differ-
tubes the size of a sewing thimble have ences and create an instantaneous tele-
been produced which can amplify light vision display of these differences.This
30,000 to 40,000 times in one tube. The means that the observer can detect a
disadvantage of the smaller intensifiers soldier hidden behind foliage since that
is that they are more expensive than person's body temperature differs from
three first generation tubes required to the ambient temperature. Also, the ther-
produce equal light amplification and mal viewer can be used to see through fog
their image clarity is of lower quality. and haze, and has been evaluated for de-
The second generation tubes have been in- tecting landmines. The entire unit weighs
corporated into Starlight Scopes less only 6 pounds, is powered by a belt-
than a foot in length and into binocular mounted battery, and does not require ar-
night vision goggles which weigh less tificial illumination.
than two pounds. These goggles are used Little information is available about
by long range reconnaisance patrols,and the direct imaging spectroscopes devel-
by helicopter and aircraft pilots in or- oped by the Aspheronics Corporation, a
der to take off and land in complete manufacturer of Starlight Scopes. Accord-
darkness as might be required in anti- ing to Janes Infantry Weapons 1977 ,these
terrorist operations. devices are: "narrow-band imaging spect-
Starlight Scopes are not cheap - a roscopes responding to selected frequency
stripped down viewer on the civilian mar- bands in the near ultra-violet, visible
ket goes for at least $2400 while a scope and near infrared regions. Their purpose
used for sniping will be priced at $3500 is to enhance selected target or terrain
or more. Anyone wishing to purchase a features by selecting the radiation band
pair of night vision goggles better have which contains the strongest emissions
$10 grand in his wallet. If one accident- from such features and them emphasize
ly turns on a scope while it is pointed them in contrast with the remainder of
towards a bright light,the intensifier the scene”.
50 PMA
 €1-997Z-0601 WL
Away wots poqusdey
TVNGIAIGNI
SNOdVIM
CTSHONVH

TIVINS
40

IAVHS
OTWLNAN0F
ONISNOH
NIVH
ALVId NOLLVOLALINGCGI
HOLIMS WaMOd

Mas LON
LOVLINOO
MHHSVM A901

ONTYdS
MaUOS
aavog
YACIOH dNv1

MAYSaWv1
HOLVTILOSO
LOVINOD aNnow9d
Lt
Guvod
AWAL LIVE
Nid ‘TdM0d LOVINOD YOLVTITIOSO
MAIOS
dvVo
AVSH ONTYdS
UIHSYM (AOLVTTIOSO) dvo

CISINSTAS

LAVHS
UGAOW
INN LAOAA (ONTA-O) TYAS
MAYOS
ONT ADOT

AOGIdSAT
ONTads
NId (ONTa-O) TVaS

*ASSV
gONAAOOT
ONT
Id FLV AIL LSHfd¥
UaHSVM MYDS (LHADOS)
(ONIY-O) TVS AgdOd INNOW ad00Ss Ta (XSQNI
ONTUdS)MAONN
“ASSV
UMIAISNALNI AOVAL INOOW
ONLOS
MaY #IOLLaa LsncayqONN
AIOLLAY
*KSS¥ MTS
LAS MANOS (LEIOOS)
WHATT ONTISNO0d
NId
LNSANOLTV €9
(AUSLLY) avo avnd)ONTAOVa
(ONTA
AaATT
AOO1
ANNOY ONTa
LOVLNOD 79
ONTYds ONT FaI1s
XMGLLVE LYTIOD
YOLVITIOSO NId
LOVLNOO 19
FIOILGY
qONA “KSSV
HAILOarGO
(ONTA-O) TYAS
LSACAVY
MWS LAS
09
(SNB1)YHAO) _dvo
TWNIWSAL
‘TaMOdNId
ROVEd)O
66
CON
ONINIVLIAa 8S (ONT
dvn Y NT
SANVN WALT
 ELEVATION POWER SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT
KNOB
OIOPTER
Small Starlight Scope
@

AZIMUTH FOCUS RING

FOCUSING LOCKING ADJUSTMENT
KNOB LEVER KNOB

= es as

N Ight Vi sion Goggles ITT Electro-Optical Products Div.

tek yt = WF:
FEATURES tiene 4
* COMPLETELY SELF-CONTAINED HANDS
FREE OPERATION
* FIXED GAIN WITH AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
« SELF-CONTAINED AUXILIARY IR ILLUMINATOR

PHYSICAL AND ELECTRICAL

Mounting Headmount with quick release
Size and Weight 4.7(H) X 6.8(W) X 6.5(D) inches;
30 ounces
Voltage Required . 20t0o35VDC ballery: ~~
40 ma (max )
Buttery Life .20 hours at 21°C; 12 hours at-18°C
| Temperature Range -54°C to + 52°C
with minor performance reduction
Battery Type oe Mallory 303843 (BA-1567/U)
or equivalent
PERFORMANCE
Scene Illumination . 10° to 1 ft. candles
Spectral Response Visible plus IR to 86 microns
Field of View ; ' 40°
Magnification be ttanee atk : IX (Unity)
Resolution , F _. Nominal .67 Ip/mil rad
Brightness Gain ‘ ‘ 500 Nominal
Diopter Range ‘ seh +2, —6 diopters ;
Distortion 1% nominal x {
Collimation <1° convergence or divergence
<'2° dipvergence Diopter Adjustment +2, —6 diopters
Objective Lens EFL 26.6 mm: F/#1.4;7/#1.51 !nterpupillary Adjustment : 55 to 72mm
Eyepiece Lens EFL 26.6 mm: Exit pupil 10 mm_ Eye Relief Adjustment 12mm minimum
@ 15mm eye relief; Mag. Power 9.4 X Head Strap Adjustment to fit
Starlight Operation Arugged, self-contained night viewing system to provide passive vision using available
Light Weight — 30 oz. light from the night sky (thru starlight or moonlight). Two second generation image
bjective Focus intensifier tubes, matched with superior optics, are combined in a fully adjustable
Plane face mask to provide for completely hands free operation for such night-time tasks a
Bifocal as driving, mobile equipment operations, patrol, surveillance, reading and other ’
0° Field general purpose viewing including pilot and crew use in helicopter and low-speed
Unity Magnification aircraft.
52 PMA
 Most people in the night scope field and viewers. The latter
3 ; are refered to as
designate infrared scopes and viewers as PASSIVE i.e., no light is produced by the
ACTIVE (light generating) to differen- sszope.'Passive' devices gather and ampli-
tiate from the Starlight type of scopes fy available light only. _|

SOURCES FOR "ACTIVE" (IR) SOURCES FOR "PASSIVE" (STARLIGHT)

RIFLE SCOPES/VIEWERS/PARTS RIFLE SCOPES/VIEWERS

Shel aii Varo, Inc. Texas Division

Hifransit Suindnie e No.1(T3) (M3) Box S2h, 2201 Walnut Sts
PE UO: ; Garland, TX 75040
Scientific Systems AN/PVS-2 Second Generation Starlight
P.0.Box 716 scope, and the Hyper-Miniscope Models
Amherst NH 03031 9823/9823E.
IR Viewer / range 100 yards. Complete
with optics,eyepiece,power supply bat- Javelin Electronics
tery pack,IR source and all necessary 6357 Arizona Circle
construction plans,instructions and Los Angeles, CA 90045
parts sources. Plans-$8.00; High A wide assortment of "Passive" rifle
voltage power supply and all elec- scopes and viewers for law enforcement
tronic parts-$44.50; Above assembled and professional photographers.
and tested-$59.50; Selected 6032 image
tube-$16.00; Large 6" government 100 Ni-Tec Inc.
IR filter-$7.00 . 7426 Linder Ave.
Niles, IL 60076
Meshna Corporation B & F Electronics NVS-700 Small Starlight Scope.
P.0.Box 63 &119 Foster St. Giock
tio tok
= Se
E. Lynn, MA 01904 Peabody, MA Smith and Wesson
ww | 8.&F and Meshna sell unused RCA 6032 2100 Roosevelt Ave.
IR image tubes for $9 to $12; they al- Springfield,MA 01101 ‘
so provide, with the tube, free in- Startron MK 700 series I Passive
structions on how to construct a com- night vision riflescope.
plete IR viewer for less than $100 in
parts. Radio - Electronics, December, Impossible Electronic Techniques
1974, contains plans for building an Box 69
IR viewer based on the 6032 tube.B &F Wayne, PA 19087
sells kits for constructing a viewer; Dealers in night vision goggles and
the kit contains the 6032 tube,objec- Starlight scopes. Unlike many other
tive lens,eyepiece, components of the firms listed, these folks will sell
Power supply, and instructions. to anyone without restrictions.
Edmund Scientific Corporation
Edscorp Building
Barrington, NJ 08007
Saat alten sees eatNo.42,299mm$2.00
Pkg. of2
The IR section of their catalog is reproduced below. $2.00 LR. Filter Makes Your Flashlight |.A
Bina Sapertone’ fiowetamaeeumensSeateh Or tan
esaay owon
Sarplis Ampin
scopebull For its size. this tungsten halogen lamp is | ONAN, porch Us i
fence, nature study, min- heel a eect Rees | 4 .) 40-Watt Infrared Illuminator
eralogy & research. Oper-
Teeharaesble NGS taliory
initial brightness throughout long lite
hes selfcleaning iodine eyes Excelent
|| f 115V AC infrared filtered light source
ie Ov transmits invisible light af between
(see Pg. 110). 16'/." long Sraanannt ice Tapeea caee peed lente aan . 780-1400nm. Use indoor or out. Ne

electrostatically adjusting focus, vert. & horiz. reticle et or adapter below. Quartz envelope (Requires wiring) + a No. 72,084 $49.95
intensity adj. knob. pistol grip handle w/switch control, provides resistance to thermal shock.
strap: & carry case. Power pack (batt. not incl.| has 6V Internally fused. Color temp. approx
70180)
:
magetube’Shep wiZab NO 3.000% For Y20V AGIDG. Specticatons ine “Infrared Filter For Photo Light Sources,
No, 85,157* $395.00 TCC $00w 10.000 lumens. 3-5/8 x's" No. 40,779 19.95 Sniperscopes, Signaling & Alarm Systems
*Not available to Calif. residents ‘other than for the Psd ag nee No. 40,780 16.50 Glass filter w/coating on 1 surtace. In total darkness, so
authorized use by the U.S. Armed Forces or law ps _ No, 40,781 _$ 4.75 __|ittie visible light passes through it'sundetectable from 20
enforcement officers; or for use solely for scientific Adapter to use above lamps in regular tight fixtures ft. (even looking directly at light). Gov't surplus. $6 value
research or educational purposes. No. 41,186 $13.95 5-3/8x 1/8" thk. No. 60,033 $3.00
PMA 53
 "PASSIVE" SCOPE PLANS/COMPONENTS "Death in the Night” by Chuck Taylor.
June 1979. Vol.4 #6,Soldier of Fortune
Magazine, Box 693, Boulder,CO 80306.
Fantastic Research
Box 96568
Cleveland, OH 44101 Janes Infantry Weapons, 1977 edition.
This firm sells a complete set of
plans for building a ‘passive’ viewing "The Laser: Part One" by Mario De Arcan-
device capable of magnifying low lev- gelis. March 1977. Vol.IV, Year V.
el light 50,000 times.
Armies and Weapons#33 (Atlantic Edition)
Magazine. Published by Interconair Media
Jaegers Optics
Group, Via G. Brentani 9, 6900 LUGANO
691 Merrick Rd.
Lynbrook, NY 11503 Switzerland.
Starlight scope eyepiece. Editor's Note: The publication mentioned
last, Armies and Weapons, is probably new
Four of the major components needed to most of our readers. It is distributed
when building a ‘passive’ scope are: extensively throughout Europe and the
3 image intensifier tubes; 2 nylon Middle East. Armies and Weapons is really
coupling rings to join the above tubes; a trade magazine for defense departments
one high voltage multiplier module; and and armament manufacturers. They review
one oscillator module. different countries’ missile systems,ships
When ordering these final two items, and tanks, logistics systems,etc. Test
you must specify that they are for use new anti-tank, anti-aircraft ammo exten-
in conjunction with image intensifier sively and give detailed reports on all
tubes. aspects of it. The ads are very taste-
All four items are available from any fully done with excellent photographs.
of the five sources listed below. Issues run $3 each hut worth every penny.

A. Varo, Inc. U.S.subscription info is available from:

2203 W. Walnut St. Sky Books International Inc., 48 East
Garland, TX 75040 50th St., New York, NY 10022.
Bookdealers should contact:
B. Amperex Electronics Bill Dean Books Ltd., 166-41 Powells
Slatersville, RI 02876 Cove Blvd., Whitestone, NY 11357.
Finally, a friendly warning; The ma~
C. Apollo Lasers, Inc. jority of the infrared viewers, kits and
6357 Arizona Circle plans sets currently being advertised are
Los Angeles, CA 90045 intended for hand held or tripod use
only. If used as rifle mounted scopes,
D. Starlight Components some of these viewers may be damaged or
1623 Straight Path even destroyed by the recoil of the weap~
Wyandanch, NY 11798 on. If in doubt about the intended use of
any viewing device, check with the manu-
E. ITT - Electro Optical facturer or designer before mounting or
7635 Plantation Rd. using it on a firearm.
Roanoke, VA 24019 If you suspect that the opposition
may be using a Starlight Scope to monitor
your area, you have a good chance of de~
ADDITIONAL READING SOURCES stroying the scope. A number of remotely
controlled lights can be set up around
US Army TM # 1090-268-13 Starlight Scope, your position (outside) or in various
Small Hand Held or Individual Weapons windows (inside). These devices may be of
Mounted. US Army, July 1967. any type that produce intense beams.Driv-
ing lights, Spotlights, flash bulbs or
"The Night Vision Device" by E.A.Gale. electronic flash guns are a few examples.
1978. Pub. Fantastic Research,Box 96568, Each light should be periodically
Cleveland, OH 44101. switched on and off rapidly. These lights
54 PMA Cont.on pp.55
 the M41 38 Special round (130
PRODUCT REVIEWS grain bullet) used by the US Mili-
By Clyde Barrow tary. The M41 round is said to
have more stopping power than the
Special Purpose Ammo For standard 158 grain load issued to
Subuaet ine cone most U.S. police officers.
American Ballistics also mar-
American Ballistics Company, kets high performance, high velo-
a Georgia based ammo maker, is now city ammo in several pistol and
producing and marketing subsonic rifle calibers, standard velocity
ammunition for use in conjunction rifle and pistol reloads and
with the Ingram M1O and M11 silen- MADCAP (Mean Automatic Dispersion
ced submachineguns. They also car- from a Central Aiming Point). The
ry subsonic ammo for use in the latter is a mylar target overlay
MAC silenced counter-sniper rifles, used to measure relative accuracy,
calibers .223 and .308. pattern dispersion and shooter
All subsonic rounds are loaded proficiency with automatic wea-
to produce velocities below 1100 pons.
feet per second, the speed of For further info on both ammo
sound. This eliminates the "crack" and MADCAP, send a signed FFL copy
produced by a normal velocity to:
round when fired from a silenced American Ballistics Company,
weapon. These loads are also en- Box 1410, Marietta, GA 30061.
gineered to achieve reduced muzzle
flash, greater muzzle energy,stop-
ping power and accuracy than tra-
ditional subsonic ammo. An example "Anchorlube"
of previous loads are the special Metalworking Lubricant
9mm rounds used in the silenced
Sten during WWII. These rounds Anchorlube is a water soluble
were similar to the standard .380 non-rusting Lubricant for use when
load in performance. drilling, tapping, milling, stamp-
One item of special interest is ing and punching metals. Applica-
the "Whisperload" cartridge. A tions include use with stainless,
standard 9mm or .380 case is load- high carbon or chrome steel, cast
ed with a 130 grain round nose iron, cast aluminum etc. For
a free
bullet, probably the same one used 2 oz. sample and further product
in the commercial .38 super auto info, contact the distributor
round. nearest you:
NOTE: Reloaders who wish to dupli- Anchor Chemical Co.
cate this round might try Remington's 777 Canterbury Rd.
130 grain Metal Case Bullet No.22848. Cleveland, Ohio 44145 or
I have no info on the type Westland Products Co.
or amount of powder used, but the 674 23rd Street
ballistics are nearly identical to Oakland, CAL 94612

Night Viewing Devices(Cont.)

should not be placed directly in front of nearly invisible intense beam will ruin
a target as they may draw rifle fire. The both the device and the user's vision as
well. These lasers are available for 2
use of special infrared flashbulbs or IR
filters over the lights will decrease the or 3 hundred dollars.
chance of these lights being seen by the
naked eye. Issue Three will have an indepth re-
If you are scanning the area through view of the Passive Viewer Plans avail-
an IR filter and spot a device of the able from Fantastic Research. Info on
type that emits IR waves, a small hand additional sources for night scope parts
laser, may be directedat the scope. The and plan sets will be included.
 the missing pieces with estimated dimen-
sions. Included are several notes to clar-
60mm Mortar ify unreadable items.
Readers familiar with working from
part 2 BY CLYDE BARROW blueprints should have no trouble.If your
needs are for a more simplified set of di-
mensions, the chart on page seven of is-
NOTE: Please make the following cor- sue one can be used. Round off the four
rections on pp.23 and 25 of Vol.2/Issuel place decimal numbers to simple fractions,

PP, 23- Clip collar assembly ID is .95" Example: The plans specify the fuze
body length as 1.77"-.02" long. The en-
(not .095").
- The third row of vent holes in gineer has allowed the finished length to
vary from 1.77"(max)to 1.75" (min). You
the tail body tube is 1.1" from the base
may find it appropriate to simply list
(not 1.0").
the finished length as 1.75" or even 1-3/4"
PP, 25 - Diameter of shell mouth is 1.4"In
- Inside threads on the mouth of I've devoted a great deal of space to
the shell are 14"xl12 threads per inch this material because the information can
(not 14x11 TPI). be applied to a variety of other weapons
- Body OD at the base is .95" (not projects.
shown) .
~ Inside radius of the Bourrelet Example: Compare the specs for the
section is .9" (not 1.0"). Wall thickness rough shell castings and forging (pg.58)
in this section should be held to .23" with the dimensions of the finished shell
min./.28" max. (pg.59). Note that the dimensions for the
shell interior must be correct after cast
The info presented in part one of this ing or forging, as no further machine
article (Vol II, No.1) was based on meas- work is done inside the shell. On the oth-
urements taken from a 60 mm practice er hand, all exterior surfaces are cast
round. I have since obtained copies of or forged oversized to allow for final
government machinist drawings for the 60 shaping on a lathe. The relationsip of
mm round. This material was de-classified the rough and finished measurements can
after WW II, so PMA is free to reprint it be used as a guideline when designing
The set of copies was both incomplete and molds, cores and forging tools for simi-
illegible in several spots. I've drawn lar projects.

Notes on Filler and Booster Charge: TNT is toxic; TNT dust should not be in-
haled in quantity or allowed to contact
TNT (Trinitrotoluene) is produced from the skin excessively. The gases produced
toluene,sulfuric acid, and nitric acid. by an explosion of TNT are poisonous.
It is a powerful high explosive with a Tetryl
velocity of detonation of about 21,000
feet per second. It is well suited for Tetryl (trinitrophenyIni lmethy
tramine)
steel cutting, concrete breaching, and is a fine, yellow crystalline which is
general demolition. more powerful than TNT. Pure tetryl is
TNT Is relatively insensitive to shock. too shocksensitive to be used as a dem-
It will not detonate on the strike of a olition explosive; however, when small
single rifle bullet, but may do so under quantities are compressed into pellet
sustained machinegun or rifle fire. form it is perfectly safe. Tetryl boos-
TNT may vary in color from a pale yellow ter pellets are commonly used in burst-
to an orange. Its color is influenced by ing projectiles to assure the detonation
time and by the purity of the explosive. of a less sensitive filler explosive.
TNT is crystalline and is issued in Tetryl is also compounded with TNT to
pressed form. It can be steam melted, It form the demolition explosive tetryol.
burns at 266° F. Small quantities (up to Tetryl is practically nonhygroscopic
1 pound) of it may be burned in open and is insoluable.Tetry! will detonate
areas without fear of detonation. if exposed to a temperature of 500° F.
56 PMA
 SHELL BODIES - STEEL GRADES
Type A-Forg 55-1ing
carbon -WD
0.18-.028% If you are limited to the use of
Type B-Rolled Plat- eWD 1020 Steel standard NF taps and dies, convert the NS
Type D-Casting-Cast Stee] sizes to their NF equivilant as shown in
Type F-Stamped and Drawn Plate the chart.
Type G-Stamping-WD 1010 Steel
AA - Casting Shell Bodies
Most small shops will not be able to ~1/2x12 NF -available locally
5/16 x24 NF - "
produce steel castings, and will have to
use gray iron, brass or an aluminum alloy. 1/4 x28 NF - e 4
Iron is prefered, but most home foundries Special Tap/Dies:
are set to pour brass and aluminum only. I-1/8x20 (NS) or use 1-1/8x12 NF
One furnace capable of melting iron is 9/16 x24 (NS) “ " 9/16 x18 NF
featured on pg.73 of this issue. Use of 3/4 x18 (NS) " " 3/4 x16 NF
alternate shell body materials will re-
quire slight adjustments in dimensions In lieu of taps/dies, all thread cut-
to maintain proper weight, shell capaci- ting,(except in the three small holes in
ty and wall strength the fuze body) can be done on a thread
BB - Forging Shell Bodies cutting lathe.
The above furnace (pg.73)will also be
sufficient to allow hot forging. Refer to FF - Machinin
Vol II, No.1 for info on shell forging in Almost all remaining machine work, in-
the small shop. The 60mm shell is similar cluding all small parts, can be done on a
to the 81 mm shell shown. metal cutting lathe. All holes can be
CC _- Dieforming Shell Bodies drilled with a drill press. A rotary in-
The info for dieforming shell bodies dexing table for the drill
was not included in set of drawings. In press is not
essential, but it simplifies locating the
general, body halves are pressed from various holes in the fuze body in proper
flat pieces of sheet steel. The completed relation to each other. (90° and 40° from
halves are joined by welding as outlined reference lines).
on page 59. As with the other types of y flat machining required is
shell production, all interior dimensions slotting and milling a flat on the slider
should be correct after pressing. After assembly. This can also be done w/a file
welding the outside is machined to the or hand grinder or by clamping the piece
specs on page 59. in a horizontal feed unit on a drill
DD - Shell Body OD - CRITICAL press. The work is fed into a grinding
The mortar barrel is constructed from stone mounted in the drill's chuck.
2.75 OD-2.375 ID steel seamless mechani- Note that various parts can be made
cal tubing. Manufacturing tolerances re- from aluminum, zinc, brass or steel, de-
quire tubing ID to be honed to .005"/.010" pending upon availability.
oversized (2.380"+.005"). It is there- Spring making is a complex process.
fore critical that finished shell bodies Approp springs ria
should beteobtained
(including painting and marking) are able readymade to insure reliability.
to slip through a 2.364" max ID ring - Die Forming/Die Casting
gage. Max OD of completed tail assembly Punch and die info for stamping out
is 2.375"~.005". and forming the striker and booster cup
EE - Thread Cuttin will be covered in Vol II, No.3 & 4.These
§
rae
The following sizes of taps and dies parts can also be machined from solid
are needed to complete the 60mm mortar stock or from tube and flat stock as, shown.
round. Items marked NF (National Fine)are ELAT ,,ESSN
DC » — eit Mu
available from most auto supply or hard- “ee 7 y wasngn Ay
ware stores. Those marked NS (non-stand- t/a we 1]
ard)are special sizes that must be ob- Production of die casting molds for
tained from tool suppliers like B-Square the fuze body and head assemblies are be-
Co. (see Vol II,No.1, pg.13) or Field yond the scope of the smal] shop. These
Tool Supply Co., 2350 N.Seeley Ave., pieces can be produced as oversized sand
Chicago, ILLINOIS 60647.
castings machined to finished size.
PMA 57
 P :

2 — SEE NOTE AR-PAGE ST

ST, Ww THELL 76-20-8354

WEIGHT OF CASTING. 22.90 POUNDS MAX,

ASTING FOR SHELL,

WM, ME

[75 [20 | 83|

Eeancarianin 20
REDUCTION OF AREA.

SEE
BB-PASES?
NOTE
MAX. WEIGHT
OF FORGING = 3.33 48%

NOTES?
A WICEALINED PIMENSIONS ARE FINISHED SIZES AND WILL. NOT BE
B. BOW AND CASH LINES REPRESENT FINISHED SHELL. FORGING FOR SHELL HE. :
ke MAARIAGAUM PERMITTED ECCENTRICITY BETWEEN SHELL CAVITY Y
AMD CUTSIDE SURFACE AT ANY PONT, .OF WHEN MEASURING 5 Az .
ECCENTRICITY BY MEANS OF A DIAL INPICATOR, THE TOTAL READING A t
ON THE PAAL IS TWICE THE ECCENTRICITY).
2. FF PPAF ALTURER OF FORGING 13 ALSO MANUFACTURER
OF THE SHELL 3 DIM ENSHONS
F FORGING MAY BE VARIED TO GIVE ALLOWANCES POR MACHINING AZ
REQMRED BY Hirt.

58 PMA
 ANETEB MN AAMT OFFN BLAQES BITE POTEHmeeegTOP COMPLETED ASSEMBLY Must PASS THROUGH
2a? MAX. TO RING GAGE — THIS TS CRITICAL?

SEM CONE OFBEE OR PMS FORE LOAPED 2 TT

LD D CALTREL CONTAER OWASS

FIM ASSEMBLY 2-8 Bhsaid

hm CON? LAIRL LATOR SUCRE, ECEPT FUOMAE TRIMADS ADD SEAT, Aa

PEALE COUNTLOR ITH ME,
CME GD LACLEDE EAL OF SRAM Es. INTL
OF CAETAUOAE CONTAINER MOP TOBE UNTER bol}
GSSCELATIRITY GET© BLN The PLS +008 BER PIN ADE SAMO PITCH Mle
OBES MME TREKS OFPCM IER LOSE, OOS;
12 A DMG WEAPON
MIA AY TOLPAMCE WELLES BUF BPSRAPLHESS OFPMOMARD SEATING SHORE]
OEE PAICITY RETWELM PYTEN Buk OFS-LENS+2THPERD AND PITCH BLAOE

REDIN VRNEA. TCHNESS OF CORTING ON THREADS MUST NOT EXCEED

DEM YE
.0GOS 1

(NOTE: REFER TO PAGE 43-VOL. TWO 7#0NE |

RAT YO BC DO" wire,
ANUS OFCRETRNIEE CONTAWER

mr "4

Fare
THREADS May
E
BED
Bes 3 Diller
yy
fy
ARE INSTALLED bf?) 7 L
THREAD C
cnsallandadathdtn
tt

SSIECUPAED PRYWEAL PRO OF

POL
CAPPEIDEE CONTAINED
IS APE pote
FERED1 CRUPITED ASSEMBLY. USEOFSTELL 00S WT
"RAOBIATARY Ut PLUCANT MYMEARE IS PERT TED INCA MAUS ONE
MOF BEEN STRAIN ANNEAL
Mee
ERAN RETOLLY INE PO“ Mh SUTTALE ANE PYTLH Bd OF
TR AOEEL THDEAD, BOSMAS AeA TOT AT FED a

F401
AUN Petesan
lithe WEA
MOTTY, SCAPBLOSE
LITHA STDER OfTHUS CTR
\ACPRITTED FOR SiMe TP Fi, DEVELOPMENT
CO} PALPUREES APPLICABLE TO PUNCHES AND TREE.
CARTRIDGE CONTAINER
ELD PUNT - 44000 (88 ACPap am
LMT «12% we,
ACRES ~ 68ahaceca
2
AND FIN ASSEMBLY
 RNsO50ONY TELOL
ane Nie “F070
wo omeets
‘see Versi ~BtSLCE
(x0: SYBLLT T
ONYe FINO
YOR: LVS
iat HL WIVIG
GON ONIN
‘we ov WAONE F-C$
~ChM,
A ofp
wes:
SUWIINIPOLI : 2enozScm ane
$ PLB
yy VA
a A0OE ATEAI
SSY eomeeest SIS FOIL
V ATMS rone-sisc
A \ acon
te BO BOVE OMVMVLS
LaVD 290 ‘wae wos BOLELNOIAV) TWIIMANIOD OINIVEE
AdogagyNLINZY
40 D2NCIO)
Oy ONY 73A ‘M07 evar
7: ‘wOKddr 4 w2LNO‘ABAL BIdWIMINAO~$h)
1
win PO*200'
coral tro

POOALISP
NOLIN) OTE NIMS FEE
WSW
. wo’ DBH0SOW ONL
iid Pitre
ae bein!
wwnd
[|
3
4 @} ‘NOLIN

B00 608-1
S10U90 ONY ATEWISSV :
ISETATA
;
wmesrst
SuPer DNISOTS ST verse () pheT a
: C)
tHreeTT WTR
DLON
VO AVA RPE is eeiand
-o SCNT
70 CS POM Ne tag isan
NAMINGDin
we COLM
bassin eae
v3)
-> 9.LIG03H
8d040 akLWV?(390 o-we oe" MOvEdY
Fat? FATA STG ems
FOL ome. TET eG,
WaT emiahe baai
Bee nee ia
oSieeSa
) NaitNe NaN §eO Le
aegere ealaewro ania
KONA TIYNL REE 1019
30 Na Beanee Sure
WHISISS
HO Vel WIS oe eaeLet Bao Srain2004
a? nt “mera
Ak mor
SMEL
IN L TONS P

SalJOSSS SCORE Eine NAOT

LIEGOH40 OHMAR“WHOILGO
EED ‘Sa URd “HOM!
‘eave: SIHaLTE ATINLVIRG
DE CLV ine Fe
Oh FREIND
OBERT AND
AD OMNRLOY
DOVE
SP HONS

T9 THY BYINOS
ake"
PY pam

$.| Poder
ISCOATOW 2s-wt
LNLIN NORA
ER EMUES
SE NOU
JI THWS SNIV3OES -34OWS
seay waamaay
ed “dasnN14
aTavLSnaned
wang
BsaNOLIg Wu0d W3HL
I OLN
SLZSSYHo NINMOHE
‘SOIdS
LNIWZUINI
Ti2d0INS
edWEW YOF HR
NOL, TEN ATEN ONY
62 PMA
eR-3-92
ou
Sovds
wey
350 SHELLE Ww
JoUv7 O1 GEM
aUnd~SidGace
bee MiIM
TOvOR
been wawrad 20 foeBe Qevyaue Habe
Wwas
anes aM SOUL]
Glee “SDEnets
LOT
wy
Senn ‘wouseseze
ong TIGNISSV
4-1. oVE+
saves

AAVMIMIC
WOOL Wali “FIN

1240 Lod
MOUTHS OFTAVS 5 : 4p soo-osr
swe
4

0136%-Z-91, eee
“SF Sii¥ (ERVSSIT
NT TO
AsosnayDLIID3I6S AMAVED
OG
Oger(+8 STVsd
reo S007 1990
AIWIad NOISSNISE
AI
68er-2-, AIaWass
ANYy Siv3d
he AVIA
WRomen “vara
(9) weies
dp at

Se 049/-|-62-Ga
ooh |T
98'¢ sna TALL LVDS ROY
ONINIVINS
Sodas
Y Bd SILWWLSS
KINO TOS ava7 4n>
\ mth St ThuLal NVI Loy
UPLY AGL BOS ATT LOAVsOD

BAIS
WAT “AYD X#/9-(-
SNIATIS “WLW.
Toot $07

0/8"
§00'+

hos
SE TIT zhy-[-EL asiso“an
0g EL AH9- St OLYNOLaa
SNITASO" FABASL Wnnianty
ASAE KATH DNILSYD syo> mawlad
[re Coan Baney7
ssaad ALWT WHLgO0C
ANDY
 NOTE:ALLITEMS WITH ARE ESTIMATES ONLY- NOT GISPECS

+6a50

eee5625
*K SLIDER PLuG 73-1-/63F BRASS
x 56aSx oie {Non
~STAN)
-SWIDER z-riercit
SDMMERCIAL BRASS , 250, [HALE HARD
2 3 ALL OVEM EXCEPT AS NOTED.

#X SLIDER sPRING AW 2
W3-(-/63H ke |
Steel wre 1

UNDERCUT TO ENGAGE SPRING

Facto!
WAM ei srt
: “ 4 AW
yo = eee
Safety ea
ARTS” 067+.010
SAFETY PIN SAFETY
Pim SPRING
T3-HIGZE BRASS ROD ee
1-1636 - Steelwine
25

Round off end of pin

ETB, PIN
73-I-1G63- t
steel ba TY WAR

Cut serewhead stot | TIEN *

fore slisninent of,hole | ria ash ened
otter ins calling wm se <=350 (0e2s DIA)
fuze lody 4

— Fest a should engage greove

m set back pin

max.of Goz-for Full Compression.

=a
SETBACK PIN SPRING ¥
Steel wime -73~/-163D

SCREWHEAD SLOT
ate
rel

3las LITT CATT

=. ALL OVER |;

Fea47P) NE

SET PINPLUG 73-!-l6@3 mM BRASS

BRASS RoD
WORKING PARTS FOR M 52 FUZE

DMA £2
[ DRILL POINT.08
MAX OEP BY
25-28NF-(ON-STO)* 42MIN +2 DAK DIA PERDIITTED.
MAJOR DIA 2500 MIN
PITCH DiA 226870050)" — OOS
MINOR DIA 2113 +,0060. .12 MIN EFF THOS 3BO*. OS
IK 29. MIN EFFECTIVE
Rie
P:asn ae
eat See
THREADS
ex

66a
7

aA
ioe —-
02
—/36-
J.
SAAKP
70
CORNERS
AFTER
MIN
49048
BURRING IFS
OF
4
26007328,
MAP
"257.02
HOid)
(WRENCH 493
CORNERS
SHARP
TO
MAK
13°90" REF
A-A
SECTION
22 MIN EFFECTIVE THREADS-
ITSA-S-

$625
MIN

ALTERNAT/VE
POS/T/ON
FOR
WRENCH
HOLE.

A125 -24 NF -(NON- STi) ® 22

WIN
EFFECTIVE
THREADS
-24NS~(NON-ST
56255358400
WIAMINOR
FITCH
MAJOR
DI8 .5174
DIA
(0070)*
+
MAJOR OLA . 2S DIN
PITCH YA C854 00SQ"
MINOR LIA . 2678 #, 0065
96S +.0/0 FOR LOCATION ‘4
as OF 2674 AND./03 HOLES &
nee) 372. FOR LOCATION N
OF .067 HOLE:
x

1125~2ONS-/ mee
MASO® OIA 11250 MIN
PITCH UA 1.0925 +: OO78
MINOE AIA 1O7OF -. OOSE4 UNON-STO)*

15. -12NF-(IVON-STO) -
1 MAJOR AA /14976-C0/88)
BODY 9196NI (roMMERY 7-1-1647) PUTCA DIA 444398 -¢. O1OO)*
Ae ET Sek MINOR DIA 49954 MAX C0080)"
PITCH
109254
WA
L12S-BONS-
MIN MINOR
Dd
OFOI.G/
1
MAJOR
Db
1/250
64 PMA
 Us & a008
aud Sai
x Fi | a ai
me prear Papa
7 a -
z an sist] WERT Sara 083-002
oe Firat : FS CR 1070FS BAR STRIL
1C10, CHaaren 01048"
eetJ pe nH 72-+162 LOCKDIN PIN,
FIRING
ty i ges
aster
3 ste 8is2 23-1-"ZK)
SEE INFOGMATION
OTHERALL {FOG 12 OVERALL PUOEM
fm
sent war Sup aing sumoneISHED FIAoe
ASOROAN oS
teat ¢
agents aye
fact:
Beaid 3 wacits coo.
ary eae
Rd ae ; ‘ans
el oe yas <==»
‘a | gaz 5 a FINISH SIGHTSEST ROLLED)SKN (SOFT NO.S, TEMPER
3 3 Ssy Pe COLD-BOLLED.
WDIOZO,
OR WIKIS TSTRIR [STEEL
9 Sea 7-1-1020 STRIKER
ifi Fe
: 80.018 z2-:-1ezme
(ALT) ASSEMBLY
PIN FIRING Hi 71-162 ASSEMBLY
PIN FIRING
Qu a OVETING
By BeCuae
de a tie
jalad dey 1
a TS"\1G2K.,

ALL

<
125/
FINISH

“B”
T-iriGgU

1125CASTING,
GRAINS

ROD,
WEIGHT,
ZING:
BASE"

£11
MINIMUM

EASE,
ae

z
OVER (ALT)
HEAD

HEAD
MAK

aHa
¢
ALLOY,

COMP-a0g

wivnt

COMPOSITION

HALF-HARD
75-+6261
1

OIE73-1-162
DA

TU

TO
+
t

LETTERS.
on

i 4
|*
cess,
MAUOE

BEISLES
iowa

180"AND
mena!

THREAD

O53
MAXMAX.
——

956
ee

SE

G
PSS
o2ro2

SEDREERSNS

0057
FLAT

1es0t
.O! BESYMBOL
IMPERFECT

MH g
STE

ee
OSes11235-0102

ms x|\z

DEEP NUMBER
PERMITTED
bies-B0Ns—1

[333MAX.TO

g
/
SOB DIEMANUFACTURERS

ss

R§
LOSSiaatundercur

a!
cht}
3SHARP

—s
COMMERCIAL,
pone @ i 1
| ig ConntRS:

vt

LEMP. a
BMAX03 a T4454
+
41S tas
WS*.010
(i

3-1-1621
54 ae fet

com
M2
prtee02 4 PLACED ON BASE 180° APORT IN
ALT MARKING- MANUFACTURERS,
t25-20NS-1

FOR OTHER INFORMATION,

SEE T5-1-160F HEAD ASSEMBLY 73-1-162F10
HEAD ASSEMBLY (ALT) 13-i-10aP10 HEAD ASSEMBLY (ALTERNATIVE METHOD)

Rites eeu = 73-!-eQL f $ %

73-1-162.6
Nw, y : | Ora y

ik { PRICK PUNCH
. Eegi lore staxtor

PMA
DETAILS la~ L-\ 2
M&2 AND MS2AI,MS2A\Bi p P g oe Fast 1682. 7 : (NOTE A) NOT
i

65
ING, a sain. Los WON. TA1- 12H OR ~MOde W-1-1e2N 73-)
DETONATI POINT FUZES, apa
—— e Two,issue #1,pg.24. The
Refer to general info on M52 Fuze, Volum
Note:
To avoid confu sion, use oly the lower illustra~
info is reprinted from Army FM-23-85. The Army drafts
of the various Fuze components.
tion when determining the relationship resul ting in an in-~
on the top illus trati on,
man apparently flipped over the negative on the wrong side. )
Pin are
side out drawing. (The Safety Pin, Spring and Setback
drawing is insta lled from the wrong side.
Note also that the Safety Wire on the lower
(It's a wonder we won the war!)
FUZE POINT DETONATING, MB2Al
ASSEMBLY AND DETAILS

W--ie2F OQ
THinGRP

TH 1AZ 81-163
TH1-1ORF

TIPCIE

TAL-1GIH- i
E FRSH
21 ME BLOW BF
SUNG oe RACES,

TEt-196N

this version, (pg.63) is a GUIDE PIN ONLY.

1. Prior to Fuze assembly, press the The Slider is held in proper firing posi-
Tetry] Booster Lead into position through tion by the Slider Spring ONLY.
the bottom of the Fuze Body. 5. Insert Slider, aligning the slot on
2. Press the Primer/Detonator, green side the bottom with the Slider Guide Pin. In-
up, into the hole in the top of the Sli- stall Slider Spring and Slider Plug.
der Assembly. 6. Apply permatex to the threads on both
3. Insert Safety Pin and Spring into Fuze the Striker Head and the Booster Cup.
Body. Hold them in position until the Screw both assemblies tightly into place
Setback Pin, Spring, and Plug can be in- on the Fuze Body.
stalled, locking the Safety Pin in place.
7. Remove Closing Plug from loaded Shel}
The Setback Pin should be inserted with Body.
its hole aligned with the Safety Wire 8. Apply permatex to the external Fuze
Hole. Install the Safety Wire at this
Body threads and screw Fuze Assembly
time.
tightly into place w/Fuze Wrench.Staking
4, Install the Slider Guide Pin through Fuze in place is optional.
| the bottom of the Fuze Body. Note that
66 PMA
 RE AA SUANITIOwrens ong WITTEES MBrIEL
(MCLCOE
LO Nomraee
son META Vhbh OntSPECIE
Me.
BtSIMEOFErepee.
OF agpiL HE Pit
4942, sAz,WIFUZE
pf POMSZAL
MSZAL
SLE stent... “ar? OF 3D-D-TS \ SEMVBLY WWD PURKING DRGRALL

SECUPE BY COATING THREADS OF EIN

ARISEMBLY ON WITH ET
REDOF CART RINGS TO BE #2 SEMEWINE F, Pi
FIN EUR. (ULEXTE DICEZLE}
PLACED
MEXT TO PRIMER

Se 1
|

af
meas :
es-78
SECUME BY COATING FORE THMEAQS WIN PET TURAN CEMENT
RSSEMELY ANNO SCREW = FURE Mt FIRNILY PILE WET
ALTERNATIVE— HEMOTCHES ARE PWESENT, BUEE
SLC7T/ON AA JO Ol RECEPTRBLE THIS RSSEPIBLY PMS IW METI,
CELLY
BODY MAY OE SEMERED
i FTAHLY AO SECURED BY BTAAND INNO
ENTER RIIONSIENT CHCE BOTH Beitii. WOT CMTE,

Wa) RLTERMBTIUE © LURE PONT DETONATINMER

G AML
WE 944 LBS) ORE 739-1-199 APPROX WEIGHTS.
6) WHEN METAM FUZE 1S IFO, wl-2390 Las SHELL, EMPTY
8 gears eae pes
wees AS.MiesPEE. em CHARGE, BURSTING (TNT :
F) Re a= GOTO, S-, TOTAL WEIGHT, UNFUZED
QMEICHT” SHONKS WFO “ry WUE, SAFETY PON ANO PRORELLENT CHAREE,
th) BUBBYITUTE BTANOARD NG. PLUG, CLOSING
SHIPPING WEIGHT

CHARGE, BURSTING T.HT-BROKEN

OR CHIPPED
(| ThE FUZE CAVITY FROM THE SDE WALL OF
abe, NEED meMOT
BE WED LAI CER

U£-
12 WF at
MAJOR 1 4976-0158
PITCH « 14455 «0679
MINON = 1 SO5E MAX,

oF 5EES
SS os
QR
hb i SS QL BER b
mnil Seo TD BE CAST iW ARISED
LETTERS AMD FIGURES cy, oy
Ts
* PLUG cLosihe”
BIE CABTING, 2 IKC-ALUMINUM- MAGNESIUM
LORS
£22777
#_REKVE CLOSING DlUG BEFeeE THs TALING Fuse AS 3AM.

COAT THREADS LIGHTLY WITH SHELL

GREASE BEFORE ABSEMBLING CLosing
hus.
SHELL LOADING ASSEMBLY
MEAN VOLUME OF CHAMEE*7 1400.10

PMA 67
 excellent
The following article is reprinted from "The Practical Metalworker". This
was an era when many
shop manual was published in England during the early 1900's. This
metal casting.
of the small home workshops were set up with facilities for simple
firm that special-
At the end of the article I've included some info on a mail order
caster. A catalog
izes in supplying furnaces and casting equipment to the home metal w
and supplie s is also availab le for $2.50 from:
of casting books, sand casting kits
Caldwell Industries, Box 591, Luling, Texas 78648.

Working Aluminium
Avummrtom is now of such importance in The moulds are best made from green
the metalworking industries that special sand lightly rammed and feced with
information (to which allusion has been plumbago or french chalk. Cores are
made in the section on Materials, and satisfactorily made from sawdust, using
which is given on the authority of the resin as a binding agent, which allows
British Aluminium Company) is here the cores to soften and crush as the
given relating to methods of working it. metal cools. Hard cores often produce
cracked castings because they do not
CASTING ALUMINIUM contract to the same extent as the cast-
ing; it must be remembered that alu-
Alfoys.—Although pure aluminium minium has a high contraction, amount-
castings do not corrode, they lack the ing to ;} in. per foot. As soon as possible
toughness found in alloys of aluminium, after pouring it is desirable to loosen the
and it may be stated as a fact that nearly moulds. Adequate fillets should be pro-
all goods sold as aluminium are in reality vided and thin sections avoided. Com-
aluminium alloys. The cheapest and plicated castings necessitate the provision
perhaps tho best hardener for aluminium of chills whenever there are large bosses
is zinc; such an alloy is extremely easy or other masses of metal in conjunction
to cast, possesses fair strength, and is with thinner sections. Heavy vertical
fairly ductile. The one drawback is that risers and large gates are essential to
it does not machine well, and to improve good work,
matters in this respect a small quantity
of copper is added. It is scarcely neces- Aluminium Chill Castings.—When,
sary to point out that the zine used for to reduce machining operations, a number
alloying must be absolutely pure, as of castings are required of accurate size
otherwise undesirable qualities may be (which cannot always be obtained in
introduced into the casting. sand casting, owing to fins, “‘ gates,” ete.),
Castings which must be gas-tight or the process of casting in metal moulds is
water-tight should preferably contain an adopted. The same mould may be used
alloy of copper. Such castings are for thousands of castings, and apart from
greater density and usually possess @ the considerable saving in time and the
greater degree of clasticity than zine avoidance of spoilt castings, the method
alloys. Owing to the greater density they possesses the added: advantages that the
will, of course, be heavier. An alloy of parts produced possess very much greater
25 per cent. copper to 75 per cent. alu- tensile strength and ductility, and also
minium iy recommended as being the have & smooth surfaco that takes a high
best alloy for the purpose mentioned. polish easily and readily. Very little
Casting alloys can, it must be men: machining is required, and small holes
tioned, be obtained already mixed, and may be cast true to size. It must here
in ordering it is only necessary to state
be pointed out that zinc-aluminium alloys
the purpose for which an alloy is desired. are not frequently used for chill casting,
as they tend to absorb iron from the
Aluminium Castings in Sand.—Tho moulds and therefore soon destroy the
point of most importance is the pouring latter.
ing to the ease with
Moulds for chill casting are usually
ry castings made of mild steel, but chrome-vanadium
possible. The temperature should never ateel gives the best results. As it is
desirable to remove the castings
quickly from the moulds, only a sm
allowance for shrinkage need be made.
To avoid air-locks, the position of the
vents and gates must be very carefully
“melt,” aa it is termed, is considered. Fin apaces may be left be-
tween the die faces to act as venta for
stirred and quickly poured in a steady trapped air.
atream.
68 PMA
 Moulds must always be warmed be- of brazing borax will clean the surface
fore pouring, and also lubricated (or and assist pouring.
“ fluxed ’) with beeswax or tallow. A
hot-air blast is recommended for clean- A brazing hearth offers equally good
ing out the moulds after every third or facility for melting the metal, using an
fourth casting.
improvised furnace of firebrick and as-
bestos sheet, the ame being supplied by
Die Castings in Aluminium.—The a fairly powerful blowlamp. If the latter
main difference between die castings and
chill castings is that in the former the
castings are made under pressure in metal
moulds. The rapidity of the process al-
most equals that of stamping in the press,
although very much more complicated
dies are required in dic casting. Although
zinc-aluminium alloys have been suecess-
fully die cast for several years, it is only
recently that pure aluminium could be
cast by this process.
EXAMPLES OF SMALL SAND
CASTINGS IN ALUMINIUM
The examples of small aluminium cast.
ings here dealt with will chiefly appeal
to the homeworker or small-business man
who only occasionally requires to cast in
this metal.
The melting-point of aluminium is
cqual to a dull red heat in mild steel, and Fig. 1.—Melring
the first essential is that means shall be Por
available whercby a snfticient quantity of
Fig. 2—Pot Handle
metal can be brought well up to this
point. This is not such a difficulty method is adopted, great care must be
as
might be expected, particularly if one taken not to loxe the heat through eracks
has the temporary use of a goud, en- in the structure, and the pot should be
closed kitchen couking range. Using the so supported that the flame can get
melting pot shown by Fig. 1, 24 Ib. of underneath.
metal may be melted with comparative method is adopted, great care must be
case, providing that the fire be clean and taken not to lose the heat
through cracks
stoked with small good coal. in the structure, and the pot should be
The Melting Pot.—The melting pot so supported that the flame can get
is 8 in, of 24-in, diameter }-in. wall steel underneath.
tube, with a j-in. thick nickel steel The Moulding Box.—The bottom
bottom pressed in and well riveted over. half of the moulding box is shown by
The two holes near the brim are simply Fig. 3, the other half being exactly the
to receive the turned-up points of the same, with the exception that the four
handle shown in Fig. 2, for use when locating ears are not required. The
withdrawing from the fire and pouring. whole box is shown in section with a
The handle is of ¥4-in. stecl rod, and is mould made ready for pouring by Fig. 9.
sprung together in the hand until the The corner plates shown in Fig. 3 are
two points will enter the holes from inside necessary, because of the drying of the
the pot, and then released. This makes wood from which the box is made, whilat
a safe and easily detachable lifting gear. drying the moulds.
Melting.—To commence melting, the It is advisable to have several boxes
pot should be placed in the fire empty, of a size suitable to accommodate small
and when the fire is low in the grate, castings if required, so that several
small coal should be packed all round it moulds can be made and poured with
80 as to hold it vertical. As the fire one melting of metal. Particular finish
burns through, the pot will get hot from of the boxes would be wasted ; all that
the bottom, and when this portion is is required is that the top box shall be
nicely red, the metal should be dropped & good fit in the four lucating pieces of
in, in broken pieces about 1 in. cube. Do the bottom box, and that where the boxes
not put too much metal in at once, and come together they shall be reasonably
if old cuttings are to be used, do not dro; flat and make a good joint. Roughness
them in until a fair body of metal is of the wood inside the box assista matters
already molten, otherwise they will rapidly rather than otherwise. It is a good plan
oxidise and waste, Old motor-cycle crank- to mark plainly the sides of the boxes
oases make good aluminium scrap on that come together, so that top and
acoount of their even section. When the bottom always bear the same relative
metal is ready torpouring, a small amount: position.

PMA 69
 Moulding Sand.—A 56-lb. bag of plan is to use two stout needles lightly
finely-ground green foundry sand can be tapped into the wood of the pattern, at
obtained very cheaply from a _ local @ slight angle with cach other. The tap-
foundry, and completes the equipment, ping should be just enough to loosen the
with the exception of the actual patterns sand round the pattern, and then by
and such improvised tools as are neces- carefully manipulating both needles be-
sary to make the actual moulds. The tween the fingers and thumbs withdrawal
sand can be used over and over again is made easy. Tf this has been success-
by damping and pounding fine before or fully accomplished, there will be complete
after use ; the writer keeps an old bucket impressions of the two patterns which
for the purpose. constitute the mould proper.
Patterns.—Figs. 4 and 5 are simple All that now remains to be done is to
examples and may be cast in one box. cut a gate in the sand te connect the two
Patterns are first made in wood, Fig. 4 impressions, to make a hole for the metal
from }-in. walnut, and Fig. 6 turned from to be poured in and smaller holes for the
beech, and both are arranged to taper air to come out. The gate can be cut
amaller away from the joint face. All in the joint face of the top box with a
surfaces are nicely finished, and the whole pocket-knife and should be about } in.
coated with shellac varnish, made by in diameter.

sec ie
Fig. 3.—Bottom Half of Moulding Box
Figs. 4 to 6.—Three Sample Castings

dissolving flake shellac in methylated

spirit.
Moulds.—To make the moulds, both
patterns are placed on a smooth bench Pourer and Riser.—A golden rule to
board, joint faces downwards, and the observe with regard to pourer and. risers
top moulding box placed over them, the is “ pour in the highest poipt and take air
patterns being 80 disposed as to leave from all other high points.” tn explana.
an equal space round them and the edges tion, it will be assumed that a pourer has
of the box. Sand is then fed into the been cut from the top of the boss in Fig. 5
box and carefully rammed down, first (thix was actually done with a }-in,
uxing the hand and finally a smooth piece diameter twist-clrill twisted round with
of wood shaped like a pestle, surplus the linger and thumb from the inside
send being swept off with a flat piece of and made a yery clean hole without
wood like a strickle. After ramming, it breaking the mould), Hf no air holes or
is a good plan to rub the box over the risers. are provided, when the metal is
smooth bench board to level off the sand’ poured in, air is trapped in the cavities
on the front face. which are to form the projections a and
Now as the whole of the patterns are B (Fig. 4), or tends to rise through the
contained in the top box, in these ex- pourcr, and a blown casting ix the result,
amples, the bottom box has no impression To obviate this danger, holes J in. in
at all, but is simply rammed up with sand diameter were drilled through from a and
and the joint face flattened off with the B in the mould in a similar manner to the
strickle. pourcr, to allow all air te excape ax tho
The patterns now require withdrawing metal flowed in. Na facing was used on
from the sand in the top box, and this any of the writer's moulds, and if smooth
needs to be done very carefully. A good patterns are used, none is necessary.
70 PMA
 Pouring.—With the two boxes placed A piece of tissue paper must next be
together, the meuld thus deseribed is prepared with the plan outline of the
ready for pouring, except that it must be pattern on the joint face cut out. This
is placed so as to cover the whole of
the sand and the top box placed in posi-
tion, and this in turn rammed up level
and carefully removed, of course, bring-
ing with it the upraised sand coinciding
with the hollow portion of the ultimate
casting. The tissue paper is then removed
and the pattern withdrawn from the
bottom box. Pourer and risers (eight in
number) are drilled as before and smoothed
off, the top box replaced, thus finishing
dont race the mould.
Fig. 7.—Example of Hollow Casting Fig. 6 calls for no comment, except that
extra care must be taken with patterns
dried, and at this point it must be urged for castings of this type, to see that they
that no mistake be made about the mould are smooth and correctly tapered.
being dry, particularly if cores are used, Fig. 8 shows an aluminium crank-case,
for steam in a mould is worse than air.
Nothing is more aggravating than to see
a bubble of molten aluminium (beautiful
though it may be) form on the risers or
pourer of a too hastily poured mould, for
such a bubble ix an invariable sign of a
blown. casting. This is not @ difficulty,
however, because such a failure only =
occurs when the mould is damp. By Cone w Pecarion |
making the mould one evening and allow-
ing it to remain on top of the kitchen
oven that night and all next day, with a
good fire, and pouring the following
evening, good results will he obtained.
Further Examples.—The example
shown by Hig. 7 is rather more complicated
on account of being hollow, ‘This, piece
may be cast inverted in the bottom hox,
the hallow portion being made by sand Fig. 9,.—Finished Mould for Half of Crank-cuse
projecting below the joint face of the top
box. ‘Tn do this, a smooth beneh hoard
is cut out to fit loosely between the locat- and one where a core was used. This
ing jaws of the bottom bex, to act as a latter method is not absolutely necessary,
surface to work on. The box is next in- for it will be seen that with the exception
of the open top the casting comes under
the same category as Fig. 7, and may be
moulded likewise ; but the difficulty of
making a hollow pattcrn is greater than
making the simpler pattern and core-box
demanded by the method adopted.
The mould for casting this piece.is
shown ready for pouring in Fig. 9, and
although no illustrations are shown of
pattern and core-box, yct an idea of their
essentials can be formed, the pattern
being solid of the same outline as Fig. 8,
but with the addition of a print jin. high
corresponding in outline to the hollow
portions. The core-box makes a hollow
cavity built up in wood of the same
internal contours as the hollow portiona
vein Face of Fig. 8, with the additional room to
Fig, 8.—Half of Crank-case make the counterpart of the print on
the pattern. The print is so marked on
verted, and the pattern placed centrally Fig, 9, and simply acts as a locating piece
on the bench board joint face downwards for the core. Fig. 9 illustrates the re-
and rammed up as before. The bench marks previously made with regard to
board is then removed andthe xund on pourer and risers and needs no further
the joint carefully flattened and smoothed. comment.
PMA 71
 Fig. 10 shows another example of Cleaning and Finishing Aluminium
orthedox design, and the method of Castings.—Special cleaning or pickling
moulding herewith described can he re- of aluminium castings is seldom neces-
commended after much trouble in making sary, as they come from the mould quite
core-boxes and cores for similar pieces, white.
hoth larger and smaller, than the scale lf the surface of the casting requires
shown. The illustration shows a sec- improvement a caustic soda wash is
tional view of the asscmbled “pattern, the recommended. All tiling should be done
finished casting, obviously a piston. 4 is a with a single-cut file of the dreadnought
shell turned true inside and out and taper- patern.
ing larger from the top to the bell end lf the castings are required to be pol-
inside, but from the centre of the bosses ished, they should first be ‘ tumbled ’”’
smaller cach way outside. The two in a barrel. Steel balls or smooth steel
turned picees Bare fitted correetly to the punchings should be used as the burnish-
inside walls. cis a length of <4-in. stcel ing agent in the tumbling barrel. For
rod to locate the bosses inside the shell. detailed infurmation, however, on tum-
To mould this piece, the top box is bling, reference should be made to the
lightly rammed up without the pattern. information on that subject in the section
The complete pattern is then pressed into on Polishing, Colouring and Lacquering,
the sand of the joint face solid end first, in which also detailed instructions are
as far as the centre line of the stecl rod. given for the finishing, frosting, burnish-
The pattern must be kept square with ing, etc., of aluminium.
the face. The joint is then covered with
tissue paper as before, and the bottom MACHINING ALUMINIUM
box inverted and placed aver the top
box and earefully ranmed up, taking Tool Edges.—Greater care is neces-
cave that the inside of the pattern is sary in machining aluminium owing to
nicely rammed without disturbing the the comparative softness of it, which
bosses. The whole box is then turned tends to make the tool tear and drag. A
over and the top lifted off, revealing the very high surface speed (as much as 600 ft.
solid cud of the pattern standing ubove yer minute) should be employed in turn-
ing, milling or drilling this metal. ‘Tools
should have a keen oil-stoned edge; for
lathe tools the clearance angle should be
from 15° tu 20%, and with the smaller
angle about 5° tup rake may be given.
This requires varying according to the
rigidity of the work, ag with slender work
there is a tendency for the tool to “ dig
—_— in.” Grooving tools shonld have a side
SOIT Face
clearance of approximately 2°.
Feed.—A much heavier and faster feed
than on brags may be employed. Here
again the particular alloy and the general
Fig. 10.—Piston design of the work are deciding factors.
Lubricant.—Paraflin or turps is best
for general work, but turps should not
the joint face and half the diameter be used for tapping or screwing, as the
of the rod exposed. resinous deposit left behind causes the
The next step is to remove the steel screw to bind.
rod, and this can only be done by dis- Milling Aluminium.—Milling cutters
turbing the sand of the joint face; but for aluniinium should have sharp corners,
this is of little consequence. As a matter as round ones prevent a good finish.
of fact, as much as a teaspoonful should Excellent results are also obtained by
be cut away on cach side. the use of a built-up tool, cunsisting of
The pattern can now be lifted out, @ number of cutters inserted in a cast-
leaving the two loose pieces constituting iron budy. The distance between adja-
the bosses in position in the upstanding cent cutters should be sufficient to ob-
centre sand. These bosses must now be viute the clogging of chips or swarf, and
carefully removed, which removal is they should only cut at the extreme
facilitated by having cut away # portion edge, and not have a scraping action as
of the surface sand. with brass.
Allowing that the bosses have been re- Grinding.—In grinding aluminium the
moved successfully, the shell pattern pores should first be filled by holding a
should be placed back again in the piece of candle up against it whilst it is
mould and the joint face made up again running. This eliminates the need for
in cach box alternately and pourer and frequent dressing and prevents the whcel
risers made, after which the mould can from “loading ”’ (see section on Grinding).
be reassembled for pouring. Any grinding wheel may be used.
72 PMA
 JOINTING ALUMINIUM in stripping the pressing from the punch
will be experienced.
Riveting.— Only aluminium rivets Aluminium, like all other metals,
should be used for riveting aluminium hardens when pressed, but not to nearly
together. In the case of a row of rivets, the same extent; annealing is rarely if
to avoid stretching the metal, the rivets ever necessary. The annealing tempera-
should be inserted indiscriminately and ture, should it ever be necessary, is
not consccutively, otherwise the rivet 650° F.
holes will not coincide after two or three Spinning.—This process, so far as
rivets have been inserted. The rivets aluminium is concerned, is of importance
should be an easy fit in the holes prior as an auxiliary to the press. The speed
to riveting, to allow the metal to spread of the work is tabulated below:
in hammering. SPEED FOR SPINNING ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM SHEET-METAL Speed | Diameter of work chuck

WORKING 500 15 In. to 20 In,

1,000 lin. 4 14 bn.
Pressing.
— The power required for 1,500 7 in, 4 10 In,
drawing or pressing this metal is, owing 2.000 Sin. G6 in.

to its great ductility, much less than for

other metals. Also less operations are The process only differs from that used
necded for a given depth of draw. for other sheet-metals in that it is much
Dies for aluminium may be of cast-iron easier to work and annealing is almost
with a hardened shell inset, and the punch unnecessary. Vaseline should be used to
may be of tool steel left soft. Drawing lubricate the spinning tool.
dics need to be carefully finished, and the The metal] is, of course, worked also by
surfaces must be kept brightly polished. other sheet-metal processes which have
The punch must be quite smooth and a been previously given and which need
good lubricant used, otherwise difficulty not here be repeated.

Each of the Pyramid foundry sets comes complete with Metal Model Shipping Price
furnace chamber and lid, electric motor, blower-mixer, Capacity* No. Weight of Set**
blower tube, flexible hose, crucible tongs, fiask and 3 Ibs. 1 65 Ibs. 140.00
sand to match size of furnace set that is ordered, flour 10 Ibs. 4 105 Ibs. 160.00
silica and a high grade silicon carbide crucible of the 20 Ibs. 8 150 Ibs. 205.00
proper size. An instruction booklet is included which
36 Ibs. 10 225 Ibs. 245.00
explains the operation of the furnace, and the method
53 Ibs. 16 270 Ibs. 255.00
of making molds for metal casting. Each of the above
sets is equipped with the supplies shown in the photo, PYRAMID PRODUCTS CoO.
except set No. 1 which is equipped with 12” assay type 3736 South 7th Avenue
Phoenix, Arizona 85041
tongs.
PMA 73
 PYRAMID FOUNDRY PARTS AND SUPPLY LIST
Ship. Ship. Ship. Ship. Ship.
Model No. 1 Wot.-Lbs. 4 ~=-Wot.-Lbs. 6 Wot.-Lbs. 10 9Wgt.-Lhs. 16 Wgt.-Lbs.
Blower, motor and pipe $57.00 10 $ 57.00 10 «$57.00 10 = $ 57.00 10 $57.00 10
Furnace Chamber 60.00 28 70.00 37 105.00 60 130.00 100 150.00 = =115 ~
Furnace Lid 9.75 7 11.25 10 14.00 15 16.50 26 18.00 28
Tongs 3.30 1 16.00 4 17.25 5 19.25 5 20.50 6
Flasks 10.50 4 12.00 5 13.25 6 14.50 7 15.50 8
Crucibles (silicon carbide) 12.50 3 18.75
5 30.00 9 32.75 i" 39.25 15
Molding Sand - 100 Lbs. - $16.50 less than 100 Lbs. - .20 cents Lb.
Parting Compound (silica) - 5 Lbs. - $4.75 Ship. Wgt. (6 Lbs.)
Flexible Vinyl Hose - .25 Cents a Foot

When items ordered from the parts and supply list are to be sent by parcel post, please include sufficient
amount for parcel post charges. All heavy items on this list are sent freight charges collect.

Model List * Shipping

CRUCIBLE POURING SHANK ge

4 $ 20.50 eee
6 Ibs.
8 $ 21.75 6% Ibs.
Although not included with the foundry sets, 10 $ 25.50 7 Ibs.
pouring shanks provide a a 16 $ 27.25 7 Ibs.
convenient and safe way o r ;
pouring, especially when ListPrice $37.00
handling the larger Ship Wt. 12 Ibs.
size crucibles.

Sd
(CRUCIBLE
NOT INCLUDED)

TWO MAN
POURING SHANK
Recommended for No, 16 crucible when
pouring full capacity of heavy metals. ;
(Also available for No. 10 crucible at price shown.)

CL ASSIFIEDS ELECTRONIC SPYING,LOCK PICKING,

Phone Phreaking,Car Repossession,
$1.00 per word, $10.00 minimum. Weapons Explosives - Complete Line of
oriented ads only. No employment ads from PROPESSTONAL Equipment and Techni-
Mercs, Foreign govts, or their agents will cal Manuals - send $1.00 (refund-
be accepted. No other restrictions on copy. able) to: SEVERUS, P.O.Box 16992,
Jackson MS 39211.
INGRAM SMG,semi-automatic pistol
and carbine and sionic silencer
parts for sale to any U.S.resident. Military manuals list $1.00,
Send a stamped & self-addressed en- FM 23-85 60-MM Mortar $5.00,
velope for a free illustrated price Arm & Merchant, 1210 J Street,
list to: SPECIAL PARTS LTD, Box 7652 Modesto, CA 95354.
Dept.PMA,Atlanta,Georgia 30357.
74 PMA
 use. These mounts must be stout enough to
ELECTRIC RIFLE hold the parts on the gun in the correct
THE KENTUCKY RIFLEMAN position.
2. The first push button switch must be
mounted so that the operating lever of
By following the instructions below the rifle will push it as the action
you can modify any semi-automatic rifle closes.
or shotgun to fire fully automatic and by 3. The solenoid has a metal extension
remote control as a bonus! It's great screwed, welded or brazed to the plunger
for a car or other vehicle. so it will push the trigger when it is

Safety Switch

Firing Switch

To Power Supply —»
So
You will need the following parts: activated. The modified unit is now
- One 12 volt solenoid.(I used the car- mounted to the trigger guard assembly.
buretor solenoid from a Ford van) 4. The toggle switch and second push
- One toggle switch for 12 volts. (Auto switch are the controls and are mounted
supply store or junkyard) at your fire control center. In the draw-
- Two push button switches /normal
ly ing | show them just under the rifle,but
off. (Auto supply) they can be whatever distance you want
~ Steel strapping or other light metal (such as on the dash of the car).
pieces for mounting. (Hardware store) 5. To wire, just follow the pictures,mak-
- Misc. wire / does not have to be very ing sure you get the switches in series.
heavy. When the wiring is completed, the tog-
- One semi-auto weapon. (1 used a Ruger gle switch acts as a safety (it must be
10-22, but others will work) on for the gun to fire) and when the fir-
~ A 12 volt power supply. (battery, bat- ing button is pressed, the solenoid wil)
tery charger, etc.) trip the trigger, causing the rifle to
Please refer to the drawings when build- fire. When the operating handle goes for-
ing your system. ward, it presses the switch mounted at
the front of the receiver, which causes
1. Start by making mounts for the push the solenoid to again trip the trigger.
button switches and the solenoid from the This continues as long as the firing
steel strapping. The exact design will switch is held down or until the ammo
depend on the switches and solenoid you runs out. Con.on pp.77
PMA 75
 pocket knife kits, books on knife-
CATALOG REVIEW making and knife history, metal
polishing supplies, exotic woods
by Clyde Barrow and micarta material for handles
and spacers, cutler's rivets and
sheaths in both kit and finished
Atlanta Cutlery - Dealers in form. Pommel and handguard mater-
Knives, Blades =e Knifemaking ials are available in brass, white
Supplies. brass and nickel silver, either as
Atlanta Cutlery is unique among bar stock or semi-finished cast-
knife dealers because they don't ings. A final item of interest is
“hard sell" their own particular
line. In fact, they don't even
have a line. Atlanta's specialty
is buying up small lots of Europe-
an and Domestic knives and blades.
They pass these on to their custo-
mers at very reasonable prices.
Many of these items are rare, and
have been out of production for o-
ver 25 years. a concentrated parkerizing solu-
The knives are obtained from a tion designed for use in the home
variety of sources; discontinued workshop.
models, manufacturers' over runs, For further information contact:
seconds, forgotten warehouse stock Atlanta Cutlery Corp., Box 839,
and factory lots too small of ad- Conyers, Georgia 30207.
vertise, Request a current catalog and a
Also available are numerous DEALER PRICE SHEET.
styles of hand made, high quality The only requirement for qualifying
blades from Solingen and Sheffield as a dealer is a minimum purchase of 12
a complete line of Russell Green (twelve) pieces per order. This can be a
River knives and a selection of dozen of one item, twelve different sin-
laminated steel blades from Nor- gles or any combination in between!
way. These are made up of a core This is a nice deal for readers
of razor blade hard steel for that want to build a couple of
toughness, and an outer sandwich knives or stock up on components.
of two shock resistant steel slabs Pick out a couple blades; some
for flexibility and break resis- handle, guard and pommel material,
tance, and a few sets of rivets. You will
In addition to knives and have your twelve items and at a
blades, Atlanta Cutlery carries good price too!

). gh”
Solenoid w/mount

Switch and solenoid mount

a car or truck, be sure it is very solid-
This system can be used to secure an ly fixed and give close attention to aim-
approach to your property, such as a ing and consider the effect of the car
driveway or a ditch. You can also mount moving.
the system on a T.V. rotor and be able to Now you can even fire two weapons in
change the aim. If the gun is mounted in two different directions at once!
76 PMA
 arrow launched grenade The
walled
center tube is a piece of thin
glass tubing that has an outside
By Raymond J. Larner diameter of 1".
To assemble the grenade:
This grenade can be used with; a con- 1. Insert the shotgun shell base into th
ventional long bow, a compound bow, or a steel washer.
crossbow, which would be my first choice 2. Epoxy the washer to the bottom of the
The nose and tail caps are cast using nose cap.
either plaster of paris or clear casting 3. Epoxy the glass tube to the steel
plastic. washer.
The tail cap has a hole drilled in it 4. Epoxy the outer casing to the steel
to accept an arrow shaft or a cross bow washer.
bolt. The shaft or bolt should be glued 5. Fill the space between the glass tube
in place. The other end has a hole 1'' in and the outer casing with B.B.'s, small
diameter and 4" deep to seat a thin nuts and bolts or nails.
walled glass tube. The outside is re- 6. Fill the glass tube with black powder,
duced for a distance of $!' to allow a rifle powder or one of the propellant
piece of thin walled natal or plastic powders listed in the Improvised Muni-
tubing to be slipped over it. tions Handbook in PMA Vol.1.
7. Epoxy the base cap to the glass tube
and outer casing.

GS G101020268¢6
WAXTLE xX
7 : ne erate xf
sata x OK
wyKr wrk
A x ERE ene

8. Install a cotter pin with non-harden-

ing Permatex and slip it in place until
The nose cap is cast with two holes it is sitting on the safety pin.
through it, (or you can cast it solid and 10. Epoxy the complete grenade to the end
then drill the necessary holes) to take of an arrow or bolt.
a firing pin and a cotter pin safety.It DANGER NOTE: Make sure the hole for
also has a recess in the bottom to sit o- the firing pin is a snug fit. If it is
ver the base of a .410 shotgun shell base too large, the Permatex may not hold the
The initiator is the brass base from a firing pin in place when you launch it,
-410 shotgun shell. Carefully cut the possibly causing the grenade to explode
shell apart just above the brass base,af- in your face when you fire it.
ter first having emptied out the shot, The firing pin is a piece of steel rod
powder and wadding. Once you have the 1/8" in diameter with a 3/4"! O00 washer
brass base cut down, refill most of it epoxyed or soldered to the end. Make sure
with the powder you removed before cut- the firing pin extends far enough past
ting it. Use tissue paper or a thin card- the end of the nose cap so that it will
board wad to hold the powder in the brass hit the shotgun shell primer when you hit
base. your target.
A steel washer with an outside diame- Remember that this grenade has to hit
ter of 14'' is used to support the shotgun something fairly solid to be set off. If
shell brass base. Drill out the center of shot into sand or mud,it may or may not
the washer to accept the brass base. The explode. It would probably be set off if
rim of the brass base should be supported it hit a human or animal, but only if
by the stee] washer. there was plenty of force pushing it.
The outside casing for the grenade is Make sure that your arrow Is long e-
a piece of thin walled metal or plastic nough for you to come to full draw with-
tubing. out having the grenade hit the bow.
PMA 77
 60mm Mortar Barrel Assembly
part 3 By CLYDE BARROW
Piece A - Base Cap - Bottom Section Piece C - Trailer Hitch Ball
= 3.25°0Dx1"' steel plate - 1.875" dia Ball w/.75"'x10 TPI
Machine to dimensions shown. Drill a threaded shaft.
.653" diameter center hole and tap for a Cut shaft to 1.0" long. Drill .089'"'dia.
3/4x10 TPL bolt. Grind or machine the two hole, .25'' deep, in center of shaft end.
30° bevels as shown. Top bevel is for fin Tap the hole for a 4-40 screw. If shaft
clearance. is hardened, spot anneal end before dril-
ling and tapping.

Piece D - Firing Pin

Weld a nut in place on a .5'' section
Piece B - Base Cap - Sleeve Section of 4-40 machine screw and finish piece as
= 3.25"0D x2.625"'1D seamless shown. Harden pin by heating until red
steel tubing. and quenching in oil (not water). Polish
Cut to length, square and deburr ends. until shiny, reheat until blue and re-
Cut 24 TP! in the first 1.75'' of the in- quench in oi]. Install firing pin in
shaft end of Piece C. Note: Firing
side. Grind or machine the 30° bevel on pins break, so make several extras. Re~
the bottom edge as shown.
move broken pins by unscrewing Ball As-
sembly from the rear of the Basecap.
Note: Basecap should never be removed
from Barrel.

A-B ~ Assembly
Hammer or press bottom piece into
sleeve section. Arcweld 360° around the
60° groove. Grind the weld flush w/sleeve
surface. Heat treat or case harden com-
pleted base cap if possible.

78 PMA
 AB7TSR Piece E - Barrel -
2.75"0Dx2.375"IDx
25.75"' long.
Material is cold drawn seamless mech-
anical tubing or similar high quality
seamless steel tube. Use an inside micro-
meter and an auto engine cylinder hone to
enlarge and polish the bore to 2.38''+
-005''. This is CRITICAL and is the most
important operation of the entire pro-
ject. Inside mikes and cylinder hones
are available from local equipment rental
shops. Cut the tube to length, square and
deburr ends and crown the muzzle (.1875!'!
half round). Thread 1.75'' of the base end
of the barrel w/24 TPI outside threads.
Heat treat or case harden the finished
barrel if possible. This will increase
strength and reduce wear. Screw the bar-
rel into the basecap (assembly A-B) .Paint
the outside of the completed assembly w/
olive drab enamel.
ee wg 8
— Note:Do Not Paint the Inside
of Barrel!

BARREL

BASE CAP

FIRING PIN

— ARC WELD

TRAILER HITCH BALL

k— j.975 ——l
Barrel Cover - Carrying Strap steel clip. New GI Surplus cover assem-
This assembly consists of a leather blies are available from:
cap that resembles the dice cups used in S & R Co., RD 2,Box 71, Arkport,New
bars, a canvas and leather strap and a York, 14807. Price is $1.00 plus shipping.
PMA 79
 BTENCON |GRINGO

Come South of
> the Border and

You don't see mercenary job offers like this anymore!

80 PMA
 VOLUME2 NO.3 The Only Magazine OF
Improvised Weaponry
Published By
THE POOR MAN’S ARMORER Compiled and Edited By
P.O. BOX 586, EUREKA, CAL 95501

©Copyright 1980 Bonnie&Clyde Barrow

Popular “Ship” Ventilators on Cab

Mechanics
Cool Off Truck Driver
1937
Bullet-resistant windows gave a
truck driver a sense of safety after
several hijacking incidents, but
they also made the cab unbearably
stuffy and hot. So the driver in-
stalled “nautical” ventilators in
the roof. Two elbows of stovepipe
were set over the cab like the air
vents on a ship’s deck, and were
Guard on armored car has clear view in all directions from “conning tower ” provided with caps which could
at rear which has dual ignition switch and brakes for emergency control be closed easily from the inside.

Money Car with Gun Turret

Has Bullet-Absorbent Walls
From the “conning tow- outer shell of the entire ments. In the turret there
er” atop a streamline ar- car is made of soft steel to is a dual ignition switch
mored car used by a Los absorb gunfire and pro- and brake lever so that
Angeles bank, the guard tect bystanders from ric- the “rear guard” can
can maneuver his machine ocheting bullets; inside partly take control in an
gun through a 360-degree there is a two-inch insu- emergency. The loopholes
range of fire. There are lating layer to check the have sliding doors and the
loopholes for firing be- force of bullets, and then compartments can be
neath the bullet-resistant an inner metal shell of sealed to withstand a gas
windows on three sides; bulletproof steel. The car attack for at least a half
in front, two more loop- is divided into three com- hour. Equipment includes
holes provide the guard partments—the dr r’s, guns, hand grenades and
in the turret with a clean the center storage section gas bombs. The bullet-
sweep of the sides so that for valuables, and the proof glass in all windows
no bandit could creep up turret. Telephones con- is an inch and a half thick. |geampie. cate
to the driver’s door, The nect all three compart- Truck driver took a tip from ocean liners and in-
stalled stovepipes to bring fresh air into cab

PLEASE NOTE If you plan to build weapons,you should

obtain copies of federal,state,and local
Statement of Policy weapons laws from the appropriate agen-
We at the Poor Man's Armorer Magazine cies,the local library or your attorney.
research, write, buy and sell information It is the sole responsibility of
only. We do not buy, sell or manufacture the reader to determine legality
weapons. All info in PMA is legal to pos- before building.
sess, print, sell and send through the US The Poor Man's Armorer Magazine
mails. and all contributors will not be re-
All data is obtained from sources be- sponsible for any injuries or prop-
lieved to be correct. The accuracy of any erty damage that may result from the
and all of the material in PMA cannot be use of information or ideas found
guaranteed. in PMA.
PMA 81
 Letters to the Editor

Dear Clyde.
obvious choice for moving through heavy
Do you have any suggestions for a brush or for prone shooting.
person like myself, one who has barely
The other magazine is a "banana clip"
any knowledge whatsoever of the art of with a 25 round Capacity. These are non
gunsmithing, on giving his MIA (M14)se- Ruger, and are produced by the Condor Co.
lective fire or automatic fire power? |
would appreciate it. Address is: KEN‘'S GUN CENTER, INC.
4910 W. North Ave. Milwaukee, Wi 53208
Also, what is the largest magazine Retail $24.95. Price per each $19.95, Lots of 10 $16. Ail Prepatd.
that can be used for the Ruger 10/22,how
The Condor is well made and functions
many rounds does it hold and where could
flawlessly, although the manufacturer sug-|
| get some. Thank you, S.P.
gests, and I agree, that the chamber mouth
New York
of the 10-22 be chamfered with a scraper
Dear S.P.,
or fine file to insure that all rounds
I stongly suggest that the MIA/M14,as will feed correctly. As an added feature,
well as any other .308 caliber rifle be each Condor clip carries one male and one
female snaplike area. This allows two
left in the semi auto mode. Short bursts
of full auto fire from an SMG are fine in clips to be joined into a 50 round unit.
the 0-100 yard range, but the 100-800 yard Clyde
area for which the .308 is intended is
Clyde,
best handled by aimed semi auto fire. As
| have an AR-15, which | decided to
an experiment, engage a man sized target
convert to full auto with M-16 parts and
at 100-200 yards. Piring from sandbags or
the Aute-Sear as advertised in Shotgun
a bipod, shoot an entire clip as fast as
News.
possible. You'll be surprised at how few
| installed the M-16 parts and was
rounds hit the target. Full auto would be
waiting until | had the $70 to order the
about half as accurate.
Auto-Sear. On impulse, | fired the rifle,
There are only 2 magazines available
first in semi auto and then flipped the
for the 10-22. First of course is the fac-
selector to the third position, which is
tory clip. These are probably the most
full auto on the M-16 and should be noth-
foolproof rifle magazines available. They
ing on the AR-15. Man, was | surprised. It
feed 100% of the time, and are easy to
went full auto, not runaway, but a con-
carry in a shirt pocket. Each holds 10
trolled burst. | switched several times
rounds. The fact that they fit flush with
from semi to full and the gun functioned
the bottom of the action makes them the
smooth as anything. All of this without
any machining, Auto-Sear, or gadgets at
EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK by Michael Hoy all.
NOW AVAILABLE: The ail-new, bigger and better then ever The M-16 parts are new, as is the gun,
edition of EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK, the ONLY
book that tells YOU whera and how to buy or make all sorts of
so what goes on here? Just think, any
exotic weapons. Here are Just a FEW of the wespons in this AR-15 can be made into an M-16 selective
amazing new book: switchb/ades, stun guns, bolas, medieval wea-
pons, shockers, Bleckiacks, boemerangs, whips, tranquilizer guns, fire by using the following parts: M-16
hand catapults, blitelights, tasers, gas masks, primitive weapons,
olfactory weapons, sonic weapons, brass knuckles, sword canes, trigger sear, hammer and three position
slurp guns, oriental weapons, crossbows, gatling guns, night vision selector.
devices, machine guns, body armor, silencers, and much more! is this a fluke or what?
* More than 90 different weapons described and Illustrated, with
dealer listings for each weapon! A Reader
“Sources for not only the actual weapons themselves, but also
for books, periodicals, plans, organizations, and other informa-
tion on personal weaponry!
* More than 120 photographs and numerous drawings! Ed Note: If the above worked on all
* A section on Improvised and miscellaneous weapons! AR-15's, someone would have stumbled upon
* Complete names and addresses of more than 300 dealers!
EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK is over 90 large 8% x 11 that fact long ago. Therefore, there must
pases. crammed with information on where and-how YOU can
uy more than 90 differant weapons! More than 720 photographs:
and names and addresses of over 300 dealers In a well-organ ized be certain batches of Colt AR-15 receiv-
and easy-to-use
BOOK
format
the most complete
make EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS
weapons shopping guide ever written!
ers around machined to M-16 specs. Does
ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY! anyone out there have further info on
For your copy of EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS. BOOK, send
$6.98 + $330 shipping te: Loompanics Unilmited, Box 264, this?
Mason, M1 48854,
;
eenseae
82 PMA
 Letters to the Editor
Bonnie & Clyde, J.H. Trager, POB 23174, Detroit MI 48223
Your magazine remains consistently in- is offering an M-16 Receiver Blank for
formative, however | have a suggestion on about $75.00. A catalog is available for$2.
your night fire problem. Rather than waste As you well know, M-16 parts are easy to
all that space on the purchase and/or con- come by. Just think, an M-16 at your dis-
struction of night sights and scopes,!'d posal without any knowledge from local/
like to see a good article on the construc- federal authorities!
tion of "tracer bullets'' like the type used Also, Armex International offers automa-
by Uncle's armed forces. With this type of tic weapons kits minus receivers that are
ammo the soldier need not be able to see advertised in Shotgun News. Among these
his sights or have a night scope because he weapons are Walther MPL SMGS and Browning
doesn't aim his weapon, instead he simply Auto Rifles. What we need is some techni-
adjusts his line of fire. I've experimented cally minded individual to come up with re-
with drilled out bullets packed with flash ceiver blanks that can be easily finished
powders and papers, but most of my trials and not just blueprint drawings. P.C.
have been unsuccessful. Perhaps a reader Chicago
with better facilities could come up with Good idea! Anyone producing receiver
some sort of functional night ammo. blanks or similar "almost finished ord-
The Mad Ratter nance" should submit samples for review.

Dear Mr. Barrow, J.H.Trager also sells M10/M11 front

| have come across some specialized in- suppressor tubes These must be ordered
as FLASHLIGHT BODIES ~7"or 5",@825 ea
formation that might be of use to your
readers: postpaid. Ed.

AUTOMATIC & CONCEALABLE Slack Medicine tl: AUTOMATIC & CONCEALABLE

FIREARMS DESIGN BOOK VOL. ( WEAPONS AT HAND FIREARMS DESIGN BOOK, VOL.
An astonishing collection of automatic and conceat- by N. Mashiro, Ph.D. Tan new firearm designs. inciuding selective tire
able firearms designs. available onty from Paladin. Weapons at Hand presents 112 modification of Ihe Colt 45 1971A1, the Heckler &
Ten weapons are presented. seven of which are parts of the body that are natural Kocn 91-93, and the Winchester Model 64.22 Other
totally improvised. The others invotve the modilica- weapons. largely because they are unusual improvised weapon designs for the home
ion of common semj-auto rifles (Squires-Bingham very injury tesisiant Also sug- gunsmith or machinist include the Revolver knife.
22. and the. AR-7} to function on tull automatic. A gested are more than 180 deadly 22 Knuckte Gun, 12 Gauge shotgun Pistol, Mini 22
fine resource book for hobbyist gunsmiths and makestift weapons—ail impro~ Magnum. Front Bott Action Shotgun, .22 Short Mins
machinists everywhere. Weapans presented also vised from common items—that Machine pistol, and two more The high quality
inctude. The Stinger, Special Sitenced Weapon. can save your Ile in a crisis drawings are alldane to scale, so that lemplates may
Mini-Shotgun Pistol. and five more 8% x 11, 40 pp. Mlustrated with SO action photos be traced from most of them 8 x 11, soltcover,
itus., soticover $12.00 5% x 8, sattcaver, BB pp .$6.00 photos and diagrams. Spe $12.00
IMPROVISED MODIFIED
HOME WORKSHOP GUNS 1: HOME WORKSHOP GUNS It: FIREARMS
“The Submachine Gun" “The Handgun” Two Volume Set
by Bal Holmes by Bill Homes Tins fantastic two valume set lea~
Proviges alt the information you Now avaiable. the tong awaiten) sequel to Holmes: tutes photographs of some. of the:
feed 10 build a submachine gurl sn first boak. The Submachine Gun Included are two most ususual firearms ever sean
your home workshop using complete firearms designs. ane tor 3 semi or fully Each volume contams hundredsof
unprovised materials and machin: automate pistol. the other for asingle-shot, falling photagraphs collected trom police
ing meihads Expiains slep-by- bicck handgun AS with the fiest volume ine thus ser- and government files firearms
step how to build each component tes. the author Nas written in a clear. simple style experts collectors, terrorists and
of yaur weapon. then heal treat and provided photos and working drawings of each comunals from around me wond
and blugit 5x8 140 pp.. illus. companent needed to build the two handguns. Si x Bosh books over 280 pp. over 200
sottcaver $8.00 Bir, 140 pp., us. soficover $6.00 Wlustrations The Set: $17.95:

OTHER FASCINATING TITLES SSS —=— = SS -==—

* Black Bag Owner’s Manual I: - PALADIN PRESS SS
—
| (Dalvie
“gpookcentre” PO Box 1307—PMA
Boulder, CO. 80306 Sent $1.00 fo
lntest 1979
Please send ms the following tities: PALADIN CATALOG!
Catalog
free with
any order.

Pisses includes $2.00 for postage and handling.

DEALER INQUIRIES INVITE r

4 STATS

PMA 83
special tools, jigs & fixtures
POPULAR MECHANICS-1930's Era OXY-ACETYLENE TORCH

Torch and Lathe Team

Up to Spin Hard Metal --- -+
Follow Rest Supports Lathe Work
Mounted in the tool holder, this follow
rest is effective for supporting slender
work in a lathe. The rest consists of a Expanding Mandrel Holds Cylindrical Metals as hard as nick-
Y-in, square steel arm bent to the shape Work in Lathe el-steel, steel, copper and
shown and tapped at the outer end for an aluminum can be spun
Thin brass, aluminum or steel cylinders
adjusting screw. The latter is turned can he turned in a lathe by using this into shape on an ordinary
down at the end to fit a hole drilled in the lathe by the use of the
mandrel. The ex-
center of a short section of angle iron, oxy-acetylene flame. The
pansion part can
which supports the work, be made froma method promises great
piece of heavy savings. to machine shops
tubing with a disk in fabricating parts from
soldered in one drawings, eliminating die
work, casting and other
end, or from a
piece of round processes. It may find
stock. It is slotted special usefulness in
as shown almost making airplane parts.
its entire length, CYLINOER

The slotted end is Photo end diagram show

countersunk to take the tailstock center, how oxy-acetylene fame
ts focused where spinning
while the other end is fitted with a special-
ly made center, the shank of which is ta- tool works metal. Below,
some hard metal products
pered to fit in the headstock. The expan- spun in this way
sion piece and the headstock center are
held together by means of a setscrew, In wa
This Rest Moves Along with the Turning Toot on the use, the work is slipped over the expansion
Opposite Side of the Work
piece, the tailstock center of which spreads
Slotting Pins in a Lathe the expansion piece tightly against the
work,
Ina small shop where there was no mill-
ing machine, this jig was used in a lathe
Threads Cut in Lathe Not Equipped
to slot the ends of a number of steel pins.
with Lead Screw
It is a piece of round steel having four
equally spaced slots cut to a depth equal Having an internal threading job and
to a little more than one-half the length no lathe with a lead serew, 1 used the fol-
of the pins, and just wide enough to take lowing device successfully: A nut, haying
the same pitch thread as that needed in
the work, was obtained, and the outside
was turned and tapered to fit in the lathe
spindle, A bolt with the head removed The lathe is geared up to
was bent at right angles and attached to at least 3,600 revolutions
per minute, An ordinary
spinning toal is placed in
the lathe, tubes of the de-
sired metal are placed in
the chuck and a fine oxy-
acetylene flame is focused
on the point where the
spinning tool is pressed
against the metal. The
torch is geared io the
same carrier as the spin-
ning tool, and so moves
Jig Made Up to Stot the Ends of a Number of Steel with it automatically.
Pins in a Lethe Perfectly round balls af
them snugly. The pins are held tightly in hard metal, sealed at both
the slots by means of disks A, which are ends, can be made in this
Simple Device Enables Cutting of Threads in Lathe
bolted in place as shown. Not Equipped with Lead Screw manner.
84 PMA
 Auxiliary Table on Drill Press Tapping Fixture for Small Parts Simple Bench Punch
Rotates Large Castings Designed to hold small round or square for Light Metal
parts that are to be tapped lengthwise, this
fixture grips or releases them by merely
moving a cam lever. The body is a piece
of tool steel which has two holes drilled ———
an inch or so from each end, after which —a
it is slotted as indicated. The body is
mounted on a steel base with a heavy cap
screw run through a third hole drilled at
the rear end. A hole at the split end takes
a bolt which has a lever cam on one end
and a lock nut on the other. In use, the
Le
fixture is clamped to the drill-press table
and the work is placed in the open hole
nearest the split end, after which the cam Here is a simple
lever is moved to pull the two sides of the punch for light metal
body tightly against it. work that is easily
\& : SUN ilic anpce made from a block of
Hi
yy

machine steel. V-
il Hh notches are cut at
the ends of the
block and holes of
different sizes are
drilled through the
Ball-bearing table on drilt press rotates work to top and bottom at
drill hole accurately
eich corner to
Drilling large castings and similar work meet the notches.
can be done much more accurately if the Slots are then cut
work can be rotated slowly as the drill is to take the work
fed into it, the slow rotation of the work as shown. In use,
Small work to be tapped in drill press is removed
tending to compensate to some extent for from this fixture by merely Ripping a cam lever the punch is
an incorrect drill, or any inaccuracy of the clamped in a vise
drill-press spindle in relation to the table. Slotting Sheet Metal with a Hacksaw and supported
In order to rotate the work easily, an aux- by two large pins,
iliary table to turn on ball bearings was Slots can be easily cut in sheet metal which rest on
rigged up as indicated. The base of the with a hacksaw by bending the metal over top of the jaws.
table was cast and the top was turned on a wooden form and clamping it in a vise.
a lathe, leaving a neck in the center which A cut is then made for each side of the
was drilled through and threaded to take a slot, after which the metal is removed
from the vise and the ends of the slot cut
washer and nut. A groove was turned in
with a chisel,
Holder to
the underside to serve as a ball race.
The edges are File Washers
Jig Helps in Drilling Overlapping smoothed
Holes in Stock with a file.
Slots of al-
The next time most any size
you are making can be made in
a
cut-outs in wood this manner. TACK OR NAIL \,
or metal and want
WASHER
to drill a number Guide Aids in Sawing Brass Tubing
of small overlap-
ping holes around Cutting a square end on brass tubing
The next time
the outline of the STARTING with a hacksaw is made easier by using
ROLE WORK you have to file
this guide. It is a piece of sheet metal
section to be re- the side of a wash-
bent to fit tightly around the tubing, and
moved, try this little jig. It consists of a er to make it a
has a slot in
small steel block, which is fitted with a trifle thinner, slip
the center,
short pin at one end and has a guide hole it over a tack or
which guides
for the drill spaced the proper distance nail as indicated
the saw blade.
from the pin, niade near the other end, In and you can hold
By keeping
use, first drill two holes as close together it easily. The nail
as possible on the outline to be cut out, guides of dif-
ferent sizes on should be driven far
set the pin in one of these, and with the enough into the wood
hand. you can
drill inserted through the guide hole, make so there is no chance
handle any
the next hale in the work, If the pin and of it coming in con-
correctly spaced, tubing work
guide hole have been tect with the under
the side thatmay come
the drill will just break through side of the file.
to your shop.
of the Jast hole drilled.
PMA 85
 TheGmmandoCnbine - RartII
Author's Note:
The following is the balance of DeLisle material. These
are photocopies of original data obtained from the British
Patent Office. Patents are part of the Public Domain and as
such are not protected by copyrights.
Publish this document in its entirety as it has never
been disclosed before.
- John Minnery

COMPLETE SPECIFICATION

Improvements in or relating to Silencers for Firearms

I, Wrens Goprray vw Lisur, a tending to prevent, the formation of a
British Subject, of 43, Belgrave Road, partial vacuum st the muzzle of the barrel, 70
London, S.W.1, do hereby declare the When xn expansion nozzle is situated,
Dature of this invention and in what or arranged to be situated, at the inuzzle
5S manger the same is to be performed, to of the barrel, the uozale may be con-
be particnlarly described aul ascertained structed and arranged to constitute the
in and by the following statement :— vacuum-prevention means referred to in 73
This mvention relates to silencing the preceding paragraph.
means for firearms of the type (herein- The casing of the silencing means may
after referred to as the type described) extend, or may be constructed to extend,
comprising a tubular casing that is carried rearwardly around the barrel beyond the
or is to be carried by the firearm in spaced muzzle thereof to provide a rearwardly- 80
relation with the barrel thereof, and baffle- closed expansion chamber situated be-
means comprising a plurality of baffle- tween the muzzle and the breech of the
plates mounted in spaced relation one with barrel.
another, within the casing, which buffle- The peripheries of some or all of the
means jas perforations providing a haffle-plates may be spaced away from the 83
throughway for the projectile inline with internal periphery of the casing to pro-
the central longitudinal axis of the barrel. vide an annular space or gap that sar-
40 lt is an object of the present invention rounds the baffle-plates at the inner face
to provide improved silencing meaus of of the casing.
the type deseribed of robust and campact The baffle-plates may be arranged in 90
coustruction which shal] be more eflicient two groups, whereof a front group com-
in operation and more effective in prises baflle-plates constructed as set forth
silencing firearms than those proposed above, and the second group is arranged
heretofore. between the barrel-muzzle and the front
Accoriling to the invention there is pro- group, and comprises a plurality of baffle- 95
vided silencing means of the type de- plates which are each of flat construction,
scribed, wherein the baffle-plates are each one or more of which have each a shallow
in the form of a dise of spiral or substan- arcuate peripheral recess which. when in
tially spiral formation and are arranged to its position of use, lies in the lower part
cause the gases emitted from the barrel of the silencer.
to swirl about an axis that is offset from When the barrel is provided with a
the path of the projectile through the plurality of vents in its front end portion,
) baillo-plates, cach of which baffle-plates a sound-absorbing device may be provided
has an eccentric perforation for the pass- in the form of a liner for that part of the
age of the projectile, characterised in that casing of the silencer surrounding the 105
bafile-plates situated towards the front end vents, which liner will extend, when in
of the silencer have each a radial slit that use, from a situation in front of the barrel-
extends from the periphery of the disc, nizzle to the rear of the silencer casing,
preferably threagh the perforation, the and may comprise a tubular layer of
two portions of which dise at opposite sides sound-absorbing yieldable material pro- 110
of the slit are bent so as to be spaced tected on the inside or both on the inside
apart angularly one in relation to the and the outside by a thin metallic sheath.
other aud lie at opposite sides of the One embodiment of the invention and a
general plane of the disc. modification therenf are diagrammatically
The improved silencing means prefer- illustrated by way of example in the 115
ably comprises means for preventing, or accompanying drawings, wherein :—

86 PMA
PMA 87
88
PMA
ees Se eee,
— csoatht
fos patties ad oe
 a79,168

Vigure Lisa side clevation showing a portions an whieh tae tubes 46, 48 are
ville provided with one construction of respectively carried. A plurality of sub-
silencer according to the invention, stantially spiral batile-plates 40 are
Figure 2 is a vertical longitudinal see- threaded on these tubes 46, 48 and lie in
tion showing the silencer on a scale larger spaced relation from the internal peri- 70
than that of Figare 1, phery of the casing 14. Each of these
Figure 3 is a detail sertional elevation baffe-plates 50 has the form of a dist
takeu on the line 3—O in Figure 2, show- that has an eccentric perforation 52 in line
ing a bafle-plate, with the barre! for the passage of the pro-
10 Figure 4 is a detail plan view showing jectile, and has a radial slit 4 that ex- 75
several bstHe-plates and rods, broken tends from the periphery of the dise
away, on which they are mounted, through the perforation 52 to the centre of
Vigure 5 is an end elevation of the the dise; the two portions of the dise at
silencer as viewed from the left-hand end opposite sides of the slit are bent so as to
15 of Figure 2, and be spaced apart angularly one in relation 80
Figure 6 is a diagram described herein- to the other and Jie at opposite sides of
after, the general plane of the disc. The bafile-
Figure 7 is a vertical longitudinal sec- plates are thus substantially spiral and, as
tion showing another construction of shown most clearly in Figure 4, provide
20 silencer according to the invention, and a substantially spiral passage, along 85
Figure 8 is a enlarged vertical section which the gases escaping from the muzzle
taken on the line 8—8 in Figure 7. of the barrel will fow. The peripheries of
Like reference characters designate like the baille-plates are spaced away from the
parts throughout the several views, internal periphery of the casing 14 to pro-
26 Referring first to Figures 1—6, the in- vide at each plate a space or gap that 80
vention will now be described by way of surrounds it at the inner face of the
example with reference to silencing the casing for permitting solid products of
discharge of a rifle 10 having a barrel 12 combustion to pass along the inner face of
of .45 in. calibre, by meaus of silencing the casing.
30 means comprising a tubular casing 14. The front end baffle-plate, of which 95
This casing, which may be about 16 in. bafile plates there may be about 18, is
long, is mounted eccentrically on the spaced away from an end flat plate 56,
rifle, so that a rear end portion constitut- plewa most clearly in Figure 4, situated
ing an expansion chamber 16 surrounds at the front outer end of the casing. This
36 the barrel, and a frout end portion con- plate 56 has in its lower portion an arcuate 100
stituting o baffle chamber 18 extends in row of relatively small powder-discharge
front of the nozzle 20 of the barrel. This holes 58 adjacent to that part of its peri-
casing 14, which is circular in cross- phery which lies at the bottom of the
section and may be about 2 inches easing. <A short gas discharge tube 60 is
40 diameter is mounted in spaced relation to earried by this plate 56 so as to lie in line 105
the barrel 12 which is situated in the with the perforation 52 and the barrel 12.
upper part of the expansion chamber 16. Means for preventing, or tending to pre-
A cireular mount 22, 24 in the form of vent, the formation of a partial vacuum at
a socket. for carrying the rear end of the the muzzle of the barrel is provided with-
casing 14 is fixed at the front end of the in the expansion chamber 16 in the casing 110
receiver 26 by means of a lock nut 28 14. This vacuum-prevention means 13
screwed on the barrel. The circular wall constituted by an expansion nozzle 62
24 of this mount, on which the rear end of formed or provided on the muzzle 20,
the casing 14 makes a sliding fit, has a for which purpose the latter is screw-
short pin 30 which enters into the open- threaded externally, and the stem of the 115
ended slot 32 in the casing at its rear end. nozzle is screw-threaded internally. Pre-
The casing carries at its rear end a rear ferably the internal face 64 of the nozzle
sight 34 and its front end a foresight 36, has the shape shown in Figure 6, which
both of. known construction. shows. a maximum diameter D, a mini-
55 The silencing means also comprises a mum diameter d=0.4D, a radius of 120
plurality of baffle-plates threaded on a curvature of the side face of the nozzle
plurality of parallel rods that extend being 1.4d. In some cases the nozzle may
wiihin the casing 14 in the direction of its be mounted on the rods 40, 42 but that
length. As illustrated, two such rods 40, arrangement is not preferred.
60 42, which le on a horizontal diameter of The silencing means descrihed above is 125
the casing 14, have their rear ends screwed combined with a cylindrical shield 66, that
into the end wall 22 of the mount 22, 24, is screwed on the barrel-muzzle 20 and
and carry each a cap screw 44 at its front lies in spaced relation with the barrel, to
end. The rear end portions of these rods form a concentric annular space 68 placed
65 are of smaller diameter than the front in open relation with the interior of the 130

PMA 89
 579,1€8

barrel by way of a plurality of vents 70 made to swirl in such a manuer that the
therein. These vents 70 are disposed vortex of this swirl is central with the
evenly in a plurality of rows extending silencer tube, the longitudinal axis of the
around and along the periphery of ihe barrel and path of the bullet being offset
& barrel, with the vents in one longitudinal from and eccentric to the centre of this 70
row preferably staggered in relation to tube. The effect of this swirl is te make
those in an adjacent longitudinal row, in the gas travel transversely of the path of
order that the pressure of the gases shall the bullet, and in doing so a small propor-
be reduced evenly around the periphery tion of it will tend te deflect and dissipate
10 of the projectile. There may be 6 vents the column of high pressure gas directly 75
per row around the barrel, and thesé rows behind the bullet. It is, of course, itu-
may be spaced about } in. apart. The possible for one baffle-plate to do all that
annular space 68 is closed at its front end is required in this direction, and there-
at the nozzle G2 which may be distinct fore a number of similar plates are placed
16 from the shield 66 and may serve as a lock in spaced relation one behind another, 80
nut for it, but the space 68 is open at its each one contributing in some degree to-
rear end. wards making the gas follow a path other
In operation the column of air in the than the flight of the bullet, the net result
barrel and the gas leakage past the bullet of which is that the bullet leaves te
20 first appears at the muazle of the barrel. silencer with the gas following it at a 85
This is unavoidable and assists in build- greatly reduced velocity. The pressure of
ing up in front of the muzzle of the barrel the gas in the silencer is higher than the
back pressure which assists the correct pressure of the atmosphere outside, and it
functioning of the expansion nozzle fitted discharges itself from the tube GO as a
25 to the end of the barrel. jet of gas travelling at a sutticiently low 90
As the bullet passes along the barrel, velocity as to produce very little or uo
the said vents 10 constituting gas-dis- sound.
charge holes are uncovered in succession In addition to this, in order that un-
towards the muzzle, which vents serve to burnt. powder as well as burnt powder,
80 allow some of the gases propelling the refuse and solid products of combustion, $5
bullet to escape into the expansion cham- shall not accumulate unduly in the
ber, thereby still turther building up the silencer, particularly the live powder
back pressure and also reducing the which on accumulation could cause serious
volume of gases flowing at high velocity accidents should it become ignited at any
86 behind the bullet. The short length of the time, the baffle-plates do not fit the tube
barrel left intact at the muzzle end serves of the silencer tightly, but, as mentioned
to steady the bullet should its balance above, have a small gap around their
have become upset or deranged through periphery, while in the end plate of the
gases escaping behind it transversely to silencer body small slots or holes 58 are
40 its path of flight. Also this short imper- pierced so that the above debris can be dis- 105
forate length of barrel permits the bullet eharged or fall out as the case may be.
to acts as a stopper in front of the gases The presence of these additional holes in
during the period of their escaping the end plate provides additional exits tor
through these vents. the gas, but this is purely incidental and
45 When the bullet travels through the does not. affect the resulting sound in any 110
baffle-plates 50 after having passed the way.
nozzle 62, the gases are made to swirl so The expansion nozzle 62 is provided for
that their travel is transverse to the path the purpose of preventing a vacuum from
of flight of the bullet. It is arranged that being formed at the muzzle. The collapse
60 the path of the bullet shall lie off-set from of this vacuum produces a sharp ** erack ”’ 115
the axis of the swirl. The expansion which heretofore has not been suppressed
chamber is carried right back as far as except by means of sound-absorbing or
the receiver, primarily to provide in- damping material, such as felt. This
creased expansion space for the gases, and “ epack ’’ ig normally transmitted through
5 a secondly to picenee a compact, robust and the wall of the silencer of the type de- 120
easily handled type of firearm, equipped scribed, but by the provision of this
with silencer. nozzle, this vacuum is prevented from
When the, gases strike the first baffle- being formed, and therefore there is no
plate after having left the nozzle 62, they ‘* crack ”? to be silenced.
60 are in a semi-dispersed state, that is, they The vents 70 in the barrel surrounded by 125
have followed to some extent the lines of the shield 66 reduce the volume of gus
the nozzle, although there is probably still fullowing the bullet and prevent the guscs
a column of concentrated gas directly be- which are travelling at high velocity from
hind the bullet. Tlie effect of striking the impinging directly on the wall of ihe
65 first baffle-plate is that most of the gas is silencer, which would cause a noise. The 139
 379,168

ing flash, which is particularly advan- expansion chamber situated between the
tageous in the case of firearms, such as 2 muzzle aud the receiver of the firearm.
machine-gun, used at night. 5. Silencing means aceurding to any of
Each construction of silencer described the preceding claims, wherein the peri-
above is self-clexning, and will also dis- pheries of some or al] of the baffle-plates 70
charge foreign matter, such as sand, are spaced away from the internal peri-
which has inudvertently been permitted to phery of ihe casing to provide au annular
enter it. space or gap that surrounds the baffle-
Various modifications may be made in plates at the inner face of the easing.
10 the details of construction described above 6. Silencing means of the type described ri)
without departing from the invention. For comprisiug baffle-plates arranged in two
example, instead of using an expansion groups, whereof a front group comprises
Duzzle 62, a nozzle of internal frusto- baffle-plates coustructed as set forth in
conical shape may be employed. Also, in claim 1, and the second group is arranged
16 some cases more than two reds muy be between the barrel-muzzle and the front 80
provided for carrying the baffle-plates. group, and comprises a plurality of baffle-
Moreover, instead of spacing all of the plates which: are each of flat construction,
baffle-plates $0 away froma the internal ene or more of which have each a shallow
periphery of the casing 14, only some at arcuate peripheral reeess which, when m
them may have gaps.at their peripheries. its position of use, lies in the lower part
Further, if desired, the baftle-plates may of the silences.
be integral one with another and con- 7. Silencing means according to claim
stitute a spiral structure. Again, in some G. wherein che end Duffle-plate of the
cases the rods 40 and 42 may be dispensed second group sittated remote from the
with. barrel-muzzle has in place of the arcuate 20
Having now pariicularly aezcribed and Penphere recess an arcuate row of rela-
ascertained the nature of my said inven- tively small holes iying opposite to the
tion and in what manner the same is to arcuate recess in the next adjacent baffle-
be performed, I declare that what I claim plate cf the second group.
80 is: — 8. Silencing means according to any of 95
1. Silencing means of the type de- the preceding claims, whereiu an end flat
scribed, wherein the baffle-plates are cach bafile-plate situated at the front outer
in the form of a disc of spiral or substan- end of the casing is formed with an
tially spiral formation and are arranged areuate row of relatively small holes ad-
5 to cause the gases emitted from the barrel ine: to that part of its periphery which 100
to swirl about an axis that is offset from ies at the bottom of the casing.
the path of the projectile through the 9. Silencing means according to any of
baffle-plates, each of which baffle-plates the preceding claims, wherein the baffle-
hag an eccentric perforation for the pass- plates are supported by a plurality of
40 age of the projectile, characterised in that parallel rods that are supported at the 105
baffle-plates situated towards the front front and reay ends and extend in the
end of the silencer have each a radial slit direction of length of the casing.
that extends from the periphery of the 10. Silencing means according to any
disc, preferably through ihe perforution, of the preceding claims, in combination
45 the two portions of which disc at opposite with a cylindrical shield that lies or is 110
sides of the slit are bent so as to be spaced arranged to lie surrounding the barrel at
apart angularly one in relation to the the rear of its muzzle and in spaced rela-
other ond lie at opposite sides of the tion therewith to form an annular space
general plane of the disc. placed in open relation with the interior of
50 2. Silencing means according to claim the barrel by way of a plurality of vents 116
1, comprising means for preventing, or therein.
tending to prévent, the formation of a 11. Silencing means according to Claim
partial vacuum at the muzzle of the barrel. 10, wherein the vents are disposed evenly
3. Silencing means according to claim in a plurality of annular rows around the
55 2, wherein an expansion nozzle is situated, periphery of the barrel, with the vents in 120
or arranged to be situated, at the muzzle one row preferably staggered in relation
of the barrel, characterised in that the to those in an adjacent row, in order that
Rozzle is so constructed and arranged as the pressure of the gases shall be reduced
to constitute the vacuum-prevention a around the periphery of the projec-
60 means. ie. 125
4. Silencing means according to claim 12. Silencing means according to Claim
1 or claim 2, wherein the casing extends, 10 or Claim 11, wherein the annular space
or is constructed to extend, rearwardly is closed at its front end outside the Larrel
around the barrel beyond the muzzle and is open at its rear end.
& thereof for providing a rearwardly-closed 18. Silencing means according to any 130

92 PMA
 579,168
of ihe preceding claims fer use with a sound-absorbing material.
barrel provided with a plurality of vents 15. Silencing means according ta Claim
in its trout end portion, comprising a 13 or Claim lf wherein some of the baftle-
suund-absorbing device in the form of a plates of the second group thereof set
an liner for that part of the casing of the forth in Claim G, are surrounded by the 20
silencer surrounding the rents, which front end portion’ of the liner.
liner will extend, when in use, from oa 16. Silencing means according to Claim
situation in front of the barrel-muzzle to 2 as sliown in Figures 2, 3, 4, 5 and G,
the rear of the silencer casing, and com- or modified according to Figures 7T and 8
10 prises a tubular Inyer of sound-absorbing nf the accompanying drawings. 25
yieldable material protected on the inside Dated this 7th day of June, 1944.
hy a thin metallic sheath, ROULT, WADE & TENNANT,
ld. Silencing means according to Claim lL & 112, Hatton Garden,
18, wherein the liuer also comprises a thia London, E.C.1
15 metullie sheath on the outside of the Chartered Patent Agents.

CLASSIFIEDS Military manuals list $1.00,

FM 23-85 60-MM Mortar $5.00,
$1.00 per word, $10.00 minimum. Arm & Merchant, 1210 J Street,
pocriaiaies CA 95354,
INGRAM SMG, semi- mubonabie pistol
and carbine and sionic silencer
parts for sale to any U.S.resident. WANTED: aes Standard 10-B Police
Send a stamped & self-addressed en- Shotgun. New or used, W/WO Choate
velope for a free illustrated price extension. Will send FFL with pay-
list to: SPECIAL PARTS LTD,Box 7652 ment. Contact: The Void, Box 1272
Dept.PMA,Atlanta,Georgia 30357. Eureka, Cal 95501.

M10/M11 parts —— Anyone can buy!

Special Parts Ltd.
INGRAM SMG'S & ALL NEW SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS & CARBINES
/sear stud & stock block $ 18.00
/backplate w rear sight 8.00 EACH SMG PARTS PACK CONTAINS:
{trigger guardémag housing 30.00 manual,used mag. ,assembled bolt,
stock & upper receiver assem-
1.Ingram M10 .45 gun parts pack. . .. $150.00 prepaid or $160.00 COD blies,trigger guard,mag. housing,
2.Ingram M10 9MM gun parts pack . .$170.00 prepaid or $180.00 COD sear stud & stock block.
3.Ingram M11 .380 gun parts pack. . $180.00 prepaid or $190.00 COD
ALL SILENCER PACKS CONTAIN:
5, Mt1 .380 Silencer Parts Pack ... . $115.00 prepaid or $125.00 COD manual, new wipe assembly,
6. M10 9MM Silencer parts pack . . . $115.00 prepaid or $125.00 COD spirals & baffles.
7. M10 .45 Silencer parts pack.. . . $115.00 prepald or $125.00 COD YOU GET EVERYTHING EXCEPT THE
10. Alternate Stock (flat butt) M10 25.00 LOWER RECEIVER & THE 2 SILENCER
11. Barrel Extensions (threaded) 36.00 TUBES.
14. Upper Receiver w/carbine barrel (M10) 168.00
17. Sear Pin (semi-automatic only) 10.00 Special Parts Ltd.
PO Box 7652 pma
NOTE: Prepaid orders by Cashier's check or postal Money order only! Atlanta,G A.30357
On COD the customer pays for shipping and insurance. SEND A STAMPED, SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE FOR FREE PRICE LIST.
42 NOTE: ALL Demilled Lower Receivers are SMG (Selective Fire) With Sear
Pin Holes. (SPECIFY CALIBER)... 2.0... $ 30.00
If you buy a silencer parts pack with a gun parts pack -You may deduct $10.00 and/or if you buy a demilled SMG Lower
Receiver with a gun parts pack (which normally costs $30.00) you may deduct $10.00.
PMA 93
 The following article is reprinted from "The Practical Metalworker".
This excellent shop manual was published in England during the early
1900's. This was an era when many of the small home workshops were se
up with facilities for simple metal working.

THE PRACTICAL METALWORKER

The Fly Press

Tr is the object of this section to indicate the lid is still further facilitated by making
the possibilities of the fly press. The the side of the box above the bead slightly
great difficulty encountered with this conical as atc. The side of the lid has
mavhine is in the making of the touls. and to be made conical also, of course. It
a typical common example, a tin box, will be seen that the bottom of the box
will be taken and dealt with progressively. shown at Cis slightly raised. The reason
It must not be thought, however, that usually given for this is that the box is
the fly press is strictly limited to the so made in order te make it appear to
pressing of articles hold more than it
to shape from sheet- actually does. How-
metal; it may be ever, boxes are
used for branding, nearly always made
riveting, bending, this way, so the
Hanging, ete. tools used will be
The tools here described.
shown are, of courre, The term “tin
adaptable to work box” is somewhat
uther than tin boxes, misleading, as tin is
Types of Boxes. not the material
—Tin boxes of the Fig. 1.—Three Common Forms of used, ‘‘tinplate ”
type here dealt with Tin Boxes being used almost
aro made in a va- exclusively. Tin-
riety of forms, the plate is merely sheet-
three most common being shown in iron thinly coated with tin each side.
Fig. 1. Principle of “ Pressing.”’—Tin boxes,
The box shown by 4 is of the simplest and many things of a similar shape, are
form, consisting of a plain straight-sided made from flat sheet material “ pressed ”
box and lid. The lid of this box, however, into shape. That is, the shect of material
is sometimes jammed on-so tightly that its is confined between two hardened steel
removal is extremely difficult. To pre- dies of such a shape that when they are
vent this happening some boxes are made freed together they press the material
with a raised “bead” or ledge upon to the desired form.
which the edge of the lid butts, as shown Fly Press Described——The machine
at B. In this case the edge of the lid is to which these dies arc fitted is known
slightly flanged to fit the bead. asa press. These are operated by either
In some designs of boxes the removal of power or hand and are typified as power

94 PMA
 Pig. 3.—Shape of
Shelli Produced
by Tool i big. 4)
Fig. 4.~ Fig. 4A.—Under Plan
Combina- of Top Tool in
tion direction of Arrow B
Blanking
and

Fig. 48.—Plan of Bottom Tool in

direction of Arrow A

press that the pad s gives the bottom of

the shell a sharp blow at the end of the connecting pins G@ which slide in the
stroke, This ensures the bottom of the bolster E. The shell is ejected from the
shell being flat and also sharpens up top tool by the pad s by either the pressure
the comers. ‘The radius on the corner of of the spring v or by a positive knock-out
the drawing punch should be as large as acting on the end of the rod t. The
possibly, Its size is, of course, limited by positive knock-out is accomplished by
the size of the radius in the corner of having a stationary bar fitting in an
the bux. I£ a sharp-cornered box was clongated slut in the ram. When the
required the corners would have to be ram is at the top of the stroke this bar
squared up subsequently in a planishing engages the top of rod 1, forcing it down-
toul. wards, thus ejecting the shell.
This tool is simply a dic to accommodate after each stroke of the press the strip
the shell and a sharp cornered punch. of material is fed between the guide plates
The bottom of the shell is given a sharp until the edge of the hole, caused by the
blow which squares up the corners. To previous. blanking operation, engages stop
facilitate the drawing of the blank the r (Fig. 4n), the strip being then in the cor-
drawing die should be well radiused, as rect position for the next stroke. If it is
shown by x (Fig. 4), otherwise this corner tequired to produce a box with the bottom
will cling to the blank and tear it. The slightly raised, as in Fig. 8, the same design
abject of the air vent L is now most of tool would be used, the only difference
apparent. If this was not provided the being in the form of the drawing punch
air trapped between the shell and the p and the pressure pad s, as shown in
face of the drawing punch p would be Fig. 9. Here the face of the punch D is
unable to escape and would prevent the recessed to suit the raised bottom, the
flattening of the bottom. The downward pressure pad s having a corresponding
stroke of the press has been described in projection. The bottom of the shell is
ihree stages for clearness of explanation. raised at the end of the stroke, as shown
Actually, of course, this is one continuous in Fig. 10. The pad s has bottomed on
motion. the face y, as previously explained. The
As the top tool ascends, the shell is sharp blow that this pad then gives to
stripped from the drawing punch by the the bottom of the shell forces it into the
pressure ring F. The pressure ring F is recess in the face of the punch p. In all
forced upwards by the rubber buffer J, other respects the operation of this tool
the motion being transmitted by the four is the same as the tool shown in Fig. 3.
96 PMA
 Fig. S— Fig. 6.—
Position of Position
Tool when during the
Blanking Drawing
Operation

Fig. 8.— Box

with Raised
Hottom

Fig. 9.—
Fig. 7.— Combination
Position at Blanking,
Finish of Drawing and
Deawing Indenting
Operation T

Beading Tool.—If the bottom of the bottom. The bottom tool consists of a
box has to be beaded as shown in Fig. 11, beading die c of hardened steel mounted
this should be the next operation. The in the mulleable-iron bolster». Sliding
plein drawn shell is put in the tool by in this die is the plunger p. This plunger
the operator, as shown by Fig. 12. This is supported by the four connecting
tool is shown for dealing with flat- pins 6, which butt upon the plate and can
bottomed shells. 1f a raised bottomed be foreed downwards against the tension of
shell had to be beaded the only ditference the rubber buffer 3. The buffer arrange-
would be that the faces of the plunger ment is supported by the pillar kK. The
bp and pad 8 would have to be shaped to plunger p is made a push fit in the shell
conform to the contour ef the raised M, Which is shown dotted in position.
PMA 97.
 ment. The ejection from the punch is
accomplished by the pressure pad s as
explained.
‘The parts of this tool made of hardencd
stecl are the die c, the punch r, the
ylunger p and the pressure pad 8.
Cone Forming Tool.—A simple type
of tool for forming the cone on the bottom
of the box (see Pig. 15) is shown by Fig. 16.
This operation is carried out alter the
bewling operation previously described.
The bottom tool consists of a hardened
steel die ring B, mounted in the malleable
iron bolster c. Beneath this die ring,
and retained by it, is the hardened steel
“bottoming” plate >. The top tool con-
sists uf a hardened steel body B, which is
made with a shank ¥ to fit the hole in the
ram of the press. The body is recessed
conically at the same angle as the cone
it is required to put on the box; the
largest diameter, that is, the diameter
at the face, is equal to the diameter of
the outside of the plain shell. The body
is bered through to take the serew 4,
which is a sliding fit in the body. Upon
Fig. 16.—Pasition of Tool when Indenting this screw is atlached the pressure pad a,
or Raising the Bottom of the Box
Which is acted upon by the spring J,
The beading die is recessed to w diameter the body of the top tool being recessed
equal to that of the shell mand to a depth to take the spring.
equal to a distance that the bead is re- The operation of this tool is as follows :
quired from the top of the shell as shown The beaded shell is first placed in the
by F. The top of the recess pis radiuscd die ring Bows shown dotted in Fig. 16.
concave to suit one-half of the bead. The As the top teal descends the pressure pad
top tool is bored to a push fit on the shell, G& engages the bottom of the box and
the mouth of the bore being raudinsed to ensures its being seated properly in the
suit one-half of the bead. ‘The pressure die ring. The coned recess K then engages
pad $ slides in the bore on rod i, and is the rim of the box, closing it in conically.
acted upon by spring V0 As the top: tol The position of the top tool at the end of
destends the pressure pad $ engages the its travel is shown in Fig. 17. Upon the
bottom of the shéll, pushing it home on upward travel of the top tool the shell is
the plunger bp. The pressure pad s then ejected by the pressure pad Gc. It there-
recedes into tle top tool until it: bottonis fore remains in the die ring B, being re-
on the face x. Further travel of the top moved from this by the operator uf the
tool forees the plunger downwards against press. The tool shown in Figs. 16 and 17
the pressure of the buffer until the edge is for coning a flat-bottom bux (see Fig. 15).
of the shell is at the bottom of the recess Jf it was required to cone a raised-bottom
¥. The position at this stage is shown by box as shown in Fig. 18 the teol would
Fig. 13. Here it will be seen the shell is be slightly different. The difference would
almost entirely confined, the only possible be that the pressure pad @ and the ‘ bot-
direction in which the shell ean * give ” toming ” plate p would have te be made
being outwards into the radii on the to conform to the contour of the raised
beuding punch and dic, as shown at Z bottom.
(Fig. 13). ‘The final downward travel of The lid for the box (Fig. 3) would be a
the top toul, therefore, forces. this un- similar shaped shell, slightly larger in
supported part round the side of the diameter and somewhat shallower. The
shell outwards and into the radii on the tool for producing it would, therefore, be
beading punch and die, ag shown by of the same design as that shown in Fig. 4,
Fig. 14, and so forms the bead. Actually, the difference, of course, being in the
of course, the operation is continuous dimensions. When, however, the box is
and not in stages. As the top tool Leaded and coned, the lid would have to be
ascends the beaded shell is ejected from made as shown at Fig. 19. Here the sides
the bottom die by the plunger p which are coned to the same angle as the box
is foreed upwards by the baifer arrange- and the rim is flanged to suit the bead.
98 PMA
 Fig. 17.—Position of Tool when
Forming Cone

Fig. 16.—Cone-forming Tool

| ==} SS
Fig, 15.—Coned Bottom Fig. 18.—Box with
of Box Raised Bottom

Fig. 20.—Combination Blanking, Drawing Fig. 21.—Position of Tool at End of

and Flange-forming Tool for Box Lids Stroke

rim is not drawn straight by the die it The large punch B forms the end of two
follows or conforms to the radius of the pieces simultancously, The minimum
mouth of the die. Thus the lid is left width at the narrowe st section of this
with a slightly curled or flanged rim. punch should not be less than the thickness
of the metal to be punched. Two round
USING THE VICE AS A PRESS punches, one is seen at ©, and plates b
for guiding the strip as it is fed forward,
In certain work, chiefly where only one For econoniy, however, two
are required.
or two of a given article arc needed, the
or three pins driven in would act as a guide
vice may be quite effectively used for
pressing sheet-metal. equally as well. = is an adjustable stop
should plates of different lengths be wanted.
Fig. 22 is a view of a vice arranged for
the production of a metal plate, as at A, Rather important are the two guide
from strip material of the required width. pillars ¥ which are fixed into the punch
100 PMA
 Fig. 22.—Vice Arranged for Press Work
Fig. 23.—Tool for Producing Washers
Fig, 24.—Tool for Making Hinges
Fig. 25.—Concave Bending Tool and
Articles for Manufacture

plate, and are a sliding fit in the die plate. Fig. 23 shows the vice tools for making
These pillars enter their holes before the washers, A being the side elevation of the
punches reach the metal, and secure punches, B the end elevation, c¢ the side
alignment by taking up the slackness view of the die, and p the plan.
which is present in ull vices. At Gis 8 The die plate £ is first made from a piece
kind of shoot, from which the pieces of of tool steel, although for washers in
scrap metal issue, and to facilitate this vulcanised fibre and like substances
the vice should be erected on a massive ordinary mild steel is suitable. The plate
beam of timber with an inclination one is marked off, and the two holes for the
way or the other—in other words, attempt large and smaller punches drilled and
to make an inclinable power press. reamed. The plate F for holding the
PMA 101
punches is next prepared, a piece of mild
steel being used, and this is clamped face hinges required, is passed between the
to face with the plate = and the holes guides p. The dotted lines butting on
transferred through. the stop E show how the punch blanks
The blocks ¢ and H—pieces of cast-iron one-half of the hinge through the die, and
will suit—are next made, and the slot at leaves the other half on the die at F.
3 removed to suit the lip on the actual And it will be noted that the guide strip
vice jaws. To these blocks the plates E D is cut away here at G to allow the oper-
and F are secured by means of screws and ator to remove this half as it is produced.
dowels, These serews and dowels are not This tool is, like Fig. 23, provided with
shown in the punch plate to avoid con- guide pillars H, and both punch and dic
fusion. plate are fixed to suitable blocks, and
Leaving these plates for a moment, finally to the vice jaws.
get. some silver-steel or cast-steel and turn The working of the curling die is obvious.
the punches, leaving the pilot x equal in The blanks from tools 4 and B are, after
diameter to that of the punch L. Notice being annealed, stood in the slot J, and
also that the punch m is slightly longer the upper tool x descends, being located,
than 3, which enables it to enter the so that the V rests on the protruding edge
metal and form a “steady” for the of the hinge, and the pressure being con-
weaker punch. The punches are hard- tinued, the edge of the hinge at the bottom
ened and tempered, leaving the end N of the slot is foreed to conform to circular
soft, allowing it, after being driven into cavity at M.
plate F, to be riveted over into a cham- The making of this tool is not difficult
fer provided. if care is taken. The most important
The punches are next passed through thing is to get a nice smooth hole at M,
the holes in the die plate until the faces which is best reamed and lapped after-
of the two plates mect, and then having wards with some fine emery powder, and
marked. off the position of the holes for then to get the slut J nicely located, so
the guide rods P they are drilled, the that the edge L is continuous.
drill passing through the two plates with The bottom half of this tool must be
their respective cast-iron blocks. made of tool steel, hardened and smoothly
It is best to ream these holes to some finished.
suitable standard size, say, § in. The The upper and lower tools can be fixed
guide rods are then turned to a sliding fit to the vice as before, no guide rods being
in the die side, the ends being slightly necessary if the vice used is in fair con-
rounded. to facilitate entry when working, dition.
and the other ends are passed through the Fig. 25 is a cheaper affair for bending
punch plate F and, like the punches, simple articles, such as pipes, clips, ete.,
riveted over. These guide rods may be and can be made of odd material. The
made of mild steel, and if the materials pad c is first turned and then cut in half.
are at hand case-hardened. The corresponding die B is the same
The holes for the punches should be diameter plus two thicknesses of the
reamed at the back, a slight taper two material from which the clips are to be
or three degrees being enough. To allow made. The studs Eand F are for locating
for the washers getting clear after punch- the position of the plates to be bent, and
ing, the taper shoukl extend to within, can be made removable to allow of
say, one-cighth of the dic face. The slot various-size plates being bent. The illus-
at Ris provided to allow both washer and tration gives an idea of the construction,
scrap to pass from the die to any recep- and like the previous tools are fixed to the
tacle provided. vice jaws.
As the amateur will no doubt make The making of these tools will prove
washers from any available serap, a both interesting and instructive, and to
stripper (to strip the metal from the many may he an introduction to better
punches after descending into the die) is and more elaborate press-teol work.
not shown here, but a simple one as at The results in any case will repay the
scan casily be fitted. labour, and the writer knows a firm who
Fig. 24 is a punch and die for producing during the war being unable to secure
hinges without any serap metal being washers or presses, resorted to the tool
left. ais a plan of the dic, B a side view as shown by Fig. 23.
of the punch, and c is the tool for curling A few possibilities are shown in Fig. 25,
the hinge. G being a small angle bracket, H a pipe
Referring to a, the metal, which is in elip, L an escutcheon plate, K a name
strip form and the same width as the plate. and ma wheel for toy trains, ete.
102 PMA
 PRODUCT REVIEW by Clyde Barrow "Night Viewing Devices", PMA Vol.2
Issue #2.

THE NIGHT VISION Building time is estimated at 40

hours with simple hand tools. Mate-

DEVICE
rial costs will vary from $500 with
surplus material to about $1100 for
Magnifies Low Level all new components. Retail devices
of a similar quality are priced at
Light 50,000 Times. $2500 to $7500, so the high cost of
construction is relative.
"The Night Vision Device" by E.A. These plans will also serve asa
Gale.c 1978. Available from: trouble shooting guide and repair
Fantastic ResearchBox
, 213,Middle- manual for future reference.The ma-
town, Ohio 45042. Price $15.41 Pgs, terial may also be of some value for
8% x ll. home repair of commercial night
This publication w/22 drawings scopes.
and over 6,000 words is a complete
All procedures are clearly ex-
set of plans for building a passive plained and illustrated with first
viewing device capable of magnify- rate drawings.Anyone with an inter-
ing low level light 50,000 times. est in night scopes should have a
For more info on these devices see copy.

——
DITION The Only Magazine Of |
of PMA: Volume One qe) Improvised Weaponry
COMPLETE INDEX Sy Contains Everything From The
FOR EASY REFERENCE First Year's Issues And More
INCLUDES THESE FEATURE LENGTH SECTIONS EXAMPLES OF THE MANY HOW-TO ARTICLES
Illustrated Dictionary of B ° * @Flashbulb,Friction and Electric Detonators
|} 19th Century Weapons A-Z * e@Armor Piercing and Exploding Pistol
Ammo
Troika Three Shot Assasination Pistol
|

eFlaregun / 22 Pistol Conversion |}

Homemade Guided Missile . e@Smoke and Gas and C02 Grenades
®Caltrops and Roadblock Devices
| Solid Fuel Radio Controlled € @Plastic Mortar and Pipe Bombs
| 2Ib. Shaped Charge ®@Bazooka Rockets and Launcher |
@AR7-Silencer / Folding Stock If
Claymore Anti-Personel Mine |
| Reprintof @Arming GI Practice Grenades
| Army TM31-210 12 Gauge Waterpipe Shotgun
e@Silenced Ruger .22 Pistol
| IMPROVISED @Black Powder Production
MUNITIONS eChlorine Gas Generator
e@¥lashpowder Production f
HANDBOOK @Dart Catapult Pistol

STEN Submachine Gun

Parts ID Drawings

PATENT DRAWINGS OVER 700 photos, |

For The INGRAM SMG! =a drawings/diagrams ||
...many more WEAPONS, UNIQUE AR.
| Duct REVIEWS, hints& sources for Famig, het’ Money Order T=THE POOR MAN’S ARMORER
. PRO- Ch
MATERIALS & BOOKS of interest to ANY-
ONE with a HOME WORKSH OP even if you
$1495 ppd. —_P.0. Box 586, EUREKA, CA 95501
AREN'T a weapons BUILDER! : CAL. ADD 6% SALES TAX

PMA 103
 Although this mine will injure anyone
tmprovised who sets it off, and quite possibly any-
Tr A by Raymond one else in the vicinity, it is the psy-
LANDMINE Larner chological threat that is most effective.
No one in his right mind would willingly
walk into a mine field. Just post a few
"Danger/Minefield!' signs around the area.
INTRODUCTION I strongly suggest that anyone who de-
This mine will make an excellent cides to use this design obtain a copy of
addition for perimeter defense as long as the Army training manual on Mines and
you understand its limitations. First,it Mine Warfare. The manual not only ex-
has to be in place before you get at- plains how to lay out a mine field, but
tacked. If it isn't, it can be awfully also gives you a good idea of what type
hard to conceal well enough so that the of terrain will be most effective to put
attackers won't spot it. Second, since it your mine field in.
has to be emplaced before you are at- | have not given any dimensions since
tacked it is a hazard to you and any ani- you can make the landmine as large or
mals in the area. small as you feel necessary.

plunger

firtng device

support base

detonator

safety plug

section of pipe ja— safety pin

With the exception of springs, firing ASSEMBLY

pin, safety pin and .410 shotgun shell The outer case of the mine is glued
base, the entire mine is made of plexi- together leaving the ends marked ''T'' open
glass. This will make it almost impossi- Drill a hole through the center of the
ble for an attacker to use a mine detec- top of the case twice as large as the di-
tor or metal detector to locate your ameter of your plunger. Now glue the top,
mines. The only way he can find your plunger spring, support block in place as wa
mines is to manually probe, which should shown.
give you plenty of time to use a rifle.
104 PMA
 Turn the case over and drill the hole hardening caulking compound to seal the
for the safety plug. Glue the section of hole where the plunger passes through the
pipe to the bottom of the case so that it case of the mine.
circles the hole for the plug. When the glue has dried, attach the
To make the detonator, cut a .410 plunger spring. The stronger the plunger
shell so that all you have is the brass spring, the more weight it will require
base. Glue the shell base into a short to depress the plunger and set off the
section of plastic pipe. Pour enough pow- mine. The plastic disk on top of the
der back into the shell base/pipe to fill plunger is optional. It provides a
the shell base. Now pour a mixture of slightly larger area to be stepped on,but
potassium chlorate and granulated sugar might also make the mine easier to spot.
into the pipe until it is nearly full. The safety plug is a piece of plastic
(SEE NOTES) Use a piece of cardboard as a round stock. The plug should be long e-
wad to keep the mixture in the pipe. nough so that when it is held in place
with the safety pin it holds the plunger
tight against the inside of the support
base.
Insert the safety pin through the pipe
section and safety plug and open the ends
of the pin to hold it in place. Attach a
length of 1/8'' nylon line to the safety
pin to make it easier to pull the pin.
Insert the detonator and glue it in
place. Glue one end into the case, Set
the case down with the open end up. Fill
the case with black powder, gun powder or
a mixture of potassium chlorate and gran-
ulated sugar (see Notes). Now glue the
other end on the case.
Firing Device (detail) A-firing pin Store your completed mines in a cool,
dark place.
B-plunger pin C-410 shell base When you are ready to plant your mines
Assemble the firing device as shown, remove the safety pin and plug and bury
leaving out the springs, and check the them so that only the plunger extends a-
detonator for fit. It does not have to be bove ground,
a tight fit as the detonator will be NOTES:
glued in place later. Make sure the fir- The firing device case should be made
ing pin swings freely. Now assemble the of clear plexiglass to make it easier for
support base and glue it to the firing you to see that the detonator is correct-
device. ly placed when you glue it in place.
Insert the plunger through the bottom The firing device and support base are
completely enclosed boxes (except for the
of the support base and up through the
firing device. It should work up and down holes for the plunger) so that the main
smoothly. With the plunger In place, glue explosive does not get into them and jam
the lower plunger spring block to the them.
plunger. Make sure to place it high e- The plunger spring should be chromed
nough so that when the plunger is de- or stainless steel to prevent it from
pressed to release the firing pin, the rusting while in contact with the main
block doesn't strike the top of the sup- explosive.
port base. The Potassium chlorate/Granulated
sugar mixture is made up of three (3)
Attach the firing pin springs. Pull
parts (by weight) potassium chlorate and
the firing pin back and slide the plunger
up into position to hold it in the cocked one (1) part granulated sugar.
position, Now glue the front of the fir- Editor's Note:
ing device on. Obtain a copy of “Working with Plexi-
Insert the completed assembly into the glass" from your dealer or refer to Mr.
case and glue the support base in place Larner's "Claymore Article" in the PMA
over the safety plug hole. Use a non- Volume One, page 118.
PMA 105
 C. Muzzle Threadin
Two distinct procedures may be used.
.223cal/556mm Rifle Silencer The preferred method is to use a large
* For M16/AR15,
AR180 & Mini 14 Rifles * thread cutting lathe, or a lathe and
4"¥28 EF (Extra Fine)Die to turn down
by Clyde Barrow and thread muzzie to specs given in
fig.3. This will duplicate the Colt
M-16/AR-15 and Armalite AR 18/AR 180
The following material will enable muzzle dimensions. The 4x28 pattern
you to construct a noise and flash sup- will allow installation of the Sionics
pressor (silencer) based on the Sionic Suppressors and other accessories avail-
5.56 mn/ M-16-unit designed and produced able for the above guns. Maximum allow-
by MAC in 1972. able misalignment of threads to bore ax-
Most procedures needed can be done is 1° so it may prove a wise move to
with a small metal cutting lathe and a farm out the job to a competent machin-
standard drill press. If your lathe ist/gunsmith. No need to mention the
lacks a thread cutting setup,farm out suppressor, you only want to mount an
those steps to a machine shop or use M-16 flash hider.
substitute methods of assembly. The second procedure may be used if
For more info on MAC/SIONICS, as well you don't have access to a large lathe
as an in depth explanation of alternate to turn the barrel down to *s" OD.The
methods for producing silencer spirals, barrel remains the original diameter and
tubes etc. w/o machine tools, see M-10/ is threaded with one of the two dies
M-11 Silencer PMA Vol.2 #1. listed below. The only other tools
SECTION ONE - Ruger Mini 14 Modifica- needed are a large die stock (holder),
tion to Mount 5.56mm Suppressor a padded vise, and a small file.
A. Sight Removal Preferred Die-9/16x24 EF. Not gener-
Drift out front sight roll pin,and ally available locally but may be or-
drive the sight off the barrel. Now is dered through a machine shop.Order the
a good time to improve the substandard companion 9/16x24 Tap at the same time.
sight as shown in fig.1, or you may wish The tap will be needed to thread the
to replace it completely by cutting a muzzle coupling later on.
dovetail in the sight collar and instal- Second Choice- 9/16x18 NF. These dies
ling a modified M1/M14 front sight. and companion taps are available locally
B. Sight Relocation in any well stocked hardware or auto
Reinstall the front sight in its new parts store.
position on the barrel.The front edge of The factory barrel is the correct OD
the sight collar should be 4.75" from for 9/16 threads, with a chamfered edge
the muzzle.(see fig.2) The barrel 0.D. to assure the die is started straight
is greater at this point, so enlarge the when threading. Using one of the two
collar's I.D.until it can be gently dies listed above, undercut and then
driven into position.Check blade for thread as outlined in fig.4. Take your
correct vertical alignment, and rotate time, use plenty of cutting ofl, and
it to the proper position if necessary. back off on the die frequently to remove
Drill through the hole in collar to excess chips. Concentrate on holding the
notch barrel for pin clearance and re- die stock at a true 90° to the axis of
install roll pin. the bore while you turn it.
MINI-14 Barrel Modifications
undercut

Hat
im

106 PMa
 D. Suppressor Modification For Mini 14 SECTION THREE - Characteristics of the
ae Model 5.56 mm /cal..223 Suppressor.
_ The suppressor's muzzle retaining
ring (part #6) must be modified for use a. The 5.56 mmsuppressor has no effect
with either of the two 9/16" threaded on muzzle velocity and improves the ac-
muzzles. Refer to Fig.5 for specs. Once curacy of the sniper rifle.
modified, the ring is installed in the b. The 5.56 mm suppressor is a light
same manner as a regular #6 ring. Except weight device which may be quickly at-
for hand fitting a bushingto the bar- tached,without tools,to the barrel of a
rel’s OD, the suppressor/Mini 14 are now standard unmodified M-16 or AR 18 rifle.
compatible. ; ; (See modification info for use on Mini
Note: The preceding section on the 14 and other similar rifles) No assembly
Mini 14 can be used as a guide when mod- alignment is required.
ifying other .22 caliber rifles and pis- c. The suppressor is designed for use in
tols for suppressor mounting. For those a semi-automatic mode ONLY to deliver
weapons supplied with %" OD barrels,a accurate aimed fire, without disclosing
fourth thread size, "x20 NF may also be point of origin.
used. This is a commonly used pattern d. The suppressor produces minimum cham-
and is found on DAQ muzzle couplers, ber carbonization.
Parker Hale .22 cal.silencers and sever- e. The bipod assembly may be used with
al other popular designs. the rifle in the normal manner when the
Ey : 4 5.56 mm suppressor has been installed.
f. Maintenance functions can easily be
performed in the field employing stan-
dard cleaning equipment issued with ri-
fle and one .38 caliber brass brush.
g. No spare or replacement parts are re-
quired, other than the bushings,and pre-
sent tests indicate that the suppressor
10 X.50d Properly maintained, will have a service
1.11 od life equal to that of the rifle's barrel.
3s 05 X.5iong h. Muzzle jump and recoil are signifi-
NOTE: SECTIONS TWO,THREE,FOUR & FIVE cantly reduced.
are modified reprints from the in- i. A gas relief port on the rear chamber
struction manual for the SIONICS Sup- of the suppressor permits operation
pressor. without accelerating the gas blow back
SECTION TWO - Purpose of Noise -and Flash system of the rifle. This effectively
Suppressor Assembly. reduces the gas blow back in the opera-
@ sniper in the field must take all tor's face.
possible care to avoid the compromising SECTION FOUR - Detail Specifications
of his position to the enemy. Obviously, (See fig. 6
an advantage in his favor would be the a. Total length - 12.75 inches
suppression of flash and muzzle noise to b. Extension beyond muzzle- 8.82 inches
eliminate the enemy from picking up the approximately.
source of fire. The 5.56mm suppressor is c. Diameter - 1.25 inches
a device designed to deceive persons d. Bore - .3020 inches
forward of the firer as to the exact lo- e. Total weight - 1 pound 8 oz.approx.
cation of the weapon and its operator. f. Material
It accomplishes this by disguising the i. Internal parts,except muzzle re-
signature of origin in two ways.First,it taining ring are 6061-T6 aluminum.
reduces muzzle noise to such an extent (Parts 3,4,5,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14 & 15)
that it becomes inaudible a short dis- ii. Muzzle retaining ring is 4130
tance from the weapon-making exact sound barrel steel (Part 6)
location extremely difficult,if not im- iii.Outer casing is 4130 barrel
possible;secondly,it suppresses muzzle steel (Part 1)
flash at night making visual location iv. Rear retaining collar is fabri-
also equally difficult. cated from 6061-16 aluminum (Part 3).
PMA 107
FIGURE 6

are
é 6

1. Outer Casing 6. Muzzle Retaining Ring 11. Encapsulator

2. Valve Assembly 7. Spacer 12. Spacer
3. Retaining Collar 8. Three Gas Baffles 13. Two Gas Baffles
4. Bushing 9. Encapsulator 14. Spacer
5. Back Plate 10. Spirals 15. Muzzle

WBS plese
nae
cxode oN

PRUNES
12.75

v. The bushing is soft aluminum or b. Unscrew rear retaining collar and re-
brass (Part 4) The M-16,AR 18 and Mini move bushing from the suppressor assem-
14 each have their own specific bushing. bly.
g. Tolerances c. Slip on rear retaining collar and
i. Since there are no moving parts, bushing over muzzle and push as far for-
concentricity only is critical and shall ward to the rear as possible.
be held within + .002 inches (true indi- d. Screw suppressor on threads of rifle
cator reading). All other tolerances muzzle until hand tight.
shall be within normal commercial stan- e. Insert the bushing in base of sup-
dards. pressor and screw on retaining collar
h. Finish until hand tight. It may be desirable to
i. All external steel parts shall be tighten the retaining collar slightly
protected from corrosion and rust by a with a vice-grip when extended missions
black oxide coating, and aluminum parts in the field are anticipated.
by black anodizing, or a bake on finish WEAPON IS NOW READY FOR OPERATION.
(MG Coat, Gun Kote, etc.) Note: After firing - check tube and
SECTION FIVE - Installation/Removal of collar periodically and retighten as
Suppressor necessary.

o attach suppressor to rifle Removal: Remove unit in reverse

a. Remove issued flash suppressor or order of assembly. Clean bore of sup-
thread protector from rifle muzzle with pressor w/ 38 cal. bore brush as needed
wrench and spanner. Shake out excess carbon particles.
L108 PMA
 199(NO,8)———_ f
DIA.-3 HOLES

Part #1 - Outer Tube - Mark,punch and drill three .2 dia.

a. Material-seamless 4130 annealed or holes at 120°intervals on circle.
welded&flashless ground(no inside burr) Hole size and placement are not cri-
steel tubing. tical, they are for spot welding only.
. OD-1.25/1D-1.120 .005 /.065 wall - Mark,punch and dril] a .125 dia.pilot
. Length - 11.75 + .003 hole at a point .310 from rear edge
. Threads-1.187x20 inside/.75 deep at of tube. Radial position is arbi-
each end. trary.This hole will be drilled to
. Scribe circle around tube at a point -3125 after part #5 is in place.It
8.88 from front edge. is then threaded to accept part#2.

Part #2 - Valve Assembly - (Body, (Total of six holes)Place holes .25

Allen screw, &Cover from top edge,centered on each flat.
Body- % Screw - 9-24 machine thread/length, .375
. Material- 7/16" steel hex stock % Cover-
- OD - .5 max, ID-Drill full length a. Material-6061 T6 aluminum
w/#29 drill. b. OD - .625/ ID - .5625x.375 deep
. Length - 1.0/Polish to finished (full dia)
length - .95 c. Drill .1875 center hole in top.
. Threads - Turn bottom half to .3750D Countersink top w/.375 drill or
Thread w/ 1/8x27 pipe die.Thread in- commercial countersink until screw
side of top half for 9-24 size ma- head rests flush w/top of cover.
chine screw. Assembly-
- Gas bleed-off holes - Center punch After body has been installed on
and drill .0625 dia. holes through suppressor,use allen wrench to secure
both sides of three adjacent flats. cover/screw in place.
PMA 109
 Part #3 - Collar threads- .062long.Shoulder ID tapers
. Material- 6061 T6 aluminum from .9375 front to .875 rear.
. Outside- 1.2 ODx.687 long . Inside threads- 1"x20x.56 long.
. Inside- .937 IDx.625 deep . Finish external edges to .05r
. Rear wall- .062 wall thickness/.625 . Serrate .25 wide band around 0D
dia hole i. Check #3 for fit w/completed parts
. Shoulder area beteen rear wall and #485.
ppl i

Part #4 - Bushing Angle of taper is 22.5° total, or

. Material-soft aluminum/brass or tef- 11.25 from bore axis.
lon. . Cut .125 wide slot through one side,
. IO- .575 approx. Hand fit to a snug the full length of bushing.Angle slot
slide fit on your barrel. 15° from bore axis.
. Length- .65 . Finish- Check for proper fit in .875
. OD tapers from .87 to .65. Taper ID shoulder of #3 and for solid fit
rate is .375 per inch/4.5" per foot. in bushing seat of #5.

eS ee
—T
Part #6 - Muzzle Adapter Ring e. Vent holes- 12, each .125 dia at 30°
a. Material- 4130 steel, annealed intervals. Hole centers are on a
b. OD- 1.110 +.005 x .5 long -4062 r. (.8125 circle) Hole size/lo-
o ID- .4531 drill/ % x 28 tap cation not critical.
Counterbore rear- .55 ID x .15 long.
This aids in starting threads when
installing on rifle.
ja—.125

110 PMA
 Part #5 - Backplate w/Bushing Seat I. Taper bore rear ID to depth of By
Material- 6061 Té aluminum taper to match bushing #4 (.375 per
Total length- 1.25 inch) Max OD of taper- .8125 at rear.
Outside diameters- (see drawing) Finish-
A. 1"x20 TPIx.435 long J. Bushing should protrude from rear of
B. .937x.125 long #5 approx. .1875 when installed.
C. 1.25x.065 long K. Collar should compress bushing to a
D. 1.12x.125 long snug fit on barrel.
E. 1.187x20 TPIx.5 long L. #5 should screw tightly into rear of
Inside diameters- tube #1, with shoulder flush w/rear
F. Drill entire ID-.625 min. of tube.
G. Front ID- .5 long x 1.0 1D M. Finish #1 and #5 to same OD 1.25+.010
H. Note 120° taper from 1" drill.

Part #15 - Endca - Wrench holes - .125 dia x .125 deep

a. OD - 1.187 x 20 TPI Hole centers - .625
b. ID - .2968 min/.3020 max -
ho Finish - Check for flush fit w/front
oO
edge of tube #1.

NC\\
d. Cone radius - .28

(
AD
ANN
ad at
Wt

od Ea

PMA lili
 Parts #8 (three)and #13 (two)- Baffles
a. OD ~- 1.110 x .375 lon
b. Drill ID .2968 (19/64)min./3020 (N
drill) max.
c. Outer wall - .055
d. Outside cone r - .28
e. Inside cone r. - .35

Parts #9 and #11 ~ Encapsulator Parts #7,12 and 14 - Spacers

a. OD - 1.110 a. OD- 1.11/1D- 1"/.055 wall
b. ID ~ .2812 min(9/32) .3020 (N drill) b. Length- .5625
maximum c. ID and inside burrs not critical.
c. Thickness - .25

Part #10 Spirals-Left and Right Twist j. Bleed holes- 28 holes,four rows of
- OD - 1.110 +.005 seven each per spiral.Hole dia -.125
. ID -.2812 min/.3020 max
. Length - 2.0 each (or use 4 pieces
o7me
1" long) 2
Pitch - .25 (one turn in .25") ie
Table angle for milling cutter=86°
Fin depth / depth of cut-.30+.010 ag
. Core OD - .50 +.020
. Fin thickness- .075 (.078-.003
. Fin
hoo
+r spaces- .175 wide(.172+.003

SECTION SEVEN - Suppressor Assembly the length of one or more spacers,#7,12,

Note: Before attempting final as- &14 as needed to achieve a maximum stack
sembly, check the fit and finish on all length of 8.62 inches.
parts. vi. Disassemble and clean all pieces.
a. Assembly Assemble suppressor in the following
i. Parts #6-14 should slide freely manner.
into tube #1. b. Slide pieces #3,4 and 5 onto rifle
ii. Assembly 3,4,& 5 should grasp the barrel as far to the rear as possible.
rifle’s barrel when collar 3 is hand c. Screw part #6 hand tight onto the
tightened. muzzle threads of the rifle's barrel.
iii.Part #5 should screw into the d. Install part #15 flush with the front
rear of tube #1 w/the rim flush against of tube #1. Insert pieces 14-7 into the
the rear edge of the tube. rear end of tube #1, and slide them for-
iv. Part #15 should screw into the ward against the rear of #15.
front of tube #1, and fit flush with the e. Guide rear of tube assembly #1 over
front edge of the tube. #6 on rifle muzzle. Slide tube to the
v. Stack pieces 7-15 on a flat sur- rear until part #7 rests firmly against
face and measure the total length.Adjust #6.
i12 PMA
f. Slide backplate #5 forward and screw -65 max. above tube's surface. (see
tightly into the rear of tube #1. drawing). Retap to enlarge hole and re-
g. Insert bushing #4 into the bushing check until fit is correct. Install
seat at the rear of #5. Slide collar valve cover & screw onto valve body.
forward over bushing and screw loosely 1. Shake or blow out all debris from
onto rear of #5. tube interior.
h. Move rifle/suppressor assembly to m. Arrange pieces 7-15 in the proper or-
welding area.Pull the tube assembly to der and insert them through the front
the rear against #6. Hold tube firmly in end of the outer tube.
this position while tightening collar #3 n. Tighten piece #15 w/torque wrench to
snugly onto the backplate/bushing seat 304 2 ft/1bs.
#5. o. Hand tighten the finished suppressor
i. Maintain rearward tension on tube and onto the muzzle,insert bushing and
spot weld it to part #6 via one of the tighten collar. Unit is now ready to
three .2 diameter holes drilled for this test fire.
purpose. Insert alignment rod (fig.7)in- SECTION EIGHT - Notes on Additional
to. front of suppressor.Slide it to the Sound Control
rear until the rod enters the rifle's a. Special Ammo
bore and the shoulder contacts the front Although the suppressor will elimin-
face of the barrel. Alignment is con- ate muzzle blast noise,flash and smoke,
sidered acceptable if rod can be rotated a super sonic crack will be heard when
easily without noticeable wobble or standard 5.56 NATO or commercial .223
binding. Complete all three spot welds ammo is used. If special circumstances
at this time. Grind welds flush with dictate maximum sound control and allow
tube surface. for reduced range and stopping power, the
crack can be eliminated by firing spe-
(c= fig.7
ee =
na cially loaded subsonic rounds.
These loads can be worked up by hand-
Co loading, or may be purchased commercial~
ly @ $1 per round from American Ballis-
tic Co.(see subsonic ammo product review
pease _ 275 PMA Vol.2#2). The following data is sup-
.219 (hand fit to your bore) plied in their flyer.
5.56 (.223)Sniper Rifle Ammo
Note: If rod binds, reapply rearward Bullet-70 grain, jacketed soft point.
pressure on tube and heat up the spot Muzzle Velocity-1095 ft./sec.
weld area. Bend tube into proper align- Muzzle Energy-186 ft./1bs.
ment and reweld. If misalignment is too Rounds per box-10 (min.order 2 boxes)
great to correct by this method, drill Dealer price per 250 rounds-$101.00
out spot weld, disassemble the entire Dealer price per box - $10.10
unit and recheck until problem area is Contact American Ballistics Co. ,P.0.Box
discovered. Rework pieces as needed and 1410M, Marietta,GA 30061 for more info.
start over with assembly step #b. b. Locked Breech
j. Remove the assembled and welded sup- The last step in maximum sound con-
pressor from the rifle, leaving the trol is to modify the semi auto gas sys-
collar and bushing on the barrel. Un- tem by adding a gas cutoff valve. The
screw #15 and remove parts 14-7 from the valve is similar to the one used on the
front end of the tube #1. Part #5 is M-14 .308 rifle. When the valve is
left in place. Check that it is still closed,the action functions in the nor-
tightened firmly into the rear of the mal semi auto mode. When open,the gas is
tube. diverted from the piston/operating rod,
k. Drill and tap tube and backplate for and the action remains locked until
valve #2,using the 1/8" pilot hole in opened by hand.This modification has a
the tube as a guide. Run tap about half two fold advantage for sniping type op-
way into hole and remove. Test fit the erations.Sound is prevented from exiting
valve body only (w/o cover) in the hole. the open chamber and the expended brass
Valve is fitted correctly when it is a may be removed and pocketed, not left
tight fit (use endwrench) at a height of at the "scene". .
PMA 113
 BY CLYDE
60mm Mortar /rart 4 BARROW
Baseplate, Bipod & Collar/Buffer Assembly

INTRODUCTION
Unlike the GI specs for shell and
barrel production featured in Issue #2,
the following part designs and dimen-
sions are derived from several sources
and are simplified for ease of construc-
tion. You should consider these designs
as general outlines only. Each builder
will undoubtedly find different materi-
als and specs more suitable for one or
more pieces.
The fifth and final section of this
series, with all remaining building info
will appear in.Issue #4.
SECTION ONE - General Parts Descriptions
. Baseplate
The baseplate is a sheet metal plat-
form, 12" wide and 10" long. The front
edge rests on the ground,while the rear
is elevated approximately 15°.The plate
intersects the barrel at 55°to 90°, de-
on upon barrel elevation. (see fig.
one
The upper surface of the baseplate's
center is a recessed socket with a
latching collar to accept and retain the
round base of the barrel, which is free
to pivot in all directions. When in use,
the barrel may be adjusted vertically
from 40° to 85°.Transverse or horizontal
movement is 5" total, or 2.5" left or
sight assembly when firing on uneven
right of center, as measured at the
ground. Adjustment is made via a turn-
transverse mechanism. The underside of
buckle assembly which links the eleva-
the baseplate is fitted with four tri-
tion tube to the left bipod leg.Crank
angular feet that dig firmly into the
operated screw mechanisms are provided
ground to stabilize the mortar under
for both vertical and transverse fine
fire.The front edge carries an addition- adjustment.
al row of four smaller feet that aid in
C. Clamping Collar-Buffer Assembly
stability.The four main feet,as well as
This mechanism serves to join the bi-
the central socket area, are tied to-
pod to the barrel. The assembly consists
gether and reinforced with several gus-
of an upper hinged barrel collar and a
sets and braces.
lower saddle section which houses the
B. Bipod ; two buffer or shock absorber mechanisms.
The bipod consists of two folding tu- The upper ends of the buffers attach
bular steel legs,hinged at the top and to recesses in top section (yoke) of the
fitted with spiked feet at the bottom. bipod.The buffers prevent barrel recoil
The feet are provided with wide discs to from misaligning or damaging the bipod
prevent them from sinking into soft or assembly. This feature may be omitted if
muddy ground.The leg hinges are attached desired, as several examples of WWII
to the ends of a clevis joint to allow mortars were produced with a rigid
adjustment for initial leveling of the bipod/barrel connection.

114 PMA
 Baseplate Body-10 or 12 gauge steel,
10x12 inches.

a. 2.25 dlax .125 thick steel disc.

b. 2.25 00/2.00 IDx2.25 long steel

tubing.Cut on 45°angle after weld-
ing disc"'a'' in place.Weld completed
assembly a-b Into baseplate,disc
to the rear.

a Front Feet (two)- Cut from 1.5x7.0x

-125 steel sheet.Bend 45°as shown
and weld 2.
to baseplate and assembly | i
anb, r= 1% Sep a
¥ o

d. Rear Feet (two)- Cut from 3.5x7.0x FIT SOCKET “S

3.5
rc :125 steel sheet.Same procedure REAR FEET (Q)
as Melt,

Cont. on pp 116
 ®

(oz “6d
| 284409 Buyuyezey - quyor ayeideseg / 1911eg aes)" jaays WeojOIAZS 49143 GZ" 03
Sli-z24
“H |
is

seBed

H S4eggng - uopadsosqy [10994 GLQL* wos usazzed axey Gul 3ses

aes

9 42, [09 Guydwe;y - yuror podig / [ise unuiwnye ace1d auo eB se paonpoid
4 dei3g Buruyeqay - aBesoqs podig aq osje Aew ajzeideseg “peslsep 3!
3 SUld JOATd - YOO} podig pappe aq Aew saresg (euolz!ppy ?3L0N
G [eeuMpuey - essaasuesl ‘a vt
9 a,yonquuny -(9u!4 buy )2Ae7
2 > ZICA VN 226
q dwe,9 6e7 - a,yonquans = (85049) - Bul jaaey
y yuesopuepy - UO1ZeAa|3
apo) quewisnfpy / Juewarcy
<7
raqejdeseq yo ap! sJopun
03 34UN payeaidwod pram “UMOYS Se
1994 4NO} WIOJ OF $INO-3ND SEW
“ZLXS°XSZ°L-3984 LLews/ebpyz quory *!
*4 05° 02 sabpa
quoi 330 punoy *6 yo sabpa seas
0] pue aje[daseq Jo ep|suapun 02
PLOM (ue) seey/wiy
°ZLXOS*XSZ°1- °Y
sayeidaseq yo dal 03
PL9M “OLXOS*XSZ"1-(0M3) S@pissuly 6
3edaseq JO aplSsapuN OF PUE ,,>,,
saoeid apis OM @Y2 02 PL2K
* [2035 SZL°XO'EXO™E- (OMI) B2e4g *Y
‘azejdaseq JO ap|siepun pue s6a;
jo $3@S Yy20G OF PLaM*xOg O°9XO"9
e@ wioy 0} Shay useM2aq P| eM*}eayS

PMA
1903S §Z4°xO°9XxXO"L -(4n0y) 82e4g *38

116
GIT dd wou *quo0)-a7e [\daseg
 setscrew ‘By
we
> ) bushing-
-75 0D/.65 ID x.75 Tong

ae seat-
1.0"0D/.75IDx 15 long

WELDS FOR MINIMAL 1.25 x .375x .125 (2)

METAL DISTORT
1.0x 1.25x .125

35 ——— eeeee, |, eee |

£125 thick- [EESEES

drill center }f: pen oi ars

for eyeboit WW OB EA
b-1.0-+| (1.25 il
 Tha oun/oue ach
wide saddle pieces are
mage by Calhitg &
275 TP X2.2S lousy
tube through both
Axis. SADDLE
Fiushto f

nt
12 tube

= Hinge aud lateW

ivto Will be cover: upper
ediu issue 4 ~ tube
by Cleurs Prus,
150 Matce Cem beass

11.5 long
125 od

assemble w/

SHOULDER Vax 2 bolts &

jocknuts
Weld inside quidetebe/ flush
[18 PMA
 BIPOD ASSEMBLY
Clevie Plate -Mild Steel-Make2
a-.Sdia
b-.25dia
c-.625radius
d-.625
e-1875diea
f -,875 radius
9 -.125 thick
Weld one .245(max.length).5 diameter bolt
in center hole of each plate.These act as
pivot points for the elevation guide tube.

PIVOT PIN(2)
1.75x.5dia tubing
A25min.wall

(EEE
CATCH PINS(4) |
1125x.1875dia “875
press fit in place A

j-WASHER 1.0 0D/.5 ID/.065 Thick

k-BALL BEARINGS (2) .2 Dia
1-SPRINGS (2).2 0Dx 1.0 Long ROLLPIN [4]

Bi dia
1.25x1875
ets an exact
4 Stocle hnige
Gavith Chsiate b-——_125 ——___+}

LEGS (2)
.8750d/.75id tubing

secure w/rollpins
or weld

NECK(2) |
(sixpieces) 1.250d
6 125 thick .75 round. stock

PMA 119
 * Sand Casting w/Foam Patterns ¥
BY CLYDE BARROW

Note/ See: Working Aluminum, PMA Vol.

2 #2 for general info on traditional w/sand, a system of sprues,vents and
sand casting. risers must be added.These follow the
A _- Introduction shapes and layout as traditional casting
Cavityless metal casting, also known setups. Cut all pieces out of foam and
as full mold or foam vaporization,was attach them to the pattern. When the
developed in 1956. The process allows glue is dry,the completed assembly may
you to produce complex shapes, including be placed in a molding flask or on a
undercuts and hollows,without the bother molding board.
of draft angles ,multi-piece molds ,sus- F - Moldmaking
pended core sections, etc. The mold is formed by surrounding the
B - General Process pattern with a shell of hardened sand.To
The original pattern is made from eliminate pattern distortion from ram-
expanded polystyrene (styrofoam)
.The ming, a cold setting(resin bonded or
foam pattern is then placed in a cast- cement bonded) casting sand should be
ing flask and surrounded with casting used. I have cast simple pieces from
sand. When the molten metal is poured, patterns rammed up in damp green sand,
the foam is vaporized and the mold si- with only a slight amount of pattern
multaneously filled. When cool,the com- damage. This method is acceptable for
pleted casting is removed from the sand pieces that will be later machined to
for finishing. final shape.
C - Sources For Foam When working with the green sand
Expanded polystyrene foam known com- method, a simple system of vents can be
mercially as Styrofoam, is sold in created by lancing the completed mold/
blocks and sheets. for building model pattern several times w/a piece of
airplane wing cores.These are available sharpened welding rod.Do this just
from hobby shops or by mail from model prior to pouring the metal.
supply houses. Numerous shapes including G - Pouring Metal
balls,cones,rings etc.are sold for flow- Foam patterns can be used for cast-
er decorating and general craft use. ings in brass,bronze,iron or aluminum
These are found in any variety store. alloy. Be sure to produce oversize pat-
Foam packing containers may be picked up terns to compensate for the shrink rate
from department stores,usually for free. of the metal being used.Melt and pour
Note: POLYURETHANE FOAM, the amber the metal in the normal manner.When
material sold commercially as A/B foam, cool,the completed casting is broken or
or surfboard foam,will not vaporize and dug out of the sand and finished as
should never be used.Use only white needed.
POLYSTYRENE EXPANDED FOAM. H - Commercial Foundries
D - Patternmaking If you produce your own patterns to
The pattern can be shaped with tra- be cast at a commercial foundry,the foam
ditional carving tools or cut to size process will save you a lot of headaches.
with a nichrome hot wire cutter, avail- If the foundry agrees to work with your
able from model plane companies.Complex foam patterns,you can easily produce
patterns are best cut out as simpler them at home and store/ship them in
subunits. The pieces are then joined cardboard boxes. Mold set up is faster
with spray adhesive or rubber cement. so your cost will be greatly reduced.As
These glues will vaporize along with the a general rule, the finished casting can
foam.Surface blemishes in the finished be produced in 1/5 the time required by
pattern can be filled w/combustible wax traditional methods,and in most cases,
filler if needed, the product will be as good or better
— - Sprue/Vent Construction than pieces cast in conventional sand
Before the pattern can be covered molds.
120 PMA
 VOLUME2 NO.4 The Only Magazine Of
Improvised Weaponry
Published By
THE POOR MAN’S ARMORER Compiled and Edited By
P.O. BOX 586, EUREKA, CAL 95501
©Copyright 1981 Bonnie &Clyde Barrow

Looking Like an Assemblage of Monsters or Human Death’s Heads, These Are Really English Student
Nurses Being Trained in the Use of Gas Masks for Protection during Wartime Attack

When instruction was given English gir! tion’s program for preparing the public for
nurses recently about what to do in z the terrors of war. Military experts expect
attack by the “enemy,” scores of pretty poison gas to be used generally in the next
faces were hidden behind grotesque masks. war and European governments are train-
The training course was a part of the na- ing their citizens for defense.

If you plan to build weapons,you should

PLEASE NOTE obtain copies of federal,state,and local
Statement of Policy weapons laws from the appropriate agen-
We at the Poor Man's Armorer Magazine cies,the local library or your attorney.
research, write, buy and sell information It is the sole responsibility of
only. We do not buy, sell or manufacture the reader to determine legality
weapons. All info in PMA is legal to pos- before building.
sess, print, sell and send through the US The Poor Man's Armorer Magazine
mails. sad.a1) eouge UbiEnES @211 aot be wen
All data is obtained from sources be- sponsible for any injuries or prop-
lieved to be correct. The accuracy of any erty damage that may result from the
and all of the material in PMA cannot be use of information or ideas found
guaranteed. in PMA.
 Letters to the Editor

Clyde,
Dear Clyde,
Enclosed is a drawing of an interest~
In reference to the grenade article in
inter- ing item clipped from an FBI Law Enforce-
PMA Volume One. Your readers may be
ment Bulletin.
ested in the following information.
To re-arm practice MkII frag grenades, g'- is MINUTE
or
use shotgun primers rather than pistol
rifle primers to ignit e the fuse. For the FLARE
fuse,regular safety blasting fuse is pref-
ty
erable to cannon fuse, due to the quali
,coa t—
control used in its manufacture.Also
pre-
ing or wrapping the fuse in order to
vent an early (and disa stro us)c onta ct with
the bursting charge will incre ase the
de-
burning rate and so decrease the time
four fold. These devices were carried by demon-
lay, sometimes by as much as -
strators in a 1968 Washington Riot. Appar
Needless to say,extensive tests should be (igni ted) but
ently they were never used
made before constructing grenades for use. t
Lf non-electric detonators or squibs the FBI considered the design significan
it was a
enough to publish a warning that
are available for use as detonators for po-
possible weapon, "to be used against
the grenade filling, these should be used demonstrators”.
lice or other
rather than just a bare fuse-end as the A Reader
initiator. Alternatively,roll up a small way to clear 2
Looks like a handy
charge of match-heads in rolling papers Ed.
path through a crowd.
and attach that to the fuse-end for more
certain ignition.
Obviously,black powder can be used as
classifieds nd
a filling, but a flashpowder would be a NUCLEAR WAR SURVIVAL BOOK by Duncan
little safer to use. If you've got a lot Long, edition...everything you
of time and stock in Ohio Match,you could must know to protect your family.
also use match-heads. Rifle or pistol pow- Moneyback guarantee. ..$6.99...Post-
der will need quite a flash to ignite pro- paid...Hurry...it may be later than
perly, and will probably require a deton- you think...Long Survival Publica-
ator or squib to work properly. tions, 163-PMA,Wamego ,Kansas 66547.
For instantaneous detonation of booby-
on
trap grenades,tape a4 plastic soda straw Barrier Penetration Manual. This
the fuse tube and fill it loosely with document,prepared for a government agency
match-head material,closing the end witha responsible for protecting nuclear facil-
plug of Kleenex or cotton. To prevent con- ities, describes the techniques to forei~
fusion, shorten the safety levers of the bly penetrate 32 barriers commonly found
modified grenades. at industrial and commercial facilities
AlL this information is from a reli- using hand-carried,portable tools .Some of
able source who has dealt with such these barriers include: 8 inch reinforced
subjects for some time. concrete walls,steel lined doors, plywood
Erin go braugh floors, 1 inch lexan windows,cinder block
walls,and security gates. Each entry con-
Over the years, numerous groups or
sists of a description of the barrier, an
armies have left "instant" detonating
illustration of it, the portable tools
grenades behind to be picked up and used
which will penetrate the barrier in the
by the enemy.These were distinguishable
shortest time, estimated time for pene-
from grenades with standard delay fuses $8 Postpaid.
tration, and references.
only if you knew where to look,i.e. a
t George Liu, 2000 Center Street,
small colored dot ,notch,or similar secre 94704.
Ed. Room 100, Berkeley, CA
code.
122 PMA
iy Clyde, area will penetrate.
Your readers may be interested in the Nothing much more to report except
following info on NATO's "secret" Chobham/ it's only a secret in the West now.
Tank Armor. "Chobham" armor was developed Sincerely,
at the Military Vehicles and Engineering JIM
Establishment in Chobham England. It is Bonnie & Clyde,
effective against APDS (Armor Piercing Love your magazine. In your article
Discarding Sabot), Solid Shot, HESH (High on the AR-7 night scope you should mention
Explosive Squash Head) and HEAT (High that Tasco makes a battery operated sight.
Explosive Anti Tank) ammos. The TascoRama. This sight can be bought
England couldn't afford to fit her own to fit shotguns, high power and .22 ri-
tanks with it, so they sold it to the fles. It uses 2 G-13 watch batteries and
Shah. Now the Ayatollah and presumably the costs about $56. I have mounted one on my
Russians have it to examine. 30 Carbine paratrooper, and it works just
Chobham must be bolted to the tanks fine.
outer plates.The armor is a sandwich con- Also, why not use primers instead of
struction with either (can't specify) ce- cut down .410 shells in the land mines and
ramic fill or granular material(ball bear- grenades. I am also interested in plans
ings?)for high dispersion of incoming for a high power folding stock crossbow.
forces. Not a panacea but it does enhance Keep up the good work.
resistance. Multiple round hits in same JH-WI

AUTOMATIC & CONCEALABLE Black Medicine il: AUTOMATIC & CONCEALABLE

FIREARMS DESIGN BOOK VOL. | WEAPONS AT HAND FIREARMS DESIGN BOOK. VOL. fl
An astanishing collaction af automatic and conceal- by N. Mashtro, Ph.D. Ten new brearm designs. including selective tire
able firearms desgns, available only from Paladin. Weapons al Hand presents 112 moaicatod of the Cait dh 1911A1 tne Heckler &
Teh weapons are presented. sever of which are parts of the body that are natural Koch 91-93. and the Winchester Model 64.22, Other
totally improvised The others involve ine moditica- weapons, largely because they are | unusual improvised weapon designs far ine home
liar: of common semi-auto riltes (Squires-Eingham very injury resistant Also suc gunsmith of machinist include the Revatver kode
22, and the AR-7) ta functon on tullautomallc. A gested dre more than 180 deadly 22 Kavekle Gun. 12 Gauge shotyn Pistol Mint 2a
fine resource book for hobbyist gunsmiths and makesnill weapons ~alt impro Magnum Frant Bolt Action Shotgun, 22 Short Mint
machinisis everywhere Weapons prasented alse wised fram common tems ~ that Mactine pistol ang Iwo mare The taty quatty
include The Strtger Special Sienced Weapon can Save your Mle in a ¢ a igs are Slidone toscale. so that templates
may
Mini-Shotgun Pistol and tive more Bea 11, 40 pp {hustated with 30 action phot a from most ut them 6. x 1) seficever
Hus , softcover, $12.00 So 8 ® sattcoves SR pp $8.00 photus and dagrams S6pp $12.00
1
IMPROVISED MODIFIED
HOME WORKSHOP GUNS |: HOME WORKSHOP GUNS tI: FIREARMS
~The Submachine Gun" “The Handgun” Two Volume Set
by Bill Hoimes by Bil Holmes This fantaste two volume set (nas
Prowdes aff the information you Now avatiable the tong awaited sequel ta Hotmes tures photographs of some of Ihe
need fo build a submactune gun in first bank, The Submachine Gun [nctuded are Iwo Most unusual firearms evar wage
your nome warkshop, using complete hrearms designs; ane tor a sem: or fully Each volume contains hundreds of
improvised -naterals and machit automate pistol the other fora single-shot faling photegraphs collected from pohce
ing metnods Explains step-by block handgun As with the first volume in this ser- and government tides trearms
Step now to busla each component tes. the author has writen in a clear. simpte style experts collectors. terronsts and
of your weapon. then heal treat and provided pholus and working drawings of each cominals tram areund (he world
and blue it St x8 companent needed fo build the two bandauns $% x Bon books uver 280 pp over G60
softcover 8. 140 pp iilys settcover $6.00 Hlustratians The Set: $17.95
+
OTHER FASCINATING TITLES
* Black Bag Owner’s
Manual I: | ===
= PALADIN PRESS
“Bpookcentre”
* Silencers, Snipers,
And Assassins .. .
..$ 6.00
. $16.98 1!oo om PO Box 1507—-PMA
i Boulder, CO. 80306
* The Complete Book Of Knife Fighting ..... Send $1.00 fo
* Underwater Demolition Training Manual .. I Please send me the following titles:
latest

* Silencers For Hand Firearms . 8

I
*
*
Deal The First Deadiy Blow ....
Assasaination, Theory And Practice..... 1
* Special Forces Operational Techniques .. 1
The Quiet Killers
I
* O85 Sabotage And Demolition Manual
* Unconventional Warfare Devices and Lge Flease incinds $8.00 for postage and handling.

1 spon:
DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED Lex STATE
ee
~ 2rP
T_T

PMA 1223
 Letters to the Editor
Dear Clyde, F-100 powered rocket 18 inches long
A friend of mine loaned me a copy and a little over an inch in diameter
of your volume one edition of The Poor
Man's Armorer. I would like to compli-
This rocket lifted a one pound dummy
warhead te an altitude of about 455
w
ment you on your publication. I have feet and delivered the warhead six
never encountered anything as detailed. tenths of a mile downrange, missing
On page 124 of Vol.1, you have an the target (an unused road)by thirty
article on a Homemade Missile. As I feet. The launching rod was just
have designed,built,and flown rockets stuck into the ground and eyeballed.
for the last twelve years,I think that An F-100 powered rocket with a ten
I have a few ideas that will improve second delay was tracked to an alti-
your design,and make it a little tude of 1086 meters, payload however,
cheaper at the same time. was only four ounces.
A. You use four “tandems",that is,two When you work with high power,such
rocket motors glued together so that as four "D"s or higher,balsa wood isa
the second burns through the first.As NO-NO. Use % inch plywood (found at
it happens,a friend and I did exten- any hobby shop)or larger. It is
sive testing of Estes "D" tandems.We stronger,less sensitive to water,
found that the lower engine tends to shock and general abuse.I do not want
burn through the casing just above the to set up and find that I have a
nozzle unless you fiberglass the en- eracked or warped fin. I also use fi-
tire area. berglass and epoxy. CMR sells fiber-
There is a cure,the FSI F-100 se- glass sheets,a company called KYBE
ries.This motor (F-100)is just a lit- sells a roll one inch wide by about25
tle larger than two Estes "D"'s.It is feet. It is used by computer companies
a quarter of an inch wider and a half to clean magnetic tapes. Check with
inch longer.It weighs a little more any data processing company,you may be
than two "D"s but here is the main
plus. Two "D"sgive 201b. thrust (taking
able to get used rolls free (it has
iron oxide on it). Comes in handy for od
in the plus by using the first engine lots of things.
as a combustion chamber).A single "F" If you would like, I will supply
gives 351b. thrust. Another plus,the readers with a diagram of both the
"py" burns for 14 sec. per engine, this designs.
means that you are using most of your Question: Instead of a command
power simply to hold the rocket up a- circuit,why not either put in an ad-
gainst the pull of gravity, this justable timer (solid state)or just
leaves very little power for acceler- use the ejection charge to set off an
ation. The three seconds of burn time airburst or backup detonator? The
also gives your target,if mobile,time F-100 comes with; zero,four,six,eight,
to spot and evade it. The F-100 how- and ten second delays. Save money and
ever,gives all 35lbs of thrust in 1/2 weight over the radio command destruct
second.The only bad point is that it Also,the "F" uses what is called an
also makes a large cloud of white electric match to ignite it.This lit-
smoke at the launch area,about the tle jewel will go off from the power
same as two "D"'s.As Estes "D's are of a watch battery. It saves a little
running about three for $3.75 and weight and you can build your power
F~100s cost 3 for $11.00,a three en- pack into the rocket and just hook
gine "F' rocket will cost $11.00 for
up to it. Sincerely,
engines, give you 105 Ibs of thrust
DRD-Texas
for 1/2 sec. A four tandem "D" rocket
DR
will give you 80 lbs of thrust in 3 Thanks for the helpful comments.
seconds. The "F's give you 25 lbs of
extra
range,and
thrust, two
1/3 less
to three
total weight.
times the
I'm sure PMA readers will be inter-~
ested in any further information you %
can provide on these designs. Clyde
B. I have designed,built and tested
an

124 PMA
 sound suppressor kits by'The
Armorer'
this writing, and can be purchased from
Sd Information on how to build
sound suppressor (aka silencer) for the
a Sionics
these firms: Military Accessories Company,
Ingram M10 and M11 appeared in PMA,Vol.2, Chris J. Sullivan Co., and Survival Enter-
No.1. That article featured machinist prises of Georgia.
drawings so that a person with access to a What good is a parts kit without the
lathe and other machine shop tools could two tubes to house these components? The
turn out each suppressor part including following firms sell the front and/or rear
the spiral diffusers. Information was pro- tube(s): J.H.Trager, SMG Marketing, and
vided on how to construct suppressor tubes Survival Enterprises of Georgia. Depending
out of thin aluminum sheeting since the upon from whom you purchase, the front
Properly dimensioned tube blanks are dif- tube will be blank or will be machined to
ficult to obtain. Commercial tubing whole- the original Sionics specifications and
salers uSually have a minimum order re- contain internal threads. The price of the
quirement and local retail shops rarely front tube is about $20 to $30. The rear
have what you want in stock. tube is typically sold as a random length
Since the publication of that article, blank so it will need to be cut down to
at least a half-dozen firms have gone into the correct size with a tube cutter or
the business of selling M10 and M11 sup- hack saw. The rear tube does not require
pressor components so that now one can put any threads, and can be purchased for ap-
together a complete, functional unit with proximately $10.
a minimum of effort. Parts kit - $120. Front tube - $30.
It is a violation of federal gun con- Rear tube - $10. For $160 one has a sup-~
trol laws to possess all the parts to as- pressor identical to the Sionics unit
semble a suppressor without prior approval which currently carries a suggested retail
from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and price of $200 plus a federal transfer tax
Firearms. of $200.
Consequently, these firms sell either The Military Accessories Company sells
the internal suppressor components or the suppressor parts kits for several other
outer tubes, or the components and tube firearms: M16/AR15 rifle, M14/M1A rifle,
blanks which require some machine work be- and the Colt Woodsman autoloading pistol
fore they can be assembled into function- (the suppressor for this firearm can be
al units. There are no legal restrictions easily modified to fit several other .22
on owning a Set of outer tubes or a parts caliber automatic pistols).
kit, so one can purchase these items di- Send a SASE to the following firms for
rectly from the firms without any special specific product and price information.New
license or permit. These kits are sources for these and related items are
priced around $120 to $130 at the time of constantly advertised in Shotgun News.
J.H. Trager, Box 23174, - - - - - - - M10/M11 suppressor tubes
Detroit, MI 48223

Military Accessories Company - - - - - M10/M11, M16/AR15, M14/M1A and

2675 Cumberland Parkway Colt Woodsman suppressor parts kits
Atlanta, GA 30339

SMG Marketing, 120 N Ave.N.W., - - - - - Tubes for: M10/M11, M16/AR15,

Atlanta, GA 30303 M14/M1A, and Colt Woodsman

Chris-J. Sullivan Co. - - - - - - M10/M11 suppressor parts kits

2671 Sharondale Dr. N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30305

Survival Enterprises of Georgia - - M10/M11 suppressor parts kits,

Box 41668, Atlanta,GA 30331 suppressor tubes
PMA 125
vehicle armo IP fabrication &
installation
ve

by Clyde Barrow

fig.1
ARMORED PATROL AND ESCORT VEHICLE, 4X4

I - Introduction @
The following information on armor A - Level of Protection
production is restricted to materials and
processes that can be easily handled by Whether by application of field re-
the individual reader. Large scale pro- search data or an educated guess,a specif-
jects such as cast steel gun turrets and ic decision must be made concerning the
welded plate tank bodies require industri- nature of the anticipated attack. This
al resources not available in the home alone dictates the type and amount of ar-
workshop. mor needed, even if other factors require
that you later settle for a lower level
Il - Design Criteria of protection. Note that some materials
in Section IV have established thickness
specifications for providing various lev-
When properly designed and installed, els of protection. Non-rated materials
armor should protect both the occupant(s) will have to be tested against the appro-
and the internal components of the vehicle priate weapons to determine the proper
itself. Five factors must be considered thickness needed. The ideal test fixture
when designing armor protection for a is an old car door, similar to those on
given vehicle. your vehicle.These are available at any
If possible, choice of the vehicle
junkyard. Mount the armor samples in the
itself should be determined by its ability
appropriate location and sandbag or mount
to carry the necessary protection,while
the door to a rigid backstop. Most testing
still functioning as intended.If for some
standards require that the material hold
reason,the specific vehicle type has been
up to multiple hits concentrated into a
predetermined,the following factors must
fairly small impact area.Be realistic when
be balanced against each other to ae
optimum results.
v
testing, you're only cheating yourself! ~é
 and cost was considered the least import-
£ ~ Cost
ant aspect of the total design package.

Except in rare cases where money is no the ma- ww

be lim- Although kind enough to supply
object ,most armoring projects will 2, VSDIC decl ined
The vehic le terial in figures 1 and
ited primarily by cost. data on their ar-
shown in fig. 2 offers complete Level 4 to provide any further
prod uct pro~
(resists penetration of multi- mor for reasons of client and
Protection They would say that Arma Core and
ple 30.06 rifle rounds). The price as de- tection.
are not of-
including initial vehicle cost,is Sierracin/Transfech materials
livered comp o-
Note that fered for sale except as integral
between $65,000 and $75,000.
given full consideration, nents in their vehicle conversions.
factors A-D were

fig. 2
DISCREETLY ARMORED VEHICLE
placed with Level IV barsparent armor munutagture d by
The product of thousarias of hours ‘of research, enginuenng aod. development, in aceardance with VSOC'S specification, 11s the only
mete
Vehinte Systems Develupment Corporatio n {VSOC} proudly ‘ntraduces a capable of peetorieing cqually well aguinat balbstie attock anit rect
olyysueal
new line of inconspicuous, dhicrettly armored vehicles for the 1980's Incor seat,
porating a oumber of unique, exclutive testures, the desir « based on the on of opaque
The completely enyineered design amt the dsutabutilaartings
und trans
TH SCOUT Uf and emplays VSDC's petenter!, and patents penduig, ArmaCare™® parent armor results 10 frpnt and cast axte weight Constant wth
composite armor conttruchen, art! features a ballistic bulkhead Ipatents leature, parts rerracist
An important feature of the the vehicle manufacturers asic layout. This Aer aLion
pending) atfarding sntegral call aver aratection ambush githations, provides for precision handing, and ex:
butihead 1s the maintenance of the ballistic iateyrity of the passenger com
of oversize and brakeng, Armored conversions at the laternational Harvester
SCOUT
partmunt with the fadgate open, permitting the accouimodatinn glass is re TERRA pickup st SCOUT TRAVELER live atse heen
develeged by VSOC.
The standard
curyy and eeluining the uniily of the hasic yelucle

glass
JL Level 1V butlut resistantbarcearvathsitleLevel
FEATURES — * Stee! remtorcet! ram buriper . Balhstic butkheadéroll 1V bullet resistant glass and ArmaCore
B. Budlator prowctian L. Simulated vent pane
C. Provected bariery
Mi. Cargo area and spare (ire -eocess through corentional tarlyate
DB. ArmaCare Firewall senor wandstueld WN. Explosion proaf fuel waak/skiet plate
E Level £V butlet resistan t
ion
FE Ajiitlar ArmaCpre pratectside 0. Rear sidle paneis of ArmaCore construction
t Leval 1 door glass ® ArmaCors floor armor
G Builet resisten Q. ArmaCore door panels proprietary sealer
Ho AnnaCore rout preteerion R Hewvy duty tes with
1 AnioaCare&pla protectio n

C VEHICLE SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION PO. BOX 356-UPLAND, CALIFORNIA 91786-U.S.A.

SW
 III - Traditional Armor Materials C ~ Transparent Armor

There are three general types of 1. Bullet Resistant Glass

vehicle armor; rigid (hard), flexible Commonly referred to as "bullet proof”
(soft), and transparent (window) armor. these custom made windows are usually made
from specially formulated, break resistant
Prior to the 1970's,the following were laminated glass. Although very effective
the most popular materials for use as ar- at stopping low powered projectiles, the
mor in light vehicles. Although not as more powerful rounds tend to shatter the
desirable as the newer products outlined inner layer. Even if the bullet itself
is
in section IV, these materials are cer- stopped, a deadly spray of glass slivers
tainly better than nothing. They should and fragments is often torn from the glass
be used whenever the current exotic mate- surface, causing serious driver/passenger
rials are not available. injury.
BR Glass is often several inches thick,
A_- Rigid Armor and therefore not only very expensive to
make, but expensive to install because of
1. Low Carbon (Mild) Steel Plate- the modifications that must be made to the
Cheap,easy to work with but very heavy. Mounting flange and rubber. Another draw-
back to glass this thick is the incredible
2. High Carbon & Special Alloy Steels- weight. Its weight is listed at 23 lbs.
Heat treatment of the completed part per sq. foot. A VW sedan windshield, con-
allows use of thinner material. Lighter structed from this material, would weigh
than #1, but also more expensive to pro- over 80 pounds!
duce.
2. BR Acrylic Sheet
3. Ceramic Plates (Ceramic Bathroom Tiles) Acrylic plastic sheet (Plexiglass)
,has
Gives excellent protection from small been used as an alternative to BR Glass.
arms fire, but because the plate shatters Although similar thicknesses are needed
upon bullet impact,the area is left unpro- for comparable protection,a great deal of
tected from subsequent attack. Homemade weight is saved. 1-3/4" BR Acrylic sheet
ceramic armor is inexpensive, with a fair- weighs about 11 Ibs. per sq. foot, a re-
ly good weight-to-protection ratio. The duction of over 50%. Unfortunately,the
drawback is the need for immediate repair ballistic performance is similar to BR
of the impacted area. This requires that glass. Good protection is provided from
the armor panels be accessible for rapid lower power rounds, but impact from high
replacement of damaged units.An adequate power weapons again results in a hail of
supply of spares should be on hand. shattered acrylic particles. These pieces
are X-Ray transparent-a surgeon's nitemare
B - Flexible Armor It's not much compensation,but Acrylic is
substantially cheaper than BR Glass.
A number of fiber/fabric materials in-
cluding industrial felting,untreated fiber
glass cloth and "ballistic nylon" have IV - Recently Developed Armor Materials
been used in attempts to produce a soft
armor material for interior door panels, Recent discoveries in the fields of
headliners, seatbacks, etc. Even nylon, plastics and synthetic fiber production
the most successful, isn't worth a damn. have resulted in materials with excellent
None of these attempts at “soft armor” can armoring properties. These new products
be expected to stop anything more substan- are being used not only as individual ar-
tial than slow moving, fairly large pieces mor pieces, but also in combination with
of shrapnel. This was made painfully clear other materials.These composite applica-
to the Viet Nam era soldiers who mistaken- tions allow the designer to choose the
ly assumed that their ballistic nylon flak type of armor most suited to the design
je jackets were suitable body armor. criteria outlined in Section IT.
 A_- Rigid Armor

Aluminum Alloy-
More costly than steel sheet,aluminum
alloy panels offer comparable protection
vith a significant reduction in weight.

2. Laminated Ballistic Fiberglass Panels-

This material is available commercially
under the trade name ARMET. Note that in
the ARMET factory info sheet (figure 3)
these panels are intended for home or of-
fice wall installation. ARMET is also
readily installed in vehicles and should
offer equal or better protection levels
than those listed.The increased protection;
is the result of the projectile having to |
“irst penetrate the vehicle's outer skin.

CORNERS

fiberglass SAME INSTALLATION

| ARM opaque armor is a specially laminated ballistic
ch has numerous security applications and is easily installed
or existing structures. If visible, APMET panels can be
atively finished by painting, covering with contact bond wood
, vinyl of orher available materials, or left natural. ARMET panels tested at 20 feet, firing
1 ARMET cun be cut on-the-job. For best results, a band saw using at a 90° angle (straight on,for maximum @é
impregnated
| 1 fo Hemingion tungsten carbide blade or a carbide ARMET
' Sy.t-saw blade may be used for ripping long panels. can be penetration) resisted multiple hits from
ivsiied with @ Standard twist drill.
the following weapons.
Yane}s may be attached to ¢ack omer or to studs by first drilling
{ 4 penper sized lead hole and attaching with selt-tapping sheet
to wood with nails by first
ARMET II - 3/8" thick :
serews. Panels may be attached
‘ we.al
i Urillang the proper sized holes. Overlay batts will be provided 22? rimfire rifle, 45 ACP rifle, 38 spec,
| shen necessary to cover butt joints.
i 357 mag revolvers, 9mm auto pistol, 4" bar-
| BPECIFICATIONS
reled 44 magnum and 9mm UZI submachine gun.
AMET ARMET TIT
thickness Pl
71720 p.s-f.
YE
3-173¥ p-8.F.
ARMET ITI - 1/2" thick :
Welgnt
Natural Color Bei ge Beige
ret
Same as ARMET II with the addition of
Rtandard Sizes 7 x BT
Shetace
4* «8
KUNET Can be instafled with
4a' x Bt
efther side
protection from 44 magnum fired from 633"
facing out with no change in ballistic
value, (@allisti¢ information upon request
barreled S8W revolver. (Apparently,this
barrel length/ammo combo will penetrate
ARMET IT).
Y per square B12.00 $25.60 Figure 4 shows the factory recommended
et
Yactory cuttine to dimensions will be. computed to next even installation procedure.
square foot with # $5.00 cutting charye far each piece,
For higher levels of protection,various
| mlivery a8 made 20-40 gays after receipt of order, Al!
rS must be accompanied py a $0% deposit. combinations of ARMET II & III can be com-
{ turther information, please contact: bined and tested to determine panel thick-
PROTECTION DEVELOPMENT
ness required to resist shotgun slugs and
INTERNATIONAL GORPORATION
nigh powered rifles. See figure 5 for pro-
jected specs on multilayered ARMET
258u} Obrero Drive, Ste. 3

| Miaasoo Wr agietaay
i Cable: “PRODEV" installations.

Figure 5 Thickness/inch Weight-lbs per sq/ft Price-sq/ft

ARMET II ---- 38 ------- 35 ------ec- $18.00
" ITl ----Y2 ---+---- 4.5 ------- --
$25.00
ke TET ace ARE ee, eh Gee deere oon stkG 36200 Sd
" Il + Il] --- 7/84 ----- -- 8 ---------
$43.00
" II+ I111 -- We ------ 9 - ~-
------ $50.00
3. Opaque "Lexan" Polycarbonate Sheet- building. Clark will not sell these mate-
Note: For general info on "Lexan", see rials for use in armor production, either
Section IV-€ on transparent armor. from fear of liability for product failure
Although used primarily as window mate- or possible restrictions placed on them
rial, the less expensive opaque grades of by the factory.
Lexan sheet can be used in numerous vehi- A simple molding setup for panel making
cle body applications. Flat pieces are cut is shown in Figure 7.Although the example
and mounted following the manufacturer's is for flat panels,conventional plaster or
specs outlined in Section IV-C. Sheet clay molds can be made to custom shape a
stock can be thermoformed with either a panel to fit a particular area.Consult the
strip bender or vacuum forming machine, WA Clark catalog or how-to sculpture books
following standard procedures for forming for detailed mold making info.
plexiglass. Lexan is also available as a Use the specs given in the ARMET sec-
liquid resin for casting three dimensional tion to determine panel thickness ,modify-
pieces. Detailed info on thermo forming ing these dimensions after testing if
and casting are available from GE. necessary.

4. Custom Made Laminated Panels -

Whitewater boat builders have recently
developed a number of cloth and resin com-
binations, termed "impact resistant com-
posites".
These new composites are stronger than
the old polyester resin/"E" type fiber-
glass cloth laminates.
Two types of cloth are used. The first
is "S" type fiberglass, superior to "E"
type cloth sold to the public. The second A-Base, B-Side, C-Plastic,
is Kevlar 49, the same aramid fiber fabric Fig.7
D-Molded Panel, E-Top
used in Second Chance Flexible Body Armor.
Both types of cloth are treated or scoured The molding frame is made up of two
to make the surface compatible with a va- sheets of 3s" plywood,with a framework of
riety of laminating resins, including 1" wide x 4s" thick plywood strips attached
vinylester, polyester and epoxy. to the base.Note the bevel on the strips
to facilitate removal of the finished pan-
el.To use, cover both top and base w/plas-
Keviar49 S- Glass tic garbage bags or similar sheets of poly-
E.1, du Pont
ethylene plastic.Fill the mold with succes-
Bag Molding Supplies sive layers of cloth saturated w/catalyzed
resin. Roll or press each layer to remove
"Advanced Fabrication Techniques trapped air and excess resin. Fill mold
for Whitewater Boats’ parts 2& 3 slightly above the edge and install top
panel. Press, clamp or weight the top in
Free Catalog place until the resin has cured. The more
pressure the better. When cured,the mold
MAB te ASSOCIATES halves are separated and the panel removed.
Sugarioat Star Route, Boulder, Coloradp 80302 The plastic will peel right off, leaving
{303} 444-1890 the surface ready for further cloth and
resin or final painting. This eliminates
These special fabrics plus information the traditional sanding of the wax finish
on various laminating and vacuum molding coat usually required in fiberglass work.
techniques are available from WA Clark, In addition to the sources listed above,
the leading supplier to the white water bookstores usually have how-to books on
boat trade.(see figure 6) When contacting building or repairing "glass" hotrod
or ordering from Clark, be sure to specify bodies. These techniques are easily ap-
that the materials are for boat or kayak plied to armor making.
5. Fiberglass Reinforced Ceramic - work. Cloth pieces may be dipped into Ti-
Unlike the simple ceramic tiles out- quid or "slurry" clay and laid up in lay-
lined in Section III-A (#3),a fiberglass ers inside slipcast (mold produced)pieces.
cloth/ceramic composite will absorb re- dust about any type of low or medium
peated hits without breaking up or deteri- fire clay body can be used. The critical
orating.Armor panels can be produced in element is maintaining the heat of the
both standardized flat rectangular sheets firing kiln at or below Cone 6 (about
and as custom contoured pieces for instal- 2174°F). At higher temperatures,the glass
jJation in quarter panels,roof pillars, strands will melt and flow out of the clay,
curved floors etc. leaving voids and resulting in a very weak
The basic techniques used to mold,cure panel.
and fire the clay panels are identical to Note: This process uses FIBERGLASS
standard pottery and sculpture procedures. CLOTH ONLY - not the companion plastic
A great number of how-to books exist that resins or catalysts. Also note that Kevlar
give detailed instructions for home pot- nylon and other similar fabrics cannot be
tery production, including complete info used because of their low melting points.
on building an inexpensive backyard kiln.
The only unique aspect of this type of B - Flexible (Soft) Armor
ceramic work is the addition of chopped
strands or small strips of fiberglass Note: See article on Kevlar
cloth to the wet clay body. This can be soft body and vehicle armor elsewhere
done with a rolling pin for flat or “slab" in this issue.

C_- Transparent Armor

General Electric Co., the manufacturers Genera

of Lexan polycarbonate sheet, have devel- @ LPXAN Sher 1s extremely light and, therefare easy to handle.

oped a three point transparent armor sys- @ Wlandling

avebien
dercakages during fabrication ar faytallation are

tem around this material. The products are Fabrication

complimented by a well designed body of in-
formation that will provide the customer ut machined aud driiled using ordinary
as power dritts, band or circular
with all needed instructions for cutting, 2cksaws as well as milling and por
results wlll be obtained using new
finishing and installing the various Lexan t sat
it with thes that correct technigues
and Lexgard products. To obtain this pro- void sharp . Hes, Or drregular stress
the part.
syels which gan result in fatlur
duct material contact: tasls on optimim technique: e given in our publication
“Working with LEXAN Sheet“ aval labs on request.

Laura Hanks - Publicist Forming

General Electric Co. LEXAN 9634 and MR 4004 can be installed with a curve in a frame
ty cold bending. Provided the minimum radius is at least 100
100 N. Street, Pittsfield MA 01201 times the sheet thickness for 9034
thickness for MR 400%, then the stress will have no influence
and 300 times the sheet

on the performance of LEXAN sheet with regard to Limpact resistance.

Request all material on Lexan Security weatherability ar its optical provertles.
Thermoforming o£ LEXAN 9034 and MR 4004 enables the stylists
Glazing and Lexgard armor products. to Follow vehicle lines and retain maximum possible space inside
the vehicle. Standard forming techniques may be used with
It's only fair to mention that there LEXAW 9034 Including vacuum forming but MB 4004 demands very
careful drape forming techniques. 6
are other firms that produce polycarbonate For thermoforming LEXAN $234 at temperatures over 160° €
predrying of the material, and clamping to the machine are vital.
sheets for security glazing. Unfortunately, Pre-heating the clamps is also. strongly recommended.
Full details on optimum farming techniques: are given in our
none offer the variety of products or info publication “Norking with LEXAN Sheet“ available on request.
available from G.E. In addition,most are
still hung up on keeping their products Installation
"secret" for security reasons. Besides the
General
material mentioned above,G.E.was kind Installation details will vary accarding ta vehicle type,
enough to provide the following illustra- security required, and styling priorities of the user.
As it is impossible to cover all eventualities we state below
tions, most of which are from their Euro- important general principles relevant to LEXAN Sheet, and
show a variety of possible installation concepts and fixtures,
pean Installation Guide, for reprinting Tt ts vital for the user to test
consideration to ensure it fulfills the requirements.
thoroughly any system under

here. This material is not usually availa- for further details on recommended installation techniques

@
consult our brochure “LEXAN Sheet for Architectural Use"
ble in the U.S. and I appreciate their available on request;
sharing it with PMA readers.
132 PMA
 Transparent Lexan sheets and Lexgard Screwing
and bolting
laminates have three distinct applications eGpiting
is also
LEXAK Sheet
poss:ibte.
to the existing coachwark or to a bracket

in armored vehicles.
elt is important to remember te drill slightly oversized
1. Overglazing Existing Glass holes in the LEXAN Sheer to allow for expansion and contraction.
{for a & mm bolt, dritl 9 am hotel.
eta further speead the load a] ly silicone sealant te the
Lexan sheet is virtually unbreakable. hel : neoprens washers 4 d de not tighten the nuts too
ae
When mounted on the exterior of windows,
it will protect the glass from impact dam-
age during riots and other disorders.
In most cases, rocks, baseball bats and
even hammers cannot penetrate the sheet.
When mounted inside the vehicle, the sheet
acts as a splinter shield. The sheet will
contain standard safety glass splinters as
well as particles from BR glass and BR
acrylic windows.
Important Note! - Single Lexan sheets
have little ballistic resistance and most
types of firearm projectiles will penetrate
them.

Secrewing and bolting LEXAN Sheet

LEXAN supplementary
glazing

Framing. LEXAN Sheet

@ Bullet resistant qiass plus - Where restricted space demands

GEXAN splinter shield. curved glazing thus precluding the
< use of LEXGARD, curved bullet re-
sistant glass can be backed up with
a splinter shteld protection of
formed LEXAN sheet. TEXAN glazing

LEXAN splinter shield

behind SR glass

Standard LEXAM sheet 1s not sold as a bullet resistant material,

and should only be used as a splinter shield. The bullet resistant
protection required must be satisfied solely hy the selection of
# proven specification of bullet resistant glass.
2. Lexgard MP (Medium Power)and SP (Super LEXGARD BULLET RESISTANT LAMINATE
Power) Laminates.
The MP material will resist penetration
from most handgun rounds. The heavier SP
version will even stop 44 magnum and 12
gauge shotgun slugs. These Lexgard sheets INTERLAYER ° INTERLAYER
can withstand repeated hits without disin-
tegration or excessive loss of vision. Al-
though intended to replace the original ve-
hicle glass, MP & SP Laminates are often LEXAN MA-4' LEXAN MR-4000 SHEET
installed as hinged, removable units
mounted behind the existing glass mater-
jal. This feature eliminates the need to
remove complex curved windshields and SEMAN
OPS She
backglass assemblies. Movable windows are
usually left operational.

@ LEXGARD pullet-resistant shield behind glass

LEXGARD bullet resistant laminares

are a composite of LEXAN® sheet and
LEXAN MR-4000 mar-resistant sheet.
These sheets are laminated together
(see diagram), using a patented
General Electric interlayer film.

© LEXGARD plus
titer resistant glass - Ballistic (rials at the Beschuss~
amt, Ulm tn Germany have shown that
ae vf 33 mm LEXCARD and
2m faminated BR glass with 5 mm é
air space slapped shots from Nato
LEXAR pul tet
G 3 rifle (7,62 mm) ween metal casi,
seft core smmunition,
oe chredd behind

LEXGARD behind BR glass

@ The frame concept. can be developed to prod @ a hinged,

leskable window which fs fer ¥
removable ple overhaul.

Hinged framing (interior)

 3. Lexgard Double Glazing System. A - MPC (Medium Power Component) 375
These three new laminates are designed The MPC and &" laminated safety glass
to be double glazed w/laminated safety combo will resist all handgun rounds up to
glass. The pieces are mounted so that a¥ and including the 38 Super Auto. This is
air space is maintained between the the Lexgard/Glass combo that is used to
Lexgard laminate and the safety glass.Dou- protect the teller at the bank's drive up
ble Glazing installations involve greater window. When installed, the MPC 375 pack-
weight, increased armor thickness and gen- age is about 7/8" thick.
erally more complex procedures.The origi-
nal glass is usually fixed into a perma-
nently "closed" position or removed entire- B - RC (Rifle Component) 750
ly. The mechanisms for windows,vents, etc. When installed with 3/4" laminated
are removed. The Lexgard and safety glass safety glass,the RC 750 system will stop
are first mounted on an airtight frame.The multiple hits from the 30.06 rifle, as
airspace is filled with nitrogen to pre- well as all rounds of lower power.The fin-
vent fogging. The finished armor package ished RC 750 package is 1-3/4" thick.
is then installed directly into the vehi-
cle body and is considered to be permanent,
although it can be removed for repair if
C - GC (Government Component) 938
needed.
The specialized four-ply Lexgard panel,
There are currently three grades of pro- when combined with 3/4" laminated safety
tection offered in the Double Glaze System. glass,will defeat repeated hits from the
(The three digit number indicates the Lex- .308 NATO round.The completed GC 938 in-
gard panel's thickness.) stallation is just under 2" in thickness.

foes Thinner Profile,

Ce
GC 938 SPACE ; ~ SAFETY
GLASS
Lighter Weight
: ‘
| | The new double-glazed system provides in-
A | creased protection at a lighter weigh! when com-
Y pared to competitive producis.
, | - Performance vs. weight
Q ins Bullet Bullet
i i Fy Protection LEXGARD Resistant Resistant
g i Level Laminates’ Acrylic Glass
Medium Power 63 lbs 77 lbs 14.9 lbs.
1 Rifle Power 14.6 Ibs. - 26 lbs
jmp: opie Senge ne NATO Power__15.5 Ibs. = 39.5 Ibs
/ A6 2 48 aad
“New LEXGARD Laminate Component Systems including
corresponding %" or %" laminated glass and air space

Safety Glass (item C)sections must be special ordered.

The 4" laminated safety glass used w/ Your local glass shop can probably get it,
MPC Laminate (item A) is made from two as well as cut and sand it for you. When
pieces of 1/8" glass sheet.This material ordering, be sure to specify 3/4" Lami-
is standard auto glass and is available nated Safety Glass. The three layers
from any glass shop. (most glass has two) MUST be in the
The 3/4" laminated safety glass called 1/8"—1/2"—1/8" configuration for the
ee for in the RC 750 (item B) and GC 938 system to function correctly.
ARM BRUST by Clyde Barrow
3
antitank- weapon 2. Virtually all smoke and flash is
retained within the launchenThe smal]
I - INTRODUCTION amount that does escape through the hole
=<, aw in the front piston, is diffused by the
The MBB ARMBRUST is truly unique among flash suppressor.The suppressor also
current AT (Anti Tank) weapons. The name serves aS a protective cover for the nose
ARMBRUST (German for crossbow)alludes to of the projectile.
William Tell's famous weapon. Like its 3. Very little IR (Infra Red)radiation
namesake, the ARMBRUST is a portable armor is emitted upon firing.This protects the
piercing weapon,designed to be both quiet firer's position from being discovered at
and deadly. Developed in the early seven- night by an observer using an IR viewer.
ties by the German arms firm of Messer- (See "Night Vision Devices"in PMA Vol.2#2,
schmitt-Brokow-Blohm,the weapon is cur- page 48).
rently produced by the Boeing Company for 4. The countermass of plastic flakes
U.S. distribution. The US Army was report- readily disperses without ricocheting,
edly considering the ARMBRUST for use in allowing the ARMBRUST to be safely fired
urban combat,and it now appears that they within two feet of solid wall.Most AT
will be buying the units produced by weapons produce a backblast which requires
Boeing. 20-30 feet of safe space at the rear.
Like many modern AT weapons, the ARM- 5. Lack of recoil allows the use of all
BRUST is a singleshot-disposable affair types of rifle sights including the deli-
which can be easily carried and fired by cate IR or Starlite type scopes.In the PMA
one man.Firing procedure is similar to us- version, the sight is removed from the

Fig.1

ing a rifle, which means, the weapon can fired weapon and reused. In the factory
be operated without extensive training. ARMBRUST, the sight is discarded along
The ARMBRUST design incorporates a num- with the spent tube.
ber of unique features. 6. Finally, the ARMBRUST is considered
1. Firing noise is low, about the same to be extremely accurate, due to the solid
as a pistol. This is by no means silent, two handed hold, the lack of recoil, and a
but it's a great improvement over the projectile which has a very flat trajec- ~
thunderous roar of conventional ATweapons. tory out to the optimum range of 300 yards
 EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK by Michael Hoy
2. CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND DIMENSIONS NOW AVAILABLE: The all-new, bigger and better thipn ever
edition of EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK, the ONLY
Specific details on materials and di- book that tells YOU where and
exotic weapons. Here are Just
how to buy or make all sorts of
s FEW of the wespons In this
mensions for the factory ARMBRUST are not amazing new book: switchblades, stun guns, bolas, medieval wea-
pons, shockers, blackjacks, boomerangs, whips, tranquilizer guns,
|
available. The materials chosen here hand catapults, blitzlights, tasers, gas masks, primitive weapons,
olfactory weapons, sonic weapons, brass knuckles, sword canes,
seemed the most practical for home build- slurp guns, oriental weapons, crossbows, gatlinggpuns, night vision
ing. Substitute materials can be used to devices, machine guns, body armor, silencers, and much more!
* More then 90 different weapons dascribed and Illustrated, with
best suit your needs.The specs given are dealer listings for esch weapon!
* Sources for not galy the actual weapons themselves, but also
estimates only, but should be close to for books, periodicals,
tion on personal weaponry!
plans, organizations, and other Inforrna-

those of the original design. Again these * More than 120 photographs and numerous drawings!
* A section on Improvised and miscellaneous weapons!
can be altered to suit your individual re- = Complete names and addresses of more than 300 dealers!
quirements. For the sake of simplicity, EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK Is over 90 large 8% x 11
pages. crammed with Information on where and how YOU can
uy more than 90 different weapons! More than 120 photographs~
the original piezio electric initiator has and names and eddresses of over 300 dealerg in a well-organize
and easy-to-use format make EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS
been replaced with the option of using a BOOK the most complete weapons shopping gulde ever written!
ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY!
simpler percussion or electric initiator For. your Py of EXOTIC WEAPONS: AN ACCESS BOOK, send
unit. For the same reason, the flip-out $6.95 + $i 10 shipping to: Loompanics Unlimited, Box
Mason, MI 48854.
264,
disposable reflex sight has been replaced
with a conventional rifle scope mount. This
allows quick installation and removal ofa tube's wall thickness and beefing up the
variety of conventional scopes. brake rings. This would of course add to
the final weight, and might result ina
3. PROPELLANT
weapon too heavy for one to carry and fire.
When making up the propellant (launch- 5. PROJECTILE
ing) charge, you will have to experiment
to determine the optimum weight of materi- The factory weapon is supplied with
al for both maximum accuracy and safe op- one of three types of projectiles.The
erating pressures. The bore sighting bench first,a signal flare, is not covered in
shown in figure 2 may also be used as the this article. The remaining two, anti-
test fixture for holding experimentally personnel (fragmenting) and HEAT (High
loaded tubes. Explosive Anti Tank) can both be construc-
All testing should be done with inert ted by modifying M-31 Practice Rifle Gre-
practice rounds only. All firing should be nades.
done remotely from a safe distance. These M-31 inert rounds are readily
converted into live ordnance, but are to-
4. REUSE OF ONCE-FIRED TUBES tally legal to possess in their unarmed
state. M-31 inert grenades are available
The ARMBRUST is intended to be fired from several sources. (See list at end of
once and then discarded. Multiple firings article or scan through a current copy of
may result in a burst launch tube.A safe Shotgun News for suppliers.) Prices range
reloadable version of the ARMBRUST could from $4 to $8 each with lower prices
conceivably be produced by increasing the available on bulk sales.

eS IAT F
AA AE ASN!
EI
%

Strap or clamp
tube to bench
Weapon shown
before firing
3.5"' rocket launcher
 J
)
II ~ TWH3NS9 NOTLdIN9S3G
/ SALON 3yy Butuungsaseh sasnedau2 paydqioU UOLIOa
$0 S ay] Ma4dS -
Bur auz suojsid
02 “yea4q UaYM 94] QULOL
SL ‘UuaxOa4}
Ug OM}
SUL ISnyaWYyy
aqnd Ajquasse
st pastuduios suojsid
aue uMO|q
02 ay} SpusJO 94 aqn} BuLwoo
0} 38au

‘
so ayy youne|, Saqnz ayy Sa_tqyoafoud
-unod ysuLebe
ayy ayeuq ‘sbuiaay) tg90fou
aL dpue sseuuazu
-yae
no
‘sseuwuaz Buryoune,‘abueys
omy suoisid
pue sabe anuLyUO
4yNOD ayy Spua40 auz “aqn}
omy ayeuq payusezzysBu
02 ayz tu SPLSAapun aul BLtLqoeloud
SMOLLOJ
e Auaa qeLy uyed07 ay. LyumSi
Jo ayy youne, faqny
si aya diuh
"A(quasse au} sseuuaqunod
afeyoed *sasuadaulsip OLaseld SBxeLJ[LBZ OF
sluy szsisuod
yo ayy Saweus ‘diub dead ayy punoub ynoqe
OE yeas pulyaq
Bayz “AayduNe|
‘atpuey vapinoys
*4ysau ‘uabhbluy ‘Ayases
‘Burtspue qyBLs quiasse
“A payoimpues
-3q
usamy aqny pue diub quasseSati aue 3y} * Buryouney
e@Bseyo
uopeLzLUL
pue ‘UOJPUOZSP
asay,ABW aq -L3
way ItuqoaLa
wo uolssnduad
‘pauls ~puadap
But uodn s,wap_Ling *adUauajaud

‘tT BuLuolyouny

uauM ou. uodeam

SL ‘paisay} uy 4abb
SazeALqo
BY e "AOZPELFL
SLYJ
UL SAUL}ay}
eUOJAapP
‘407 YILUM
UL UN} SB4LJBY} ULeW
Butyoune]‘abueyd
ay, aunssaud paqeaud
Aq

ailyoeloid ~ mauosjuiol
ke | ea
Mr Oe)
—| nt)

Bui ayeig

ugjsid
 PLL SREP O A aA OP
——

G
Fig 3
INDIVIDUAL PARTS SPECS: Section One - Launch Tube Assembly

Launch Tube: 2.745"+.005 ID / 2.87" OD (.060 wall)x 30" long.

Outer Tube-Center: 2.875" ID / 2.995" OD (.060 wall)x 11" long.
Outer Tube Ends (2): Same ID/0D as B. Length is 2" each.
Brake Rings (2): 2.6875" ID / 2.995" OD x .25" long each.
. Brake Ring Collar-Rear: 3" ID / 3.24 OD (.120 wall) x 1" long.
> . Brake Ring Collar-Front(flashhider) :
>mAaAmonaowwd ID/OD as E. Length is 3.5". 8 slots,
Same
.375" wide x 1.5" long may be cut (optional). Locate slots at 45° intervals. Hole
centers are .6875" and 1.8125" from front edge of tube.
G. Initiator Housing: Pipe Nipple, 1.2" long x .7" diameter. Trim to .5" long.
Radius cut end to fit 3" OD outer tube.

III - CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE

alloy tubing may be also used. In fact,the
The ARMBRUST construction info has been original is most likely heat treated alu-
divided into three parts; the launch tube, minum alloy tubing. This would require
the grip assembly, and the last part cov- heliarc welding, roll crimping,press fit-
ering the interior components, the projec- ting etc. To simplify, I chose the cheap-
tile, countermass and propellant. est and easiest to work with of the steels.
Each of these three component sections Assemble all pieces with good silver sol-
may be produced separately to be assembled der or a low temperature brazing rod. This
just prior to firing. will not only prevent warping, but will
allow all pieces to be removed and reused
Section One - Launch Tube Assembly if desired. None of the tube lengths spec-
ified are critical, as each piece in the
Refer to the diagram marked Section One design overlaps another. The only critical
dimension is the ID (inside diameter) of
Unless otherwise specified, all of the the 30" launch tube. If the M-31 grenade
individual pieces are cut from mild steel body is to be used,the minimum tube ID
seamless tubing. More exotic and costly should be held at 2.7452 .005.
 Note: If the tubing obtained for 3. Slide pieces E and F .5" onto the
pieces B,C,D,E and F are not quite the ends of tubes C, aligning them with the
right size, cut them lengthwise along one marks made in step 2. Clamp or tape E and
side. Increase or decrease tubing to the F firmly in place, DO NOT BRAZE!
correct ID and repair split. 4. Insert brake rings D into the ends of
Before beginning assembly, deburr and E and F. Tap the rings into position
degrease all pieces. Tight fitting pieces flush against the ends of tube A-C. Braze
may be expanded slightly for installation rings D to pieces E and F. When cool, re-
by heating them with a torch. move assemblies D-E and D-F from the ends
of the main tube.These pieces will be re-
1. Slide tube B over tube A and center installed after the launcher is loaded.
it 9.5" from either end of A. Spot braze
in place. 5. Mark completed tube assembly in the
center (15" from either end) and drill a
2. Install the two end tubes C flush .5" diameter hole through wall of tube
with the ends of tube A. Spot braze in assembly. Deburr hole and braze housing G
place. Place a mark .5" from the outer in place over hole.
ends of both pieces C.

Section Two - Grip Frame Assembly

INDIVIDUAL PARTS SPECS

- Side Pieces (2): 1/8" masonite, 20" long x 2.5" high.

~ Spacer Blocks (3): 1" x 1" x 3" pine, fir or similar wood.
l.
- Front Grip: 1" x 1.5" x 4" wood (same as B). Curved grip panels; optiona
- Rear Grip Liner: 1" wide x .25" thick x 5" long wood, metal or masonite strip.
1 Shoulder Rest: 1" x 2.5" x 4" wood (same as B).
- Trigger & Safety: Builder designed.
- Sling Swivels (2): Wood screw type rifle swivels.
- Retainers (3): Flexible steel strap, -5" x 10" each
4 - Shoulder
YP
ew
cCOomnmmoeo Rest Hinge: Optional.
beeeS i=) PMA
1. Cut out side pieces, using specs given til the glue has cured. E may be rein-
in Fig.5. Drill the three .25" diameter forced with mounting screws if desired.
holes where indicated.
5. Because the type of initiator/deton-
2. Cut out the three spacer blocks and ator is left up to the builder,you will
drill the three .25" diameter holes as also have to choose the appropriate type
indicated in Fig.5. The center block must of trigger and safety. Once these are in-
also be drilled with a .75" hole to accom- stalled, the front grip may be epoxied or
odate the initiator housing. Radius the screwed in place between the side pieces
top sides of the blocks to conform to the A.It may be necessary to drill linkage
outside curve of the launch tube assembly. holes through the grip,so screw placement
should be decided after this has been done
3. Apply epoxy glue to the sides of the
three blocks. Assemble blocks and side 6. Instali wood screw type sling swivels
pieces A, securing them with three .25" x at front and rear of completed grip frame.
Ls" bolts. Bolts and nuts should be waxed 7. A trigger guard (optional )may be made
to allow removal after the epoxy has cured by bending a .5" wide aluminum strip to
4. Epoxy pieces D and E between side shape. Secure it to the bottom of the
pieces A. Clamp these pieces in place un- front spacer block and front of the grip.

I [FIG-5] sinesca) fecal

ane,

: FRONT BLOCK
p25" Be oon es , SIDE VIEW
P .os 25" ——_—>
hs CENTER BLOCK

FOLDING
HINGE
BUTT
AN RODS
CUT
OFF REAR
 y
‘AOBINOOB UTeIUTeEW Of soUe “ued yo2e2 eB se pasn aq ued azeid ald plo uy “wo}70G
-Teq pue JysTeam uT [eoT UepT ATaveu aq pTnoys ayy JO no Suny pue szjaw IEyse[d ay, yo [Le LLQuN
punoz jo edfq owes ey] yo seTduexe [tiv anuiquoy‘ysu07 aurdoud e yqim qd Rave Hulqeay xq uoLy
-9as Apog ay} wous YBLLLJ DL7SeLd JUaUL ayy sAOWAaY “hy
*@# ONSSL OML OWNLOA pue “quede suoiqoes ayz Butyynd pue 9 ye yULOl pauaplos
BUQ SWNLOA WWd UL paLLeyap udeq aaey sadAz peo, yi0qG ayi Burzlew Aq payeuedas aq mou Av suolLzoes azn
JO saldwexa qudavajjlp [BusAas 40s OJUL 04-MOY 93a] dwWO9 pue Apog aul “@ 3B Syueu YyouNd OM} ay 4NO {i Lug ‘E
BOLOYD UNO JO UALLLY BALSOLdXS BYR YLM UOLZDES BALHO 40
*kxoda
/Apog ay LLig *Aup uaym *apeuauB ayz so soejuns jezow 4apLOS yZLM ded asou ay} | e}suLaa pue aLoy ay} 4aAro
SJUaA
SL
SUOLJIeIU
UvaMZaq
ay.
aALSOLdXd
pue
By}
qLSSOd yojed Lejawjeays eB ezeug ‘asou ay} wou squed 4aq
(Sutjueusery)

-aud SLUL ‘daullud uanboe, apLxo pau yo yeod Aaeay e -qnu pue L3se[d [Le aAowau Spasn aq 03 SL woqelziuL
paquowbeuy
*LeLuapzew

JO
SLy}
Leas
ayy
pauap
Aquiasse
aplLsul adA} eLpuauL *[PUOLJUBAUOD e JT “AOZRUOJAP 914}D919
Laudeuys

‘uayzaho}
yzim
[Teuuosiseg

~[OS puke palquiasseau mou aue aAlBo pue Apoq aul *9 Ue OJUL PAadLM puke paydayd us|q Sey 4OPELZLUL |yy
apisut

YaLdy soe_d ut yoeq 42 Axoda pue ded asou ay} uLeqau

aALBo
‘punoz
-dud
Apog
Y2LM
suooauLy

Spasn aq LLLM }Lun ozaid ayy gy “ZOU Op AzLuofew ayy

ay}.
pue
zaddoo
dy}
JO
yBnoyy[e *407e1ZLUL IL4uqDaLa-oZaLd aza,dwod e uLezUOd
-TqUy
pesn
uapoom
JayxveW ay UO S,TE-W JroUL aos ‘ded asou ayy asAoW jou
ayy,
*LamMop
TOF
ey]
*‘suoLzIaS

pueayy st
A[QUaB

uaddod
UdALUp

enuLzUO)

-o4 pue y aul, Buole durud ayq yBnouyz mes 4O aL Ly °Z

UZLM

aUod

szpeuedas
Ppauaplos
ayzyNO

aALHO
*punou
ued
Lugun

aq
Apog

peay
2

paza_duod ay? Bu1yoys uO} AaULeqUOD a4 BARS ‘aqnz

YULOL
02

Apoq
LAW
Burddiys S}L wouy apeuaug TE-W JOUL 34 BAOWaY “T

pue
9u}
ayy
ye
°S
y
4,,%
SdaUs09 S06 HO ‘14eMaN pS219 =TI ‘o2sauay
4n0}U0D
[12 ul
269 80d *3$ abueyoxy 4se9 IIT
"09 Bulpeal’M’g 490Yy
PueL_LS]
AAOWiy

aan
“Haul 1d aa}
fepewary Low eyry
(yejeq uid 8 :Sapeuad) 99149P4g Wau] Tew UL Sua_eag
GN?
rs
LND

W3aZIMNAVLS
oof
Poe

MOTTOH
Vd

Uly [eurbiig
Va~D dVOaSON

aut
v

auo
ld Pals! Pow azn

(¥) SUL}
2
BAI
a

SNid

PMA
‘gdaqs oj uo o3 pue cg deas pzeSaeistp‘aying eq UOLZRILSLPOW epeusdg TE-W “VY
0] ST uotsizaa (a8zeyo pedeus) LVaH ey JI

142
SjusuodWo) [PUAayUT - SadyL UOL}Da5
 ) Jd )

“ZL [Llu azny Apoq voy Ayases

uld e1quaut)
adh (ALuO °6 yoNuzsUO)
34} Ley ‘auod, *osippue Hnid Syusuo
pue eISUL
LL “aUILE
Ue DLuZ9aLa
uO Blquaul
adh} -uoyap se pauL{qno
UL O'HLY
* SAOWAYBY UNO} UBIO UL}
UOzeUL ay} azny “Apog BuNd|asg
UL ade[d YZLM *SWLUS smauospue aplL{syi aaoge sadatdoyu, LLtu
uaoeds *sys0{q Axoda ‘93a |1eqysuy Ajasesuid pue -ad uno mauos sayoy YyBnouwyy
|yz [Ley aqna ogut ayy Hd
UoULe?
ft BuO SL 09 aq ‘pasn quiesseay
al ayy azn} Ppue quasse
A| pue LLeASuULeu
BY. NOY ARAL "SMA49S
Of -UL
Apog SUOL{DaS
YFLM y.0g AxodapueeB ALedyO sMas9S
4O suns
e Buouis *qyuLof
ay Bnid pinoys
aq pa}zeodsY2IM
dod sqaatu Salou)*(@ uLeqULeyvadoud quawubiLe fHuiunp Axodd auojaq UOLQVesUL
OJUL ay “aqnz
quiasseau
AL 0} pLoAe
e SALqQqOM azeunsoeuLLyoefoud
“al
OB} XYVW asou)
03 ainsdeo {201U@9

RAS =
& ARaa
Uh
8°9I4 TE-W- 30WNSY9D NOISHSANO)
doy LWIH-JLPH WOOG/UOLS
LOH quy-J
MBA “dad
dLuqzaL
azn}
a
aarsopdxa auod paaouiar ‘9IS 6 - WILYANI
3ZN4
4aLLLs Aydua aoeds Aydwa aoeds

de
aes =

t
aZzny
SOALM
UaULPL azn}
-

\
T

CQ0T
|

OLZatd “DaLa AOPLLFLU

y L yseiy Aapmod
ao
Wd
"6d

‘LOA
(Tz

99S)

uauLy

auog

“514OL - TIVL SINSNOdWOD

Ayayes

cal
eet
[13
nid
-w 7 Bnid
-N LLP} au0d
paquawBueuy-aud

3S1P
-oO
-d uaqqna[Bas
Noei Me | speuiia
ke ¢z* deop

“g tug [ | uo YyOUNdyNO ayz ZUGLe LLBwWS ULJ SAOW*SPOALA

‘OT aul TE-W puNnou SL Mou papeo,
puke Apesusoy ‘asnFI
uly ALquiasse puemiog
auo you, pue [LLap/yseu
mau Aew aq papeo,OJUL 349 uayduNe|
|as) uoLjoagANoy
~
yuo, Sa{oy UL ay} {Le} “aqn} aAoWSYay) UL} quwasse
Aj [euLj quiassy
(Al uo pauojs
UL sjL aqny (1qun “papaau
pur asn uLQ SdLus
03 ynd ayy suis Buole aur, peauds*g
pue |adeds Yee ULL Sse AL[NZarRj°uMOYS
Way YOeS ULJ
LLeISULas
SUOLSUBULP
ayy
|Le}
*aqn}
puke
0}
JOB4409

PMA
UO
TTIV :2890N BATT se‘spUNOr sB [eM ATSYI
ash ewsLL smaios pRaysuL
JO ‘sarse Adyy LLEM3q
ipeTtToueys
ATAeaTO
pTnoys
eq
‘szeuTeqUOD

143
PyAQUSA
PuUe
“TaIUUOSsTsdTIUV/AALT
PoVEl[Acw
LVAH/HAIT 10
AGLE|“UO eas}ed teph
 B - PROPELLANT PACKAGE The liner is made from a section of
seamless steel tubing. It functions as a
I. - General shield for the screw joint and also helps
The propellant package (explosive cap- to direct the force of the detonator
sule} is made up of the following pieces: toward the propellant filler.
a-Outer Casing e-Detonator Liner f - Propellant Filler:
b-Front Piston f-Propellant Filler Specific propellant type and amount
c-Rear Piston g-Locater Tube are left up to the builder. Three possi-
d-Detonator h-Screw Joint bilities are;
When assembled, the package should be 1. Model Rocket Motors
3.6" to 3.625" long. To prevent assembly Soak in water and peel off/discard
difficulties and possible piston jamming, the nozzle and cardboard body tube.
the OD of the finished package must not Cut sticks to shape and glue into the
exceed 2.74" OD. outer casing.
t
4.2 aaa 3” CASTING . Tune |
; do—————_ 2.74 FINISHED OD ————_-4} }

a8
ESSEOG es
“wo
LD 2x bet
=o =z
oe 4
Zz
rh 2 ira
stor

uty]

IL- Individual Parts Specs 2. Black Powder

Try several of the slower burning
(larger grained) grades.Powder may be
a - Outer Casing: 2.74" 0D/ 2.62" ID x sealed into Baggies before loading.
1.4" long. 3. Improvised White or Red Powder
Material may be steel tubing, but Propellant (See PMA Vol.1,pg.131)
seamless aluminum is preferred. Maximum propellant length is 1.25"
b - Front Piston; c - Rear Piston ; g - Locater Tube: .5" OD/.65" wall
Single sets of pistons can be easily Tube may be cut from either steel or
turned on the lathe from a solid piece of aluminum commercial tubing.
3" OD aluminum round stock. Large batches h - Screw Joint:
are best produced as oversized aluminum
The type of material used for the fac-
sand castings which require a minimum of
tory screw is unknown. We've chosen 3/8" x
machining for completion. Figure!2
16 threaded brass rod. Note that the cen-
has specs for both cast blanks and the ter section is prenotched to break under
completed piston.
ID x1.2" long. pressure. The correct diameter of the
d - Detonator: 1.20" 0D/.65" notched area will have to be determined by
Actual material is the builder's testing. The screw should hold the pistons
choice. Ideally, a castable explosive will together until the propellant is fully ig-
be molded around the steel liner (e). nited, yet it MUST break before excess
e - Detonator Liner: .625" OD x.6" long. pressure ruptures the casing,
144 PMA
 Iil-Assembly of Propellant Package
b - Guide Strips (3)
Three guide strips separate the double
1. Apply epoxy to the inner faces of both stacks of flakes and help to guide them
pistons and to the edges of the outer over the brake ring. Each strip is 12"
casing. long X 2.0" wide. Material is cardboard or
plastic sheet. Fold each strip down the
2. Screw the threaded rod into position
in the rear piston. center line to form a "W" shape as shown,

3. Slide outer casing and detonator as- ¢ - Mounting Plate

semblies over the rod and into position Cast aluminum, see Fig.13 for specs.
against the rear piston. This piece threads onto the rear of the
screw joint, and rests against the curved
4. Install the front piston over the inner wall of the rear piston. An "eye" is
threaded rod and position it flush against provided for tying the bundles of plastic
the edge of the outer casing.There are no flakes into place. Two wrench holes are
threads in the front piston,so a tempo- drilled for installing the completed coun-
rary clamp is set up with a 3/8" nut and a termass assembly into the launch tube.
large flat washer.
5. Use a scrap piece of launch tube as an Note: Because the Mounting Plate re-
alignment jig. Insert the propellant pack- mains within the launch tube upon firing,
age in the tube and tighten temporary it should not be included when calculating
clamp nut on front piston. the total weight of the countermass AaSSy..
6. When the adhesive has cured,remove the
finished assembly from the jig.Loosen and
remove the clamp nut and washer. Section Four - Final Assembly

C ~ COUNTERMASS ASSEMBLY 1. Slide the propellant package into

the center of the launch tube. Align the
The countermass assembly consists of .5" diameter hole with the initiator hous-
the following pieces: ing. Lock these two assemblies together by
inserting the locater tube into housing.
a- Plastic Flakes
2. Slip the front and rear brake ring/
Approximately 5,000 flakes are cut
from .014" thick plastic between .6" and
collar assemblies onto the launch tube
.65" square. Flakes are bundled and tied
ends. Tap into final position with a wood-
en block if necessary. Protect the central
into three double stacks (total of six)
tube area with a damp towel before welding
roughly 11.5" long.Each stack contains a-
bout 830 flakes.
the front and rear collars into place.
Fig.13 rear brake 3. Run a bead of silicone adhesive
along the tops of the grip frame's spacer
blocks and side panels. Place the launch
tube onto the grip frame and press toget-
her to spread the adhesive. Install the
three retaining straps and tighten them
mounting
plate into position.
4. Paint the completed tube/frame
assembly with olive drab lacquer.
5. Insert the projectile and counter-
mass assemblies into their respective ends
of the launcher. Carefully feed them over
the brake rings and into the tube until
guide strip they rest against the protruding ends of
detail \ the screw joint. Thread both projectile
holes and countermass onto the screw and contin-
wrench
ue to tighten until both are a snug fit
against the outer faces of the pistons.
PMA 145
 and vented
RUGER
MIND: LOlding stock handguard
“MINI-td IS A REGISTERED
MARK OF STURM, RUGER
TRADE-
& CO by Clyde Barrow

B - Factory Folding Stock - Handguard

A - Introduction

are familiar with Bill The factory recognized the need for an
Most readers
optional pistol grip/folding stock as wel]
Ruger's Mini 14 Carbine, as the rifle has
as a vented handguard for improved barrel
been featured in every gun magazine in the
cooling.(see figure 1) The latter is cur-
country. The rifle's popularity is well
rently available to civilians as a factory
deserved. It's well made, reasonably priced
accessory, but the folding stock assembly
and fun to shoot. The Mini 14 was initially
is restricted to police/military sales
marketed as a police/border patrol carbine.
only. There are rumors that this unit may
Popular demand soon resulted in sales to
be offered to the public in a year or two,
the general public as a sportster/plinker.
but don't hold your breath. Although once
When modified as outlined here,this is an for the original series 180 ri-
available
excellent light paramilitary weapon.
fles, these optional stocks are now avail-
Contrary to popular opinion,the Mini 14
able for the current 181 series only. Qual-
is not a military battle rifle, nor can vB
In all fair- ified buyers (tax exempt agencies) may or-
be readily converted into one.
ness to the Ruger firm, the rifle was never der through their police equipment suppli-
intended or promoted for heavy combat use. er or directly from the factory. (Fig.1)

Figone— Ruger Law-Enforcement Accessories

s only
“Available for shipment to excise tax exempt agencie
Suggested List Price
Description (Incl. Federal Excise Tax)
Catalog No.
99.50
*MA-K Folding Stock for AC-556 (not available for 190 — series), each
99.50
*MSK Folding Stock for Mini-14 (not available for 180 — series), each
10.00
MFH Fiberglass Handguard for Mini-14, AC-556, AC-556K, each
8.00
MFSS Flash hider (Fits Mini-14/20GB, AC-556, AC-556K Only), each

Cal. .223 (5.56mm)

 C - Commercial Folding Stocks

There are over half a dozen brands of 2. R & R Enterprises markets a number
Mini 14 folding stocks available on the ci- of accessories for the Mini 14. Until re-
vilian market. None of these are Ruger pro- cently, they were producing and selling a
ducts.The three following examples are the copy of the Ruger factory stock. Appar-
only ones of the lot worthy of your consid- ently they have discontinued these as they
eration. The remainder run the gamut from are currently offering a ready-to-install
impractical to just plain junk. folding assembly which closely resembles
the design found on the FN-FAL Assault
1. The first example is available from Rifle.I haven't had a chance to examine
Federal Ordnance. The stock hinge mecha- one of these new stocks,although I've re-
nism is copied from the German MP-40 Sub- ceived favorable reports about other R&R
machine gun. products in the past. (See Figure 3 for
The new Mini 14 stock resembles the old further details)
Fed Ord Ml Carbine and Ruger 10-22 stocks
that have been around for years.Those who 3. Choate Machine and Tool Co. offers
have encountered these earlier units will a conversion unit that is attached to the
recall that the buttplate tends to fold up customer's stock at the Choate facility.
when firing. This problem has now been (see figure 4) The same unit can be in-
eliminated with the addition of a third stalled on both 180 or 181 series Mini 14s.
stock "leg" on the lower left side. This I've examined and used samples of both
piece holds the butt firmly in position models, and although there are a few
when open, and folds away with the rest of points I'd change (see section on individ-
the stock when closed. If you own one of ual components), the unit as supplied is
the earlier "2 legged" stocks,you might functional, cleverly designed and certain-
consider modifying it as outlined above. ly worth the money. Choate also offers a
The Fed Ord Mini 14 Stock is supplied vented handguard of his won design.He wel-
ready to install,although minor inletting comes custom work and will modify his stand-
and/or bedding may be required. (See Fig.2} ard stock to suit individual requirements.

{
|

|
|
1
|Federal Ordnance, Inc.
'
1443 Potrero Avenue
South El Monte, CA 91733
— =
Fig. Three R & R ENTERPRISES —P.O. BOX 385 |
JEFFERSON, S.D. 57038 — (605) 966-5382 |

Our stock body 1s made from a fiberglass reinforced structural nylon with a black. non-
reflective surface similar in texture to the H & K. The pistol grip 1s molded as an in i
tegral part of Ihe slock lorming a strong. one piece unit. Resistance to impact,
chemicals and temperature extremes surpasses the mos! demanding military and
Civilian standards. The steel folding unit (with nylon butt pad) duplicates the ap- *
pearance and strength of the FN-FAL stock.

Choate Machine & Tool Co.

Box 218 — Phone 501-724-3138 |
$68°° ups. & ins., installed
L on your stock, send stock only. Bald Knob, Arkansas 72010 5
PMA 147
D - Stock Construction GRIP LOCATION PLATE
The following construction info is fsa te 5
based on Choate's design. The material is Ne UA =.
broken down into sections covering the
three major components.

1. Housing-Gripmount Assembly (Figure 5)

This is an exact copy of the original,

which is well designed and works flawless- * DRILL #3
ly. All pieces are steel,assembled and 5 NF TAP Yqx 28
finished with standard cutting,welding and t+
grinding techniques.The original body is
made from commercial rectangular steel
tubing, but could just as easily be made BU Nt aM EAT ES!
up from flat steel sheet.
SCREW y x28x2"
1.9

| 875 SLING MOUNT HOLE

3.4375 l,. +

je 15 | —
.7 —*| HOUSING BO! DY 1x15x27 12 GAGE SHEET ALIGNMENT PLATE 2X15
“7065 wail Rec. Tubing
28 “Tea ae

Fi
87

ARCWELD
AT 15° ANGLE

CENTER 2.4"
FROM REF

CUT OFF AT Z,
i,
15° ANGLE
+375 adh 25id
STEEL TUBING 5/jgx24x 1,0 DEEP FRONT

GRIP MOUNT STUD | SCREW 6% 24

TAE
PLEA
PIMA
ME
OL
E™
 2. Pistol Grip (Figure 6) The dimensions are more suited to a full
size rifle than the more compact Mini 14.
Three different grip styles have been The grip design included here feels more
used on this stock since its introduction. appropriate, and is closer in size to the
The current grip is plastic,and may be original Ruger factory unit.This grip may
purchased separately if desired. (fig. 7) also be installed on Choate conversions.
Fig.Six

=
1.0

ee Grip Locator Recess

a J

- Handguard Modification dure, the handguard should still hold up

to fairly heavy use. If in doubt,cover the
A ventilated handguard is necessary to exterior surface with a couple of layers
allow air to circulate and cool the barrel. of fiberglass cloth/resin before drilling.
If you don't care to purchase one of the Additional strength may be obtained epoxy-
three commercial models mentioned, the ing a layer of fine mesh metal screen to
original wooden unit can be modified by the inside of the handguard. This will
drilling and notching as shown (see fig- also prevent debris from entering the vent
ure 11). Although weakened by this proce- holes and jamming the operating rod.
4.6 3.6
| Fig.Eleven LEFT SIDE
ONLY 8, 8_ fs >, 2 Handguard
Top View Section AA

-~ — 4°

ra

77 ee
8 a
fe
an dia,
 ’ )
’

-umoyus se Bulplam pue Burra BuiLyzOLS uo YydZed 07 Spuaz puke BLqezUoJwooUN OS|e SL
fq SUOLSMaAUGD ¥D0}s a}e0Y) Bulysixe uo pazUNoU AL SLgl4 By. JO 3S9U 9yz YQLM BL BIS-J0-3NO pue abuel
aq Aew ‘uBLsap uMO UNnOk 40 BUG UO *xD04S SLU ALLuessadauun si *que_laoxe ALLeoLueysow pue Apunys
“(g°Biy aas) ‘suB.sap y07s Bulzsixe [euaaas uo yBnoyz,e *4903s 32204) ay} JO UOLZOeS BuLp{oy ay)
punoj saunzeaj wouj partaap si pue ‘ubLsap umo AW yo St
BuBY PAUL[INO UOLZD9S y907S BuLploy ayL ‘YysNuquapun pue Al quassy 4504S BUIPLOZ “€
|
paysnfpe
Kew
aq
W

9909S $0
YO9Id ge» les 9°
(2
ayew)
Settee azeLdaprs 24 34Nng |
MINA Re
————-

uS ——_
yy
, 1431 J0ls “4
ANN

si
so".
slg'—_
Burads »
yo3ed SUtd 4
oft a 4$° XGluGZ° SapoH aping
7 Buoy EL X'L1GnG' Uld OAL,
\

SIXW_AA® 679° XM0uz° (Zz)S6urads

aod tat ERE LLLP

XSION -e1q,iz (z) SBulseag i{eg 4, os? yassnyg
af i $90°/O1nS*/00n “1 424sem
= “~ GL°X*e!dnSZgl° (7) Sut yozen

sre
Buo 115° OLXG0SZE*
uaddq aqn)
Burqny, 4139407

CLEA
Buc," OLXd0.SLE*
Buigny saddy

LHe
MGIA
3201S
) ot
ONn3a
aNNWINSS

aMouv
2419S

25 Oo PMA
en {€) SNId T108/sq7am 10d8/MHOVLLV

“7
19g
Gears ee

LY
Ua
ie a AN $°s
QSHSINIS 20° 5 S708
 J J
J - BULQUNOW
94 yD075 BULSNOH
UO 342 uapooM 4903S e4nbi4y)
(OT
“{1 Axody Bursnoy
ul aceid
uo u
*¥903s uezUuBL)Ma“os
9 OJUL -
e's
uoLy au0jaq
ay} Axoda sqas ‘dn
6t ez.
1) at
MWS -p6=LNO
— by doom 0018Te
16”! El [ 1dSIVu

HOOLS Y¥3NM
M3YOS “30H
ONIGIOIS018 N3dO

JdIS.LHOIW

° aAOoUIeY UOLZOe wou} "9097S

° 4Nn9 yO09s
3e quLod
"y
* Wal WoJ}0q Ysn[}
qe JuLod
"g

°¢ LlLtud ALoy“3
*9 sAOWaY POOM02 YaLULay a7eLdqnu
3 "4
*/ ysaL 4Llfy Buisnoy
uo poom *y907S PueH
214 se ‘papaau aundasUTLM MadDS “))
°g eysur
LL diubuo yunow pngs*H puey
aly punoue 407e90, azeld
J se
aunsas*papaau
dtubuL ade1d YTLM Ma4dS
"P
“6 LLeqsul BuLploy49035 ojut “Bursnoy
aAouaypoomuo yybiy apLsJO 903s3e
syuULod
yo JDeIJUOD
YFLM Paplof “4909S
‘QT LLeIsULsyUoLIDe
uL ay} poom pue a2e|d
BuLploy4907S
uL ayq uedo ‘uOL}LSod
yoaY9 LeOLqUaA JuswUBL|e
jo 4903S 3984409" HVaY AGIA
uoigisod
jo Bursnoy
Aq Burumiuyssaoxa
poomuo Aq Burppe suius
se *papeau
 experienced buying a book that later turned
PRODUCT REVIEW — PALADIN PRESS out to be less than expected. No Problem!
Simply return the book within 10 days for a
In spite of the current tight money full refund. You only keep the books that
situation, most weapons builders manage to you really want.
slowly increase the supply of tools and raw 3. Dealer Sales
materials in their home workshops - yet The only requirement to purchase books
they fail to expand their technical/refer- at dealer rates (50% off) is to place an
ence libraries at the same rate. This is order with a total retail value of $100
unfortunate because a good library is po- or more. Items in catalog marked ND (No
tentially one of the most useful tools Discount) are from other publishers and
you can own. not applicable to the dealer discounts.
If you've decided to expand or update There is no need to buy several copies of
your weapons library/reference material,the the same book, orders can be made up of
line of books sold by Paladin Press of mixed titles. This allows you to combine
Boulder Colorado is an excellent place to your order with those of a couple of your
begin. friends, so that everyone involved gets
Paladin Press is by far the largest twice the material for the same price.
publisher/mailorder dealer of books on You may wish to get into selling books
building and using weapons and related sub- yourself as a source of additional income.
jects. The Paladin catalog contains over Contact Paladin and request further info
200 titles, most of which are Paladin pub- on dealer orders.
lications. The remainder are the best of 4. Purchase of Unpublished Work
the books available from other sources in If you've written a weapons oriented
the weapons field. book, but would rather not gamble on going
The titles available from Paladin are broke by attempting to publish and distri-
organized into the following categories; bute it yourself, contact Paladin and see
-Survival if they are interested in buying it for
~Silencers publication.
Military Science
Se Military Manuals
-Self Defense
Paladin reprints a great number of US
-Locksmithing
Military Field and Training Manuals. Some
- Weapons
of these are difficult to obtain for copy-
-Explosives & Demolition
ing purposes. If you have a rare or hard
-Knives and Knife Fighting
to get FM or TM, Paladin may be interested
-Police Science
in buying it.
-Guerrilla Warfare
-Spies & Clandestine Warfare Recommended Titles
-Sniping & Marksmanship
- Terrorism Numerous readers have asked that we
I strongly advise you invest $1 in a print a list of books that they should
catalog. Once you are on the mailing list, have in their libraries. Tastes and fields
you automatically receive future catalogs of interest vary greatly, but the follow-
which contain all of the new releases. ing are titles available from Paladin that
Write to: I have found useful and would recommend to
Paladin Press PMA readers. Listed title/author.
P.O.Box 1307 -Silencers, Snipers and Assassins/Truby
Boulder, CO 80306 -How To Kill,Vols.1-5/Minnery
In addition to offering the best avail- -The Survivor, Vols.1-4/Saxon
able books on weapons, Paladin has several -The Quiet Killers/Truby
policies that should interest PMA readers. - Survival Guns/Tappan
1. Fast Service -Personal Defense/McLoughlin & Collins
All orders are processed quickly and -Principles of Personal Defense/Cooper
most titles are kept in good supply to -Home Workshop Guns, I & II/Holmes
eliminate back orders. - Exotic Weapons/Hoy
2 Unconditional Guarantee -OSS Sabotage & Demo Manual
Even though the catalog gives an honest -How Terrorists Kill/Truby
description for each title, everyone has -The Poor Man's James Bond/Saxon
152 PMA
 exactly that. RFP has developed an ingen-
ious machine for producing left or right
PRODUCT REVIEW RFP Manufacturing
twist spiral sections several feet long.
CUSTOM SUPRESSOR PARTS &KITS These can be cut to any length desired and
are available at only $10 per inch. If
ee you've ever tried to make your own spirals
RFP is a relative newcomer to the field from scratch, you can appreciate what a
of silencer parts production. There are bargin these are. All you need to do is
several other firms which make and sell drill out the center to the desired ID and
similar products. It may appear that we've install. RFP is currently the only source
chosen to spotlight RFP simply because I know of for obtaining spirals without
they bought an ad. (see below) Actually, having to purchase an entire suppressor
we accepted the ad and wrote this review parts kit.
for two good reasons. First, we know and
Also worth noting, is the suppressor
like the people involved. Secondly, and kit for the M-11/.380. The finished unit
more important to PMA readers,RFP products is larger than the factory M-1l suppressor
are well made and nicely finished,yet they and is said to reduce firing noise to a
are priced much lower than the competi- much lower level than the original.
tion.
Iwo of their more interesting items are
the Endcap Assemblies and the Blank
Spirals. The Endeaps have a quality black
anodized finish and feature a unique snap
CLASSIFIEDS
ring retainer for easy removal and replace-
ment of worn out endwipes. These are far 1/4" FUZE - MILITARY HEAVY CORE
superior to the old MAC type units which ! Send Large SASE to; Tony DeVona
require machining to remove the staked-in POB 242, Cedar Lake, IN 46303.
retaining washer. The Blank Spirals are

SIONICS INTERNAL PARTS KITS

MAC kits are supplied with a black anodized finish on all exposed parts.
The endcap has a snap ring retainer to simplify endwipe replacement.
Grommets and endwipes are not supplied with kits, order separatel~

= MAC KITS
M-10/9mm or 45 (specify)
M-11/,380 (same size as 9mm kit)

- UZI KIT 150

Fits over short barrel (replaces barrel nut)

- RUGER PISTOL KITS -—— 100

Slip over type (RST-4 and 6 only)

= RUGER 10-22 KIT

M-10 STOCK ADAPTER -- $20
= AR-7 EXPLORER KIT Allows use of AR-15 buttstock on M-10
(No receiver modification needed.)
All kits (except UZI) are $75 each in
quantities of ten or more. Mixed arders OK
PARTS KITS are sold for DISPLAY or REPAIR PARTS only!
We CONOT sell TUBES! (Plesse dont ask tor them)
MISC. SIONICS PARTS
~ End Cap Assembly -
~ Grommets for MAC kits/ 500 - $5.95
$19.95

ORDERING INFORMATION:
RFP Mfg.
~End wipes for MAC kits/Set of 2/$4.00
Certified check or money order gives BOX 971
~Blank Spirals (left or right)$10 per inch 24 hour shipping. €.0.D. is OK.
POSITIVELY no pertonal checks. Milpitas CA 95035
—Catalog - $1.00 / Free with order
or call- - - (408) 946-0677

PMA 357
 ranges. Some examples of blowguns have
bores in excess of .5", but unless you

the blowqun have exceptional lungs, you will find this

size too hard to use.
Blowgun lengths also vary, from about
ed
18" as used by some assassins,to over 17 ft
BY BONNIE & CLYDE These monsters are used by the Jivaro in-
dians of Ecuador. They can easily hit a
1 INTRODUCTION hummingbird at 50 yards.
For general use, the 48" model outlined
The blowgun and dart specs shown in here will be sufficient, although you may
Fig.One are based on the "Aeromag Blowgun* wish to try the 18" extension shown in
The gun complete with six darts is availa- Section III for a total length of 6 ft.
ble for about $15. Additional darts are
II BASIC BLOWGUN CONSTRUCTION
available for around $3.75/per set of 6.
If you wish to buy a readymade blowgun,! Refer to Fig.2 for the following.
recommend the Aeromag over other products 1. Tube: .5"0D aluminum tubing is avail-
available. For more info contact: able at most builder's and hardware stores.
Aerospace Cone Company It is usually sold in six foot Tengths.
P.0.Box 142, Decatur ,GA 30031 a. Cut the tubing to 48" long.
b. Deburr all inside/outside surfaces
Blowgun length: 48.75" on both ends.
Tube length: 48" 2. Mouthpiece:
Tube Specs: seamless aluminum tubing, a. Cut the 1"0D aluminum round stock
~5"0D/ .39"ID/ .055" wall thickness. to 1.5" long.
Mouthpiece specs: aluminum round stock, b. Drill a .375"ID hole through the
1"0D X 1.5" long. entire piece.
Dart Length: 5.1875" c. Counterbore the front end of the
Shaft specs: straightened music wire, mouthpiece to .5" dia X .75" deep.
.062" dia. X 5inches long. d. Machine or hand shape the mouthpiece -
Cone specs: machined from aluminum bar
to the shape shown.
stock/finished size: .375"0D X.375"long. e. Apply epoxy to the outside of the
The gun presented here is based on a tube and tap the mouthpiece into place.
bore of .375" or about .38 caliber. It is Use a piece of wood for a hanmer to
generally accepted that anything smaller avoid marring the soft aluminum. Wipe
will not be effective except at short off any excess epoxy.

Fig.2—Scale: 1.0!'=.5"!

Mouthpiece L es —
 3. Front Sight: (Optional) III Takedown Blowgun
Drill and tap the muzzle end of the tube
and install a standard shotgun bead sight. The Aeromag design can be modified to
Deburr the hole inside the barrel. allow for takedown as follows.
1. Cut the tubing into three 18" pieces,
4. Darts: Straightened music wire is (four if a 6 ft gun is desired)
WY found in most hardward stores and is also 2. Deburr all inside/outside surfaces.
available from: 3. Install the mouthpiece on one of the
Small Parts Inc., 6901 N.E.Third Ave. sections.
Miami, FL 33138. Catalog $1 4. Construct two couplers (3 for 6 ft
-062 dia wire is sold in two lengths: version) as shown in Fig.4.
5 pes. @ 18"ea for 55 cents or 5. Drive or epoxy one coupler into each
10 pes. @ 36"ea for $2.20. remaining piece of tubing. The completed
a. Cut the wire into 5" sections by piece should be 18.75" Tong.
notching with a file and then breaking 6. To assemble the blowgun, slide pieces
with a pair of pliers. Take care not to together and tape in place. Tape may not
bend the wire. be necessary, but it's the best way to
b. Deburr both ends of the wire. gaurantee that the gun will not fall apart.
. Cone f' 93125
~~"
41 +——_—— 1.5''
mW

375"
Round Stock Drilling
Fig.4
Fig.3 Jig
c. The cones are best made on a Unimat IV Additional Dart Info
or similar type small metal lathe. Several alternative dart materials and
Several cones can be turned at once and designs are shown in Fig.5. The blowgun
then cut into separate pieces. (Fig.3) has been used by people all over the world
d. Place finished cones in a drilling for both hunting and fighting. Darts have
jig on a drill press.(Fig.3) Drill been known to range from 1.5" to 22" in
through cone with a .0625" dia drill. length. You may wish to experiment with
e. Clamp wire into a vise and drive the various sizes until you find one you pre-
finished cones into place with a wooden fer. For additional info on blowgun darts
hammer. If the cones are a loose fit, and a good description of hunting with
epoxy may be used. poison read A Sporting Chance by Daniel
f. Sharpen the completed dart on a grin- P, Mannix, E.P.Dutlon & Co. Publ. 1967.
der. Use water to cool the point, pre- This book may be out of print and hard to
venting loss of temper. Darts can be find, but it's worth the effort to locate
left dull for practice or may be ground a copy. The book contains info on building
to a needle sharp point for hunting. and using a number of handmade weapons.
Fig.5 pocket eyeglass case. It can be extended
and used while still in the case.
A small collapsible blowgun can be made For darts try a variety of needles:tap-
from hobby store brass or aluminum tubing.
estry, crewel, net repairing.All have eyes
Tubes of 10,11,612/32'' diameters are best. to thread stopper through.Use a portion of
Cut tubes to a concealable length,say 6''. a cotton ball and fuzz end to secure,or use
Use masking tape to build up a mouthpiece thick yarn and tie knot.Bamboo skewers work
on the rear tube and a shoulder on the for- well.Split end and fuzz cotton
in split,se-
ward end of each extention. This keeps cure with drop of glue.All will fly well 3
tubes from telescoping in on themselves. to 8 feet,penetrate from $ to 3" in wood or
A blowgun this size can be hidden in a clothing.
= fullsize >
 Figure Two [
60mm Mortar
parts by Clyde Barrow Tall Nut pos
“po arena ‘ 54
L_ Introduction 1 =

This final segment of the 60mm Mortar

series will cover the following areas:
Section II Completion of the bipod and
collar assemblies.
Section III M-4 Mortar sight.

If you intend to build a 60mm Mortar

you should obtain a copy of the Army man-
ual which contains complete info on setup,
aiming, firing and maintenance.
US Army FM 23-85, 60mm Mortar. $5ppd. 2.-Elevation Mechanism (Cont. from PMA Vol,
Available from: Arm & Merchant Books, 2/ page 118)
1210 J Street, Modesto, CA 95354. -Individual Parts Specs (See Fig.3)
This firm also carries firing tables, a. Elevation Tube: 1.0"0D - .065 wall
plotting charts and similar data related X 12" long (see Vol.2 pg.118).
to the 60mm Mortar. Contact them for b. Guide Tube: 1.25"0D - .065 wall X
more info and prices. 11.5" long (see Vol.2 pg.118).
Please note the two corrections marked c. Elevation Screw: 5/8" threaded rod
in Figure One. The area shown is from the (5/8 NC X 11 TPI) X 12" long.
right side of the section on building the Weld a 5/8" nut in place on the
yoke/ PMA Vol.2 page 117. Ed. screw with 2" of thread exposed beyond the wy
nut.
d. Thrust Washers (2): .65"1ID/1.0"0D.
Figure One
pe
ae Washers may be fiber or nylon, ap-
proximately .1" thick.
e. Elevation Crank: 5/8 NC threads.
7 You may modify an existing crank or

# build one from scratch as shown in Fig.3.

Crank can be secured with a set screw,pin
+ or jam nut.
-Final Assembly (Fig.4)
a. Turn elevation screw into the lower
IL Completion of Bipod and end of the elevation tube.
Collar Assemblies. b. Drop thrust washer into the guide
tube. It should come to rest on the top of
1.-Saddle Collar Latch (See Fig.2) shoulder welded into the tube's bottom.
a. After hinging the two collar c. Align guide strip on elevation tube
halves as outlined in Issue 3, weld one w/guide slot in the top bushing of the
-75"x1.0" slotted tab to each half of guide tube. Slide elevation tube down into
the collar. the guide tube until it rests on the
b. Weld two hinge tubes to the bottom thrust washer.
edge of the lower tab. d. Install a second thrust washer and
c. Weld a third hinge tube to the the elevation crank on the screw protrud-
bottom of the clamp bolt. ing from the bottom of the guide tube.
d. Assemble hinged bolt to the lower e. Elevation tube should move up and
collar assembly. down freely when crank is turned. Be Sure qq
e. Construct and install the “tali" nut to apply grease to all surfaces before
as shown in Fig. 2. assembly.
156 PMA
 haa 3.4 ———12"wee
ee
8.6"
| ~
YF

Sy |
ae /|

CI
= peprereerrrr re

t
Screw Cover
S { N us
THRUST WASHER
beh Biieout 5 nae Groove N a 3

| 4—; 3
d iE , Ee
Pe
a
o) Oo \2ZI . <
5/8X11 TPI
5 /
=& eae 2
|Na reel
ae in
\ \ \ / , @ ‘ N

nN
— a if

ori\ é 7 = 4 / y
Pin Hole “2: 5 ——— 7 A , f /
% \ ii
a 4 L Leg Hinge
sc MWN
y ection :

hi
z
Ff NW
N| if
3 iaaal\ 3b
@
a
‘lea
4
s
ie \g
|
=
52 AWeas
AEA ia
pc re 29 HE Y :
5b TRANSVERSE HANDLE [ ue A 4 rt
Zk > \f 5
\Z oo
‘

2 q 5 Elevation in
SE
= = 4 ‘4 Tube Nut—4 =
= ES ~ Ao
Ze 4 i Petes
iat MAY 3d
[om a pea

Zz 1 gy THRUST WASHER

2 ey LA emmrertgs
oF
ter 3e@ ELEVATION HANDLE
PMA 15:
3.-Transverse Mechanism (See Fig.5)
until the outer thrust washer is flush
-Individual Parts Specs
against the outside of the yoke assembly.
a. Transverse Screw: 5/8" threaded rod
(5/8 NC X 11 TPI) X 12" long. f. Slide the collar into position and
mark the screw for cutting the groove.When
Weld a 5/8" NC nut in place on the we
screw with 8.6" of thread exposed. File a groove is cut, secure the collar in place.
Additional washers may be used to take
groove for shaft collar installation. Groove
up any side play in the finished assembly.
location is determined after test fitting
the screw in the yoke assembly. g. Install sleeve and handwheel on out-
b. Handwheel: 5/8"NC threads. side of screw assembly.
Modify an existing handwheel or build h. Transverse nut should move freely on
one from scratch as shown in Fig.5.(Folding screw when wheel is turned.
handle is optional). 4.-Coarse/Fine Leveling Adjustments Fig.7
c. Sleeve: 5/8"ID metal tube. a. Leg Clamp (Coarse Adjustment).
Cut to length to fit over screw be- Construct clamp from a block of alu-
tween the yoke and handwheel assemblies. minum as outlined in Fig.7. Finished clamp
(Non-functional/serves as a thread cover should hold firmly when tightened and
only.) should slide freely when loosened. Secure
d. Transverse Screw Retainer: clamp to bipod leg w/same screw and "tall"
Use a commercial 5/8"ID shaft collar. nut shown in Fig.2.
Collar is secured in place w/set screw that b. Turnbuckle (Fine Adjustment) Fig.8
fits into a groove cut in the transverse Use any commercial turnbuckle that
screw. measures about 3.5" closed and 5" when ex-
e. Thrust Washer (2): Same as used in tended. Secure one end to the leg clamp
Elevation Screw Assembly. (II2d) and the other to the tabs on the elevation
-Final Assembly (See Fig.6) tube.
a. Slip one thrust washer over the end c. Turnbuckle Mount Tabs Fig.9
of the transverse screw. Cut two .75" square tabs from 12
b. Insert screw through the bushing in gage steel sheet. Drill one mount hole
the right leg of the yoke assembly. through the center of each tab. The outer
c. Slip on a second thrust washer edges of the tabs can be ground to a .375"
followed by the shaft collar. radius if desired. Weld the tabs to the
d. Turn the screw into the nut on the elevation tube with the mount holes about
elevation tube. Continue to turn until the 1.5" from the tube bottom. The space be-
tube is about centered on the screw. tween the tabs should be sufficient to
e. Feed the screw into the bushing on allow insertion of the turnbuckle eye plus
the left leg of the yoke assembly. Continue two washers.

Bipod Leg :
FIG 9 - TURNBUCKLE .
MOUNT TAB S

75x .75

Guide Tube

FIG 8 - TURNBUCKLE

I58 PMA
 III The M-4 Mortar Sight Figure 10 Horizontal sight movement is based on
the circle (360°) which is divided into
The aiming/firing system for the 60mm 6400 mils. One degree = approx 17.78 mils.
Mortar is based on the mil. This system, The M-4 sight moves 150 mils (approx 8.4°)
described in detail in the field manual,is both right and left of center. The total
too lengthy to cover here except in the horizontal movement or deflection is 300
most general terms. mils (approx 16.8°). The adjustment dial
has click stops at 5 mil intervals. Each
Deflection Coll imator click moves the sight approximately.28°.
Micrometer(mils) Vertical movement of the M-4 sight is
Open Sight
measured in degrees of elevation. The ele-
vation dial moves the sight .25° per click,
Cross Level 4 clicks = 1°. Elevation adjustment ranges
from 40° to 90°.
Deflection
Knob
Two levels are mounted at right angles
on the sight base. These aid in leveling
the mortar/sight assembly when aiming.
The M-4 sight fits into a dovetail
mount on the left leg of the yoke assembly.
The viewer on top of the sight may be
moved up and down by hand to bring it in
M Elevation line with target.
Level Scale You may be able to find a usable M-4
(Degrees) sight at a gunshow or surplus store for
Micrometer about $15. Several mailorder science sup-
ply houses used to carry the M-4 sight in
the early 1970's, but they are apparently
Elevation no longer available.
Knob Bracket

Vehicle Armor (Cont.from pp.132) 3. Removable Pads

IV - Recently Developed Armor Materials If the vehicle needs to be armored
B - Flexible (Soft) Armor only at certain times,or if additional
protection is needed for a vehicle that
DuPont Kevlar yardage can be used in is lightly armored,removable armor pads
a variety of vehicle armor applications. can be used.These allow for quick instal-
1. Stationary Pads lation and removal,as well as eliminating
the need to remove the upholstery and
These are used under door panels,seat carpet for installation.
backs, headliners and carpeting.The pads Armor pads can be designed to hang
are considered permanent and are removed over the inside of car doors,drape over
only for maintenance. seat backs or even hang from the tops of
Construction of armor pads is fully door frames to serve as removable window
outlined in section on Body Armor. curtains.Pads should be enclosed in can-
vas or cotton duck covers to add stabil-
2. Body Cavity Filler
ity and prevent dirt and abrasion damage.
Kevlar remanents can be stuffed into To simplify armor placement, grommets
odd shaped body recesses such as window/ or quarter-turn fasteners (female half)
windshield pillars, front/rear quarter may be installed around the perimeter of
panels and under the dashboard. These the cover.
pieces should be packed into the space as A large blanket type armor pad can be
tightly as possible and held securely in folded and kept in the vehicle. This may
place.Care should be taken to insure that be wrapped around the target's body when
the armor filler doesn't interfere with protection is needed, both in the vehicle
any mechanical functions of the vehicle. and when moving from the car toa building.
PMA 159
 flexible Kevlar® (soft) eS lowing
a
i Sg armor design is based o
the T-Shirt Armor sold by Danegeld INC.
@ y armor (See section II] for complete info on the
Danegeld line of body armor kits.)
by Bonnie & Clyde
I - Introduction
The body armor described here is con-
structed of DuPont Kevlar Fabric. This
cloth is woven from strands of Kevlar
Aramid Fiber, a material developed by
DuPont as a replacement for steel wire in
belted radial tires.This material is
lighter than ballistic nylon and pound
for pound it's several times as strong as
steel. When Kevlar is used in multiple
layers, it can effectively stop bullet
penetration and greatly reduce internal
injuries from blunt trauma. Finished ar-
mor pads are light, flexible and easily
concealed.
The most widely used style of Kevlar
Body Armor is the concealable police
vest. This type of armor may be either a
single front pad or both front and rear
panels. Other styles commercially avail-
able include a T-Shirt with integral pad
(see Part II),quilted ski-type jackets,
military flak jackets and even Kevlar
1. Armor Pad
lined suits and raincoats for politicians pad
A. General Info: The flexible armor
and executives.
insert is made from 8 layers of DuPont
Kevlar Aramid Fabric.Two types of Kevlar
cloth are appropriate for use in soft
body armor.
Kevlar 29, which is used in most com-
mercial vests,is preferred. This material
is produced,tested and sold primarily as
a ballistic component,although it has
other applications.Kevlar 29 is diffi-
cult to obtain as yardage because DuPont
apparently restricts sales to commercial
armorers only.
The second choice,Kevlar 49,is simi-
lar to Kevlar 29.This material is less
expensive and more readily available.
E (see ordering info on pp 131.) Kevlar 49
k ; is intended for use as an industrial res-
Fig.1 - Police Vest in laminating component.It has lower
All Kevlar based armor designs have weight to strength characteristics than
the same three basic components; Kevlar 29.Kevlar 49 is atso less rigid
1. A multi-layered armor pad of folded than 29, allowing a greater possibility
Kevlar fabric. Some designs use 2 or more Of blunt trauma injury from an 8 layer
pads for extra protection. pad. For these two reasons, an 8 layer
2. Protective cover of cotton or nylon. Pad of Kevlar 49 should be supplemented
to hold the pad in place with the additional 2 layers as shown in
3. A Carrier
on the wearer's body. tep #6.
160 PMA
 Except for the pale yellow color, B. Construction:
Kevlar fabric looks,feels,and behaves To make a 10" wide x 12" high x 8 lay-
like conventional white fiberglass cloth. er pad,begin with a single piece of
Like fiberglass, Kevlar stretches ,snags, Keviar fabric. Take care to choose a
and deforms easily. Care should be taken piece without tears,snags,splices or
to keep the grain straight when cutting, other flaws which will weaken the fab-
folding and sewing this material. ric's strength. Armor pads made from one
The Kevlar is carefully folded at each folded piece are both easier to make and
step. Use clothespins or masking tape to stronger than pads composed of eight
hold in place until it can be sewn toget- stacked single layer pieces.
her. Sewing helps the fabric retain its
shape and keep it from unraveling. Too Step 1 - Cut material to 24" x 40". (one
much sewing breaks the fibers though,so layer)
use a ball pointed hand or machine nee- Step 2 - Fold edge of each side to
vertical center line.(24" x20" x2 layers)
dle to minimize this problem. Use tissue
paper on either side of materia] to pre- Step 3 - Fold in half along vertical
vent snags when sewing by machine (Kevlar center line. (24"x10"x4 layers)
only), it can be torn away after stitch- Step 4 - Fold in half along horizontal
ing with no i11 effects. center line. (12"x10"x8 layers) This
fold becomes the top of the pad. Place
Armor Pad pad unit under heavy books and flatten as
Folding much as possible.
Sequence Step 5 - Sew a short seam through all
Step 2 8 layers at sides and top to keep layers
Figure 3 (2 layers) from shifting.(See Fig.3 for placement of
tacking seams.)Make seams about 1" long.

lalallala! Step 6 - If Kevlar 49 is used,cut out

an additional piece of Kevlar 10" x 24"
and fold it in half over the top of the
finished 8 layer pad. Sew through all 10
layers. Make these tacking stitches along
sides, about 1" above the ones in the
inner pad. Do not overlap these stitches.
Step 7 - Smooth out and flatten com-
pleted pad under heavy books again. It is
now ready for insertion in a protective
cover.

Step 6
10"x12"
10 layer
pad
Step 4
(8 layers) side
view
Pad

eld
Step 5
10"x12"
8 layer
pad
(4 layers)
W front
view
2. Protective Cover B. Materials: 2-Heavy Cotton T-Shirts
A. General Info: The Kevlar pad is Use new T-Shirts,same color. Buy for a
sewn into a cover which keeps it clean, loose fit, not your regular size.One of
prevents the cut edges from unraveling, the t-shirts is used for cutting out in-
and minimizes cloth distortion from side pocket liner, the other shirt is the
handling.The cover is considered semi- carrier proper. Sew with strong thread
permanent, removed only for replacement like Dual Duty Plus.,found in fabric shops.
and laundering. Color should be close to
color of carrier. NOTE: Both cover and Fig.5 Carrier
carrier fabrics should be laundered so
they are pre-shrunk before cutting.Do Step 2
not launder the Kevlar! Pin pad in
B. Material: The cover can be made from place.Trace.
any fine weave cotton/polyester, or the Draw outer
new breathable fabric called Gortex®, chalkline for
which allows water vapor, "perspiration", liner pattern,
to pass through the material fibers with- Remove
out retaining moisture itself.Dimensions
of the cover are greater than the pad to
allow for flex and expansion.The finished
pad/cover unit should be about 11"x13",or chalkline
1/2" wider on each side of pad.The seams Step 3
can be made by machine or hand.The final Front
seam may be done as a chain stitch to al- (inside out) Trace outer chalkline.
Make pattern,cut liner
low for easier removal of pad when clean-
from 2nd shirt.
ing cover.
C. Construction: Material size-12"x26"
Step 1 - Fold to size 12"x13". Sew side
seams 1/2" from fold to end. Fold becomes
bottom of cover. Carefully insert pad in-
to cover, folded end of pad goes in last. Step 4
Step 2 - Sew open end of 1/2" from edge,
with chain stitch or long basting stitch.
Pad should be loose in cover so it will
Pin liner to
flex when on. DO NOT SEW THROUGH KEVLAR! stitch carrier over
Step 3 - Trim the three sewn edges to line chalkline.
within 1/4" of the stitching line. Sew }s'' from
ky edge as shown.
Fig.4

Protective Cover C. Construction: Final construction of

carrier will proceed faster if you can
enlist the help of a buddy at this point.
Sew side seams. However, a full length mirror will do if
Insert pad. no one is available to help with the fit-
Sew end seam. ting. Pocket liner is cut after fitting
FOLD
is completed.
3. T-Shirt Carrier Step1 - Put on T-Shirt inside out,do not
A. General Info: This is the simplest of tuck in pants yet. Pad with cover is po-
all carriers to make. The entire assembly sitioned over chest area you wish to pro-
consists of a heavy duty cotton T-Shirt tect.Folded edge of pad is down.
modified to hold ballistic pads,by sewing Step2 - Mold pad to body shape(pad takes
one (front) or two (both front and rear) a curve) and pin to shirt around edges of
pockets on the inside surface.The pad(s) cover. Bottom of pad should just touch
are slipped into the pockets through an the top of your belt when seated.When you
opening left in the pocket bottom.Several have location correct, trace position of
carriers should be made so they can be pad directly onto the t-shirt with chalk
cleaned frequently. or soft pencil.Marks are removable and
will wash off later.While still on,mark III - Armor Kits and Info
a 2nd line 1" all around panel.This will A. Kits: One source for armor kits is
become the positioning line for your in- Danegeld Inc. Box 54673, Atlanta GA
ner pocket.The 1l"width allows 1/2" of 30308. Send them $1 for complete info.
room around panel at stitching line.To Danegeld sells Kevlar yardage, kits with
check for correct positioning,unpin pad patterns and instructions for several
and slip under shirt to position marked. styles of armor, and ready made T-Shirt
Pin corners,sides and recheck for sitting armor similar to the design shown in sec-
comfort.Make any pocket liner corrections tion II. They also sell the armor steel
now with chalk.
inserts mentioned in section V.
Step_3 - Unpin pad and remove shirt care-
fully. Lay flat,shirt will relax and re-
turn to normal size.Make a tracing of the
outer line without stretching fabric.Use
this shape as pocket liner pattern.Pin in
Danegeld Armor®
place on other shirt and cut out one.Pin
and armor kits
or tape pocket liner to shirt matching
chalk line.
Step_4 - Sewing 1/2" from edge of pocket,
sew liner and pocket together along top
and sides. At bottom, sew 3" from edges
to center only. The center of the bottom
edge is left open permanently, so pad
unit can be easily inserted and removed
from the carrier. When stitching the cor-
ners, you can reinforce seam by sewing
over seam tape if you wish.
Step_5 - Use a stitch with "give"or
stretch in it such as the chain stitch, B. Technical Info: An excellent source
so thread will expand with the fabric of Kevlar technical information is a 1976
and not break. Government sponsored report on Light-
Step - Try on shirt, check for fit, weight Body Armor. The 113 page report
then insert armor pad unit with the fold- contains many charts and illustrations.
ed edge down.Smooth out pad into the It should answer any questions you have
pocket, flatten any wrinkles. Make sure on Kevlar armor. Request:
bottom corners of the liner catch the pad. Body Armor for Law Enforcement Officers
Tuck shirt into pants. Excess pocket Stock # 027-000-00409-1. May 1976. Price
seam allowance can be trimmed after gar- $1.95. Order from: The Superintendent of
ment is completed from 1/2" to 1/4" to Documents, U.S.Government Printing Office,
reduce bulk. Washington, D.C. - 20402.
Step_7 - Make back pocket (if needed)by
repeating steps 1-6. IV - Protection Levels of Kevlar Armor
Step 8 - For maximum concealment,wear The following is presented as a rough
T-Shirt armor under loose fitting shirt comparison only. Never trust any armor
or jacket. pad until you have personally fired at a
Step_9 - For added protection, 2 or more test panel. Panels should be comprised of
pads may be inserted in the pocket. the same type and number of layers of
material as the finished armor pad.
Note: Carriers should be washed fre-
A single 8 to 10 layer Kevlar pad
quently. Protective covers should be
should stop the following rounds when
sponged off and only removed to wash if
fired from standard handguns.
cover is heavily soiled.The Kevlar armor
pad should NEVER BE LAUNDERED as the pro- 22LRHV, 25 auto, 32 auto, 38 spec
cess will damage the pad.Since pads will and 45 ACP.
get wet from sweat or rain (damp really) Two (2) 8 to 10 layer Kevlar pads
air dry thoroughly before returning to should stop the following rounds when
use. Water reduces Kevlar's strength! fired from standard handguns.
SmmPara, 22 mag, 357 mag and 44 mag.

PMA 163
 Note: All ammos listed are standard
production lead core bullets. Protection
Fid-7 WaRDCORPS
from AP (armor piercing)rounds require SECO BODY ARMOR
CHANCE ND
the metal inserts used in section V.

VY - Special Purpose Armor

10"x12" metal inserts of hardened
steel plate can be inserted in front of
the standard armor pad to give protection
from shotgun slugs, AP pistol ammo, stan-
dard pistol ammo fired from SMG's and
some lead core rifle bullets. The front
surface of the plate is covered with
Kevlar and bonding resin. This treat-
ment helps to minimize bullet fragment
"splash" and ricochet.
Flexible Kevlar body armor, even with
dual pads and metal inserts, will not
stop some high power rifle bullets. The
three most difficult rounds to stop are
tungsten cored 308 NATO and 223 NATO AP
and the 7.62 Soviet AP Incendiary.
These three rounds can be stopped
only by Second Chance Hard Corps or com- It is interesting to note that body
parable special purpose combat armor,and armor design has come full circle. Com-
even then there is a chance of penetra- pare current Kevlar/metal plate armor
tion. with its 19th Century felt and metal
Remember: All armor is bullet resis- counterpart. (See "The Same Thing Over
tant, but there is no such thing as a Again" - 1894 reprinted in PMA Vol.1
bullet proof vest. page 13.)

Bonnie Sez: Even if you don't build a project, these

Our articles on building weapons occa- parts are good investments and can always
sionally call for surplus military parts be used as trading stock in the future.
to be used.We use them to save you time &
money,keeping project costs low. Some When ordering items mentioned or ad-
parts are a major component,as in the vertised in PMA, please write for current
60mm Practice Mortar Round (pp22)or the prices/info before sending money . Compan-
M-31 Practice Rifle Grenades used in the ies come and go rapidly these days as in
Armbrust article (ppl42).If you plan to the case of Special Parts Limited of At-
build any of these projects in the future lanta, (a PMA advertiser).Check the Shot-
you should buy the parts now because they gun News for new sources of companies to
may disappear from the surplus market— fill your needs, or MX Military Exchange
place at any time, never to be seen again P.O.Box 3,Torrington,CT 06790/$7.50-yr.

CORRECTIONS - - - - = =
Page 21, VOID ad/P.0.Box 656 (new#).
Page 131 line 28/Kevlar 29 not 49.
 INDEX — Volume Two Pistol Grip, Mini-14
Piston, ARMBRUST ....
POPULAR MACHINING....... 6

NT Aluminum Casting...........- 69 Gas Mask Drill ........-....- 121

Goggles, Night Vision ........ 52
Potassium Chlorate
Powder, Flash..........-...--
Practice Rounds, Mortar...... 22
Ammo, SMG .......... .. 55
Anti-Terrorist Grenades .......19 Grenades, Anti-Terrorist ...... 49 Press, Arbor...........6 ceeeee 2
AR-7, Night Scope....- .. 47 Arrow Launched ...77 Flys fewcced
Scope Mount.. 3 improvised Hand... 14 Hydraulic. .
Sitencer....... .-17 M-31 Rifle ......-- 142 Push Dagger.....
AR-15 Silencer ........ «. 106 Riot........ .-81
AR-180 Silencer ............. 106 Gun Parts, SMG......... ..46 Qwik Point Scope ............ 47
ARMBRUST AntiTank Gun Turret, Armored Car...... 81
Weapon ...........--.566- Remote Firing Device......... 75
Hand Grenade (see Grenade) Replica Cannons ...........6. 13
Armor, Body ........-. Hand Guard, Mini-14......... 149
Flexible RFP MFG. CO..
Hydraulic Arbor Press ........ 29 Rifle, Electric .
Rigid ........
Transparent improvised, Hand Grenade. ...14 Grenade M-31 dbPaucte souks 142
Vehicle a Landmine Silencer .223 cal....... 106
Armored Car ........2.00 eeeee infra Red Scope ....... Riot Grenades. .............46 19
Arrow Launched Grenade ..... 77 ingram, Gordon ....... Ruger Mini-14 Folding Stock. 146
ATLANTA CUTLERY.......... 76 SMG Parts ....... Sand Casting ............506 120
Barrel, Mortar ..... Scope Mount, AR-7.......-.55 3
Baseplate, Mortar . digs, machining .....-.....--- 84 Shell Body, Mortar............ 57
Bipod, Mortar ......-..+-.665 Shell Forging, Mortar......... 26
Blasting Cap, Electric ........ 42 Kevlar, DuPont.............- 131 Sight, M-4 Mortar............ 159
Blowgun, Darts.............- 154 Knife from File.....-......... 3 Silencer, AR-7 Rifle........... 17
Collapsible. KitSiicoscctateacn
Landmine.................-. Patent
Body Armor.....-.- Lathe Tips ........
BROOKSTONE CO.. PartS ...... 6c. ccet
Lexan Armor Rifle.
B-SQUARE CO...........-..55 Long Barreled AR-7 Silencer .. 17
Bushing, Silencer ........... SMG iocca dae ce tice et
M-10/M-11, Suppressor........ 32 Soft Body Armor .
Cannons .....-
06-6. cece eeeeee 13 Frame Plans Sound Suppressor Kits ......125
Casting, Aluminum........... 68 Source SOUTHBEND REPLICAS......13
with Foam Patterns .120 M-16 Rifle Silencer Special SMG Ammo.......... 55
Mortar Shells........ 58 M-31 Rifle Grenade . . Special Tools, Jigs & Fixtures.
Collar, Mortar .............-- 114 MAC SMG Parts............-- Spirals, Silencers.............
Commando Carbine, Part 1... 8 Meta! Casting (see casting) Starlight Scope.,............-
Part 2 ...86 Stock, Mini-14 Folding.......
Metal Spinning
Conversion Chart, Metal Lube...............0005 Submachine Gun Parts. .
inches tomm.............- 7 Mini-14, Folding Stock....... 146 Suppressor, M-10/M-11 SMG . “92
Countermass, ARMBRUST. .. 145 Hand Guard......... 149 .223 cal rifle .... 106
Crucible, casting ........-..-. 74 Silencer ....
Dart, Blowgun.............-. 155 Missile Update . . Tapping Fixture ............5. 85
Money Car .................6. Test Firing Bench........... 138
De Lisle Carbine. ............. 8
Mortar, 60 mm Part 1......... 22 Thread Cutting.............5. 84
Patents .....-.....- cece ees 62
Part 2......... 56 Tools, Special Machine....... 84
De Lisie, William Godfrey..... 8
Part 3......... 78 TOXINS. ccc. cdeces a ceeasinsacs 43
Detonator, Mortar ............ 62 T-Shirt Armor ........6.00005 161
Part 4..,..... 114
Electric, Blasting Caps ....... 42 Part 5........ 166 Turnbuckle, Mortar......-... 158
Rifle ................ 75 Mortar Shells, Forging, 81mm .26 Turret, GUN... cee ee ees 81
Endcap, Silencer............ W1 Muzzle Threading 106
Endwipe, Silencer ............ 35 Update, Anti-Terrorist
Encapsulator................ 142 NAVY ARMS CO.............. Grenades ..........
Enfield Carbine..............- 86 Night Scope, AR-7 Flashpowder........
Night Viewing Devices........ 48 Guided Missile. .
Fixtures, Machining Night Vision, Goggles ........ 52 Knife from File
Flashpowder Update ie Device......... 103
Fly Press................2066- Noise Suppressor ........... 107 Vehicle Armor.............5.
Foam Casting Patterns ...... 4120 Viewing Devices, Night......
Forging 81mm Mortar Shells .. 26 Objective Lens ............... 49 Villa, Pancho (poster)... i
Folding Stock, Mini-14....... 146 Oscillator .................00. 49 Vision, Night .......-....0.00-
Foundry Supplies ............ 74 PALADIN PRESS............ 452
Frame Plans, SMG............ 21 Werbell, Mitchell .............
Passive Night Scope ........ Working Aluminum .. oe
Fuze, 60mm Mortar ....... 24, 66 Patterns, Foam Casting WAG-AEROINC.....
 This is your last issue of The Poor Man's Armorer Vol.2
Volume Two Issue 4 completes this volume year, and contains an
index for the entire Volume Two PMA. Volume Three may be subscribed
to now. We will allow past readers to re-subscribe at the reduced
rate below. To re-subscribe, please attach the mailing label from
this last issue to the space provided below. Volume Three will be
about 100 pages in length, roughly 25 pages per issue; this will
enable us to write and print each issue faster so we can mail
them out to readers in less time. The information will be on the
same interesting subjects we have been covering and the advertising
will be kept to next to nothing as before. We take longer than
other magazines, as you know, so please don't be alarmed if we
are late. We guarantee you will receive all the issues promised.
A re-subscription to a complete Volume Three/4 issues subscription
will entitle you to all 4 issues mailed as they are completed.
We want to thank you for supporting PMA in the past and
hope to be able to bring our unique information to you in the
future. PMA is not available on newsstands, your only source is
through direct ordering from PMA. Single issues will continue to
cost more than if purchased as a complete subscription, and re-
newals will benefit by the special Vol.3 reduction offered with
this letter. So if you want to resubscribe to The Poor Man's
Armorer, please send in your mailing label from this last issue
along with your payment today. Many thanks for reading PMA.
. Bonnie & Clyde
Vol.3 to begin late 1982
Volume Three PMA/4 issues

Attach $18.00 renew my subscription please/USA

label $17.00 PMA BOUND VOLUME ONE, PPD
here *$10.00 M10/M11 Frame Plans by The Void.
PMA Special Sale/Reg. $20
Total Paid/ Check/ Money Order/ Cash